Nota Sho

Scope
• OSH before and during the industrial

revolution Historical
• Development in OSH management
Perspective
between the 1930’s and 1970’s
• Development of self-regulation legislation

Safety and Health Officer
Certificate Course
• Modern OSH management
3 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. 1
Early Recognition of
Learning Objectives
Occupational Diseases
• To describe the historical development of
• In 1473 a German physician, Ellenborg, OSH management over the centuries
published the first known pamphlets on
occupational disease from gold • To recall the background to the
miners. development of OSHA 1994 and its
underlying philosophy
• In 1556 the German scholar, Agricola,
described the diseases of miners. • To recall the development of occupational
safety and health management system
4 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 2 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Emergence of Early Recognition Of
Industrial Safety Legislation Occupational Diseases
• In 1713 Ramazzini, who is regarded as
• Insurance companies inspected work
the father of occupational medicine,
places and suggested prevention
suggested that in diagnosis doctors
methods
should ask patients about their
occupations.
• Problem: Safety became injury and
insurance oriented
Emergence of Safety Emergence of

Management Industrial Safety Legislation
• Role of Herbert W. Heinrich (1930’s), • In 1833 English Factory Act was the first
– Developed Domino Theory and promoted effective industrial safety law.
control of workers behaviour.
• It provide compensation for accidents

• Problem: rather than to control their causes.
• Focused on worker behaviour and not
management
• Caused people to think that safety is about
policing worker
Emergence of Safety Emergence of Safety
Management System Management
• Current development of Occupational Safety • Frank Bird (1970) developed Loss
And Health management system was driven Control Theory.
by two parallel forces:
• Suggested that underlying cause of
accidents are lack of management
A. Self-regulatory legislation in the United
Kingdom (1974),
controls and poor management
decisions.
B. Quality management movement • Problem:
– Not so popular: blames management
(responsibility and control).
Emergence of Safety
A Self-Regulation Legislation
Management
• Lord Robens, Chairman of a Royal Safety
Commission Report noted that: • In 1980’s, Behavioural Based Safety (BBS) was
– there was too many OSH legislation, introduced;
– was fragmented, • Based on Heinrich’s findings.
– limited in coverage (specific hazards & • Work by recognizing safe work habits and
workplace), offering rewards and punishment.
– out of date and difficult to update, • Problem:
– inflexible (prescriptive), – Focuses on workers and not on hazard or
management
– people thought that safety was what
government inspectors enforced. – Reward and punishment system have flaws
A Self-Regulation Legislation A Self-Regulation Legislation
• Features of “Robens style” legislation:
– General duties of care by:
• Lord Robens recommended
• Employer, employee, manufacturer, designer, – Self regulation
supplier
• Duty of employer to make the workplace safe
• Report resulted in the Health and
– Consultation with employees through Safety Safety of Workers At Work Act in the UK
and Health Committees in 1974
– Safety and Health Officer as advisor and
coordinator
– Improvement and prohibition notices
A Self-Regulation Legislation A Self-Regulation Legislation
Legislation follow major accidents and • Similar legislation was enacted in

reinforce need for management system
Australia in 1984
ACCIDENT REGULATION/PROGRAMME
Flixborough (1974) CIMAH regulations 1996
• Enacted in Malaysia in 1994 after the
Bhopal (1984) “Responsible Care” / 1992 Bright Sparkler accident in Sungai
Process safety
Buloh
Piper Alpha (1988) Risk Assessment /
Management system
Quality Management Approach Quality Management Approach
to Occupational Safety and to Occupational Safety and
Health Management Health Management
• There are similar issues in safety management
– International and auditable OHSAS 18001 as in quality management
OSH Management System published in • Example:
1999 – Productivity
– Worker involvement
– ILO approved an OSH management – Proactive approach
system for governments to adopt during – Scientific approach
2000 – Customer and human rights
Summary Quality Management Approach

to Occupational Safety and
– The industrial revolution cause of industrial Health Management
accidents.
• Management system standards:
– Laws were enacted to compensate and
protect workers in 1833. – ISO 9000 QMS was proven successful and
ISO 14000 EMS was introduced in 1996
– Safety management guidelines began
with Heinrich and followed by Frank Bird – UK published BS 8800 and Australia AS8401
and others. OSH management systems in 1996
Summary
– Lord Robens in 1972 recommended self-

Incident Prevention regulatory legislation. Adopted by
Malaysia in 1994.
– Outcome of accidents in the 1970s and

Safety And Health Officer 1980s resulted in OSH management
Certificate Course system today.
1 reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Learning Objectives Summary

• To define what is incident
- Health problems due to occupation has
• To explain the causes of incident & role been known from ancient times
of management control
- Industrial accidents became rampant after
the industrial revolution
• To explain 3 theory on accident
causation
- Accidents in the 70’s & 80’s resulted in OSH-
MS today
• To list the cost involved in an incident
Principles of
Scope
Incident Prevention
4. There must be an OSH policy • Principles of loss prevention
5. Must have organisation and • Causes of incidents

resources to implement the OSH
policy • Incidents and productivity
6. Best available knowledge and • Approach to loss prevention

methods must be applied
What Is An Incident? Principles of

• An incident is: Incident Prevention
– An unexpected, unplanned event in a
sequence of events 1. Incident prevention is an essential part
– That occurs through a combination of of good management
causes
2. Management and workers must fully
– Which result in: cooperate
• Physical harm (injury, ill-health or disease) to an individual,
• Damage to property, 3. Top management must lead in
• A near-miss, organising safety
• Any combination of these effects.
Types of Incidents Why Prevent Incidents?
• Cause immediate injury or damage to
equipment or property: • Legal
– A forklift dropping a load
– Someone falling off a ladder
• Human Rights
• That occur over an extended period:
– Hearing loss • Business
– Illness resulting from exposure to
chemicals
Early Theory of Accidents

(Heinrich (1930's))
Ancestry/social
environment
Fault of a person
Causes of Incidents
Unsafe
act/condition
Accident
Injury
The Three Basic Causes of Heinrich’s
Accidents Five Stage Sequence
•Poor Management Safety Policy & Decisions
•Personal Factors Ancestry/social
 •Environmental Factors environment
Basic Causes
Unsafe Fault of a person
 Unsafe Act Indirect causes Condition 
Unsafe
act/condition
Unplanned Incident ACCIDENT
Personal Injury, Accident
Direct Causes Property Damage
Injury
Accident Causation Model

Lack of Management Control
(1974)
• Management responsible for:
– Selection of workers
– Machinery and equipment
– System of work
– Information, training and Instruction
– Supervision, etc
• The accident prone worker is a false
approach. It is like blaming the victim
instead of the perpetrator
Fall From a Defective Ladder Multiple Cause of Accidents
– Was the employee well trained? Cause A
(Poor lighting)
– Was the employee reminded not to Cause B Accident

use the ladder? (Not look where going) (Trip)
Cause C
– Did the superior examine the job (Wood in walkway)
first?
Compatible with Loss Causation Theory
Trip Although Warned in

Fall From a Defective Ladder
Dark Walkway
– Was there a necessity for that person – Why was the defective ladder not
identified during normal inspection?
to walk in that area or was there a
safer route – Why did the supervisor allow its
usage?
– If the person was not in a hurry – Didn't the injured employee knew it
would they have been more aware should not be used?
of their surroundings and avoided
the wood
Trip Although Warned in
Accepted Accident Theory
Dark Walkway
• Multiple Causation Theory
– A single unsafe act or condition may or
may not cause an accident but both – If the area was better lit would the
are caused by lack of management person have avoided the wood
control
– Could the wood have been

• Bird Loss Causation Model removed
– In line with Schewhart(1930’s) theory of
quality control
Accepted Accident Theory The Accident Pyramid
• Heinrich’s theory is weak and negative 1 Fatal / Serious injury

– Blaming victim and lack system thinking,
continual improvements, upstream 3 Lost days
control and worker participation
50 First aid
80 Property
400 Near misses

TYE/PEARSON/BIRD 1969-1975
The Hidden Costs
Insured Costs -- covering injury, ill health, damage.
Hidden Uninsured – 8-36 times as much as insured costs
1. Product and 7. Investigation time

material damage 8. Supervisors time
2. Plant and building diverted
damage 9. Clerical Effort Productivity Aspect of OSH
3. Tool and 10.Overtime working
equipment 11.Temporary labour
damage 12.Loss of expertise /
4. Expenditure on experience supplies
emergency 13.Clearing site
5. Fines 14.Production delays
6. Legal costs
Incident Prevention Costs Direct Vs. Indirect

Incident Cost Iceberg
• DESIGN COSTS (e.g to install machine
guards)
Direct It is estimated that
for every $1 in direct
• OPERATIONAL COSTS (training costs, PPE, Costs incident costs, there
etc.) Indirect are anywhere from
Costs $4 to $11 in indirect
• SAFE GUARDING THE FUTURE COSTS (health or “hidden” costs
surveillance, audits etc)
Cost- Benefit Analysis of Control
Du Pont Ten Principles of Safety Measures
Management
• Compare specific incident costs with
cost of specific improvement being
• Safety audits and inspections must be suggested
carried out
• Deficiencies must be corrected promptly
• All unsafe practices, incidents and injury

accidents will be investigated
Du Pont Ten Principles of Safety Du Pont Ten Principles of Safety

Management Management
• Safety away from work is as important as • All injuries and occupational illnesses are
safety at work preventable
• Incident prevention is cost-effective; the • Management is directly responsible for

highest cost is human suffering doing this
• Employees must be actively involved • Safety is a condition of employment
• Training is required
Summary
Learning Objectives
• Incident in the workplace is largely caused
• To define what is a system by lack of management control
• To define what is an OSH • “If you think safety is expensive, try
management system accidents”
• Implement an appropriate company policy
• To describe the purpose of a system
• Control OSH risk
• To explain 5 components of typical
• Put a management system in place
OSH-MS
• Promote Occupational Safety and Health
Scope
• Introduction to concept of “system”

OSH Management
• Application of Management System to
Occupational Safety And Health System (OSH-MS)
• Review of existing Occupational Safety
And Health Management Systems
• Typical occupational safety and
health management systems elements Certificate Course
What is an OSH Management What is a system
System
More
than one
• An OSH management system elements
– Components:
• Arrangements (policy, planning, implementation
and operation, checking, management review)
– Purpose: SYSTEM
• To ensure safety, health and welfare of workers
• To comply with regulation Inter- Moving in
related sequence
• To manage and minimize OSH risk to
acceptable level
Why Do You Need a System What is a System

• A system is useful when there are: • An orderly set of components that work
together for a certain purpose
– Many activities have to be managed
together • E.g. the blood circulatory system
– Components:
– Complex information that are
• Heart and blood vessels (artery, veins,
changing have to be taken into
capillaries)
account at all times
– Purpose:
– Enables training needs to be • To transport blood which contains oxygen and
identified and the adequacy of nutrients to all parts of the body
subsequent training assessed through • To carry wastes away to be filtered out of the
measures of competency body
An OSH-MS System Model Why Do You Need a System
OSH-MS such as MS1722:2011 & OHSAS
18001:2007 are based on the Quality • A system organises and simplifies
Management System components of Plan,
complexity
Do, Check and Act (PDCA)
INPUTS DO POLICY OBJECTIVES
PLAN
VISION Identify Hazards Enforce Procedure • A system provides order, structure, and
HAZARDS Supervise Safe & healthy
Make Arrangements Respond Emergency Workers
LEGISLATION Assign Responsibility
THIRD PARTY INPUTS Train Productivity
Arrange resources Communicate Organisation Image focuses on the purpose and objective
ETC
of activities
CHECK
ACT Monitor
Corrective Action Surveillance
Review Inspect
Improve Investigate
Audit
Record & Analyse
Existing OSH Management

Typical OSH-MS “Components”
System
• There are two occupational safety and health 1. Policy
management system standards: 2. Plan - System planning, OSH objectives,
– OHSAS 18001:2007 Occupational Health & Safety development and implementation
Management System standard 3. Do - Responsibility and accountability;
• This standard was established in 1999 Competence and training, Hazard
• Latest version 2007 control system
• Widely used and certifiable 4. Check -Performance measurement;
– MS1722:2011 management system standard Accident / incident investigation;
• This standard was published in 2003 Auditing
• This is a guidance standard 5. Act - Preventive and corrective action,
• Latest version 2011 Continual improvement
Policy
• Promoting health and preventing
accidents, diseases and other work-
related health effects
• Complying with OSH legal
requirements and other requirements
• Recognizing OSH performance is an
integral part of business performance
MS1722:2011 Management System
Model
Policy Continual
improvement
• Workers and their representatives are
OH&S
consulted Management policy
review
• Ensuring that management and
workers are competent and Checking and Planning
understand their rights corrective action
• Allocating the necessary resources Implementation

and operation
• Continual improvement OHSAS 18001:2007 Occupational Health
& Safety Management System Model
Organising Initial Review
• Responsibility and accountability for Compare what you have with:
OSH performance for managers &
supervisors a) Requirements of relevant legislation
dealing with OSH management issues
• Competence and training of b) Best practice and performance in your
employees
industry sector and other appropriate
sections
• Management System documentation
should be established and maintained c) Efficiency and effectiveness of existing
resources devoted to OSH management
Organising OSH Objectives

• Procedures should be established and
• Based on the initial review and
maintained for communications
externally, internally and how to receive, consistent with the OSH policy set
document and respond comments from measurable and quantifiable
third party objectives to implement the policy
• Participation and Consultation • Communicate objectives to all relevant

Cooperation on OSH aspects between functions and levels of the organization
the employer, management and workers
Implementing Organising
• Before any changes Assess risk, take • Control of documents procedure should be
steps and inform, train employees established for standardization and safe use
before implementing of documents
• Operational control associated with the
• Have an emergency preparedness identified hazards where the
and response arrangements implementation of controls is necessary to
manage the OSH risk
• Procedures for purchasing and • Emergency preparedness and response to
contracting identified potential emergency situation
Monitoring and Measurement Implementing
• Performance measurement • Ongoing hazards identification and

• Evaluation of compliance assessment
• Accident, disease and incident investigation • Preventive, protective measures
• Control of record implemented in order of priority
• Auditing
• Procedures must be relevant to
• Management review
identified risk
Policy Action Elements
• Management must have a written
OSH policy
• Management must commit • Preventive and corrective action
themselves to:
1. Promoting health and preventing • Continual improvement
accidents, diseases and other work-
related health effects in the workplace
2. Complying with OSH legal requirements
and other requirements
MS1722:2011 Standard
Policy
Requirements
• The MS 1722:2011 standard contains
3. Workers and their representatives are the following components:
consulted when making workplace rules 1. Policy
and regulations
2. Organizing
3. Planning and Implementation
4. Providing the necessary resources to
ensure that work and the workplace is safe 4. Evaluation
5. Action for Improvement
Management Review
Planning and Implementation Organizing
• Hazards identification and assessment is • Management as a whole is responsible
made the basis of OSH management for OSH
• Preventive, protective measures must be
implemented • Ensuring that management and
workers are competent to carry out
• Have an emergency preparedness and
their tasks, especially the hazardous
response arrangements
ones
Planning and Implementation Organizing
• There must be procedures for • Employees are informed of hazards

purchasing and contracting to ensure they are working in and procedures
safety and health requirements are are established to ensure their safety
incorporated in purchased materials and health
and equipment as well as in
contracting activities • Management must promote safety
• OSH management activities must be and health
planned and performance targets set
Summary Evaluation
• A system is a set of components that • OSH management programmes must
work together for a certain purpose be monitored
• In an OSH Management System the • Investigate work-related injuries, ill

input for the system is workplace health, diseases and incidents, and
hazards, legislation and expectations their impact of OSH performance
of others
Summary Evaluation
• The components of OSHMS are • Carry out regular audits
Policy, Plan, Do, Check, Act
• Management must review its activities

• The objective or purpose of an to ensure OSH risks in the workplace
OSHMS such as MS1722:2011 or are ALARP, that the OSH programme is
OHSAS 18001:2007 is to ensure the efficient and that its OSH performance
welfare safety and health of workers targets are met and improved upon
and compliance with regulations.
Scope
• What is an OSH Policy and Why do we need
it
• Legal requirements of an OSH Policy Policy - Organisation
• Formulating the policy
& Arrangements
• Implementing the policy
– Responsibility assignments
– Arrangements required to implement the policy
– Monitoring the policy
– Reviewing and revising the policy Certificate Course
What is an OSH Policy Learning Objectives

Statement? • To define what is an OSH policy
• Overall intentions and direction of an statement
organization related to its OSH
performance as formally expressed by
• To describe the importance of OSH policy
top management
• The OSH policy statement is a • To explain four steps in implementing OSH
document that sets out how the policy
organisation will manage safety and
• Mind map OSHMS
health in the workplace.
4 Steps in Implementing
Why are OSH Policy Statement
OSH Policy
Important?
1. Formulate and write the policy • Demonstrate top management accountable to
– Include statements of vision and goals, their employees health and safety
– Provide framework objectives and target • A statement of commitment from top management
related to risk • Shows employees that management cares
• A guide for all levels of employees to base their
actions and decisions
2. Implement policy by making
• The starting point for planning and organising OSH
arrangements
programmes
– Organisation, OSH programmes, appointments
• Framework for setting and reviewing OSH objective
• Required by law
4 Steps in Implementing Legal Requirements –

OSH Policy OSHA 1994
• To have a written OSH policy statement
3. Communicate the policy • Employees must be aware of the
requirements of the policy
– Announce and display statement,
communicate responsibilities and OSH • OSH Policy is to be implemented
programmes – Organisation (responsibilities)
– Arrangements (plans, resources, procedures,
system of work, etc.)
4. Monitor and revise as necessary • To revise the policy when necessary
• Exemption to organization with less than 5
employees
Formulating the OSH Policy Formulating the OSH Policy
• Generally Address nature of hazards in the • The policy has to be read, understood and
workplace acted upon by employees, supervisors and
managers. Therefore it must be SMART:
– Information from: Simple (Use layman’s language, to the
• Hazard identification and Risk assessment point)
• Consultation with workers especially Measurable (Performance can be monitored)
recommendations from the Safety Committee Achievable (Realistic and based on own
• Good practice needs)
Reasonable (Always aim high but must be
– General nature of hazards in industry Practical)
• E.g. changing nature of hazards in various Tractable (Able to be analysed and
phase of construction industry tracked over period of time)
Formulating the OSH Policy Formulating the OSH Policy

• Policy statement should clearly state • Make statements that take into account:
general role and responsibilities of – Vision and goals (“zero accident”, continual
employees improvement)
• For example: – Legislation (compliance, competency of
employees)
– Managers and supervisors at all levels to enforce
OSH rules in their respective area or function – Clients (compliance to clients’ safety
procedures)
– Employee to report near-misses
– Associations (“Responsible Care”)
– Supervisors to investigate accidents
– Managers to supervise contractors
• Requirements Of OSHA1994 (Section 16)
Implementing the OSH Policy
1. Begin with goals, statement of intent,
Monitoring the OSH Policy objectives, identified risks as stated in the
policy
• Monitoring and Surveillance of
2. Establish OSH programme(s).
workplace environments
Example of programme
• Workplace inspections • Maintenance of safety critical equipment
• Auditing and plant, safe working environment, means
of access to and egress and requirement of
• Incident / accident investigation Job Safety Analysis
3. Provide resources and assign

responsibilities
Reviewing and Revising the

Monitoring the OSH Policy
OSH Policy
(By Safety Committee) • Record Keeping
• Performance statistics • Accident/ill health record
• Review policy • Compliance with legislation
– Appointments (Safety and Health Officer, Safety
– Experience
Committee established, etc.)
– Operational or organisational changes
• Targets set and achieved
– Alterations of plant or processes
• Compliance with organisation /
– New legislation arrangements (systems of work etc.)
– New hazards identified
– Change of business
Learning Objectives
Summary
• To identify 6 promotional techniques 1. A written OSH Policy is required by law
2. Formulate the policy to reflect OSH
• To describe the process of communication arrangements and organisational goals
3. Write a simple policy so that it is easily
communicated and understood
• To demonstrate interpersonal 4. Implement the policy by having a policy
communication implementation programme
• Assign responsibilities to all
• Provide arrangements
• Monitor the policy implementation
• To identify OSH training • Review the policy as necessary
Scope
• OSH promotion and techniques
OSH Promotion,
• Processes of communications Training &
Communication
• Application of communications in the
workplace
Certificate Course
• Training methods and strategy
Employee Involvement Promotional Technique
• Joint management-employee programmes: Use combinations of the following techniques
– OSH safety day, week, month to reinforce health and safety message:
– Competitions • Leading by example
– Management reporting of Incidents on notice • Employee involvement

boards, bulletins and newsletters
• Use of reward, incentives and disincentives
– On-going hazard spotting and near-miss
reporting, inspections, house-keeping, etc. • Best practice
• Communication
• Management interactions through meetings,
committees and gatherings • Training
Use of Rewards Recognition

Leading By Example
Incentives and Disincentives
• Management at all levels and on all
• Rewards Recognition Incentives are well- occasions must never ignore safety rules
known techniques used for motivations.
– In some organisations good performance in OSH
is employee’s term of employment
• Use of non-verbal communications:
– Top management seen to be committed
– Annual bonus penalty against non-performing
departments – Safety is enforced by management at all levels
and not by the safety officer alone
• Need to be careful. It might resulted in less or
none reporting of incidents – Suggestion implemented if appropriate
– Disincentives through penalties and contract – Management are aware of their non-verbal
award used on contractors communication styles and is a good listener
Employee Attitude Survey Best Practice
• Measures employees' perceptions;
perception is reality • Top management provides leadership
• Productivity and morale is closely linked to
• Safety controls must be designed into
perceptions of their work environment
every aspect of the organisation
• Questions e.g.
– Quality of management communications • Managers at all levels are responsible
– Satisfaction with employee training for safety and health – safety first and
– Safety and health concerns no shortcuts
– Cooperation among peers and workgroups
– Understanding a corporate goals and mission
Best Practice
• Objectives and Targets setting
Communications • Enforcement of high quality

standards
• Adoption of occupational safety
and health management systems
standards
Result of Poor Communications Importance of Communication
• Most of our working life is spent
• Poor communications or failures in communicating: to get things done, to
communications can introduce hazards report or to receive instructions
• Hazards can be introduced when changes • Job of SHO to communicate to workers,

in design, operations and procedures are colleagues, managers and the authorities
not communicated adequately to those
who are affected by them
• SHO must be aware of his verbal and non-
verbal impact on the job
When Coaching or Instructing Communication Process

• Communication is a two-way process
• Instructions should be:
– Simple, clear, accurate and complete
– In proper sequence • A message maybe misunderstood by a
recipient because of the following:
– The education, experience and culture of the
• A supervisor needs feedback to ensure recipient
that the message is understood and as – Background noise and the hearing of the
recipient
intended
– The perceived non-verbal message coming from
the sender
Non-Verbal Communications Meetings and Committees
• Notice boards - incident/near-miss on • A meeting is where employers can meet
• Bulletins – alerts on specific accidents or with employees to discuss common
lessons learned problems and to get employee feedback
• Newsletters - news, messages, articles • Employer-employee consultation is one of
• Warning signs – at places of hazards the distinguishing features of quality
• In law workers need to know hazards they management
are exposed to: • Mandated by regulations and OSH-MS
– Labels – on containers of chemicals – For example Safety and Health Committee
– Data sheets – MSDS
– Instruction manuals
Information Sources Toolbox Meeting

• NIOSH - Training programmes
- Information & consulting service • Toolbox meetings are carried out regularly:
- Newsletter – Every morning by the supervisor before the
workers start their work
– To remind workers of the danger or hazards in the
• SOCSO - Statistical information on workplace during the activities for the day
accidents • Brief (10 -15 minutes) and on one topic
- Rehabilitation information • Attention is given to requirement for
attendants and participation at the meeting
• DOSH - Legislation information
Importance of Listening Information Sources
• Suggestions and reports of incidences • Trade Associations - Industry information
or near misses from workers are
important • Manufacturer / Supplier - CSDS's
• Workers will not communicate if they
• Consultants
perceive that supervisors:
– do not respect his person • Libraries
– are not listening
– do not care • Internet
Hazards Communications
Importance of Listening
• Employees and the public has to be
protected against harm
• Supervisors and safety officer must be • Have a need and a right to know of:
aware and must practise active – Explosion, fire, exposure to hazardous chemicals
risks
listening – Identity of exposure – chemicals name, etc.
– Protective measures to prevent occurrence
– Actions to be taken during such occurrence
• Management has to carry out risk

assessment
Dealing with Conflicts Active Listening
• AVOIDANCE - see others point of view • Non-verbals techniques include:
and agree course of action. good eye contact, facial expressions, body
language, silence, touching
• RESOLUTION - identify underlying
• Verbal techniques include:
problems and “develop” workable
"I'm listening" cues, disclosures, validating
solutions.
statements, statements of support,
reflection /
mirroring statements
Dealing with Conflicts Active Listening
• SETTLEMENT - compromise without Avoid these common mistakes:

dealing with underlying cause, a short – Interject with your own opinions and ideas
lived solution. – Ask questions too early in the
conversation
– Make value judgements
• MANAGEMENT - live with the conflict
(how much can be tolerated and for – Attempt to solve the problem
how long?) – Use Active Listening when you don't have
the time to really listen
Common Sense?
Reason Why Employees Do Not Perform
A Mistaken Assumption! As Expected - Ferdinand F. Fournies
• They don't know why they should do them.
• Training and common sense • They do not know how to do the task
correctly.
– Sound judgements could only be
developed over time through • Education and training will eliminate the
experience and specific workplace causes for substandard performance.
settings and specific tasks. • Education and training will give them
knowledge.
• With knowledge their attitude towards
work will change.
Legal Requirements Why Train and Retrain?

• Instructions and procedures alone is not
sufficient.
• Regulation require training and
• Shortcut for learning from experience.
competency of workers.
• Employees need to know what they are
looking at or what to do and what to look
for.
• Cannot assume experience from previous
employer is similar.
• Materials, processes and technology may
have changed.
Levels of Training Legal Requirements
• For example:
• Awareness
– Factory And Machinery Act 1967
• General – Lead Regulations 1984, Asbestos Process
Regulations 1986, etc.
• Specific
– Occupational Safety And Health Act 1994
• Skills – USECHH Regulations 2000, CIMAH
Regulations 1996, Safety and Health
• Competencies (knowledge, qualification, Committee Regulations 1996, SHO
practice and experience) Regulations 1997
– Operator competency requirements
– Crane, scaffold, forklift, engine driver,
charge man, confined space, etc.
Training Documentation Assessing Training Needs

• Should be kept for all employees • Begin the assessment by establishing:
• Aims and objectives of training
and contractor training:
• Time scale
– Type
• Level at which training is required
– Names of trainees
– Checks on learning • Conduct a training needs analysis:
– Date • Identify job to be done and skill required
– Date / type of next training • Analyse skill which individuals already have
• Identify skills gaps
• Train to cover the shortfall
Summary
Learning Objectives
• OSH has to be vigorously promoted.
• To describe 4 levels of documentation • Top management and managers at all
levels have to be responsible for OSH
• To describe writing procedure promotion.
• Workers have to participate.
• Good Communications are essential.
• To describe how records are control
• Training is required and has to be
planned to be effective.
Scope
• Levels Of Documentation
• Documentation Requirements
Documentation
• Procedure Writing
Certificate Course
• Document Control
Levels of Documentation
• What is a document?
– Information and its supporting medium
– Paper or booklet providing information
Level 1 - Manuals – Record or report in detail
• There are four levels of documentation

– Manual
– Procedures
– Work Instructions
– Forms and records
The Documentation Pyramid

What are OSH Manuals For?
• Description of the main element of the Safety
OSHMS and their interaction, and reference Manual
to related documents Procedures
• Provide information for effective control of
hazards in the workplace
Work Instructions
• To control OSH management activities in
accordance with requirements
Records, Forms, Reports
• Provide overview information of OSH
management system
Hierarchy of Documentation
Contents of OSH Manual
• Scope of OSHMS, OSH policy and

objectives, description of main
Level 2 - Procedures elements of the OSHMS, reference to
related documents, roles and
responsibilities, and associated
records Statements, procedures,
instructions and records
What Are OSH Procedures? Contents of OSH Manual

• Translation of the organisation’s policies, The manual at the minimum contain:
objectives, and programmes into specific • Scope of OSHMS
instruction. • OSH policy statement and OSH objectives
• Basis for effective control of hazards and of risks. • Description of the main elements of the OSHMS
• Assignment of roles and responsibilities
• Specified way to carried out activity or a
• List of significant hazards/risks and arrangements for
process (procedure can be documented or prevention and control
not) • Personnel competency and training records
• Description of elements as defined in OSH • Procedures, instructions and other internal documents for
manual OSH management
• Reference to related documents
• Procedure as required by management system • Associated records
standard requirements
When Procedures are Required –
What Are OSH Procedures?
Support Activities
• Inter-department relationships such as • To control management activities in
finance, human resources and general accordance with specified
administration (eg; training needs, requirements.
competency requirements, roles and
responsibilities) •Procurement activities and
arrangements
• Standardize implementation in relevant
functions and level within the organization •Monitoring and control activities
• Achieving compliance with policy, •Selection and use of materials or
programme and legal and other equipment
requirements
When Procedures are

Documentation (Procedures)
Required – Support Activities are Required when:
• A consistent and standard approach is
• Monitoring and control required
arrangements and activities • Seek for consistency of implementation
within organization
• Risky, hazardous or complex operations
• Selection and use of raw materials requiring sequence and detailed steps
and equipment • Lesson learnt from previous mistakes need to
be captured and communicated to others
so that it will not be repeated
Instructions
(How we do our daily job) Example of Procedures
• Hazard Identification, Risk • Performance
• Provide detailed information on how to: Assessment and Risk Measurement and
– Perform specific tasks Control Monitoring
– Use of specific method and system of work • Legal and other • Evaluation of Compliance
Requirements • Incident Investigation,
– Use of specific equipment • Competence, Training Nonconformity, Corrective
– Timing and Awareness and Preventive Action
– Result • Communication, • Control of Records
Participation and • Internal Audit
– Prepare forms Consultation
– Refer to other documents • Control of Documents
– Control of processes that relate to the • Emergency, Preparedness
management of its OSH risks and Response
Example of Instruction
The instruction for unloading a tanker:

– Apply hand brake, use wheel chocks and Level 3 – Work Instructions
connect an earthling lead
– Attendance of the driver and warehouse

representative at all times whilst unloading
(cross referenced to their specific
responsibilities, as above)
Example of Instruction
– Checking the connection of the delivery
hose, drainage of the residual liquid into a
Level 4 - Records, Forms, container on disconnection and
Reports and Registers
– Having a spill containment kit available
during the unloading process (cross-
referenced to the procedure covering
spill response and emergencies)
Records, Forms, Reports Example of Instruction

(How we do our daily job)
• Excavation work • Management of
• Records are documents used to track • Forklift operation Change
and demonstrate compliance/ • Working at height • PPE
performance • Pest control operation • Procurement and
• Chemical contracting
• A form is a documentation to management • Contractor
standardise records • Housekeeping management
• Heavy lifting
• Night work
• Traffic management
Records, Forms, Reports
Records may Include:
(How we do our daily jobs)
• Workers' exposures, surveillance of the • Reports are summaries of performance
working environment and workers' or their analysis (Report is a part of
health record)
• Results of both active and reactive
monitoring • Register is an official or formal list
recording names, events, or
• Minutes of meeting
transactions
Examples of Records
to be Kept Records may Include:
• Legal, regulatory and other • Hazardous material spill /
code requirements other incident reports
• Results of risk Assessment • Communications with
• Management system implementation
• Permits, licenses and other customers, suppliers, records
approvals contractors and other
• Training records external parties
• Results of management
• Work-related injuries, ill health,
• Audit and regulatory
compliance audit reports reviews, minutes of meeting diseases and incidents
• Reports of identified • Sampling and monitoring
nonconformities, corrective data • Regulatory requirements
action plans and corrective • Maintenance records
action tracking data • Equipment calibration
records
Records and Retention Periods
Documentation vs. Training
On-site Records/files
• Keep procedures to the minimum Document Retention
(It is important that documentation is proportional to the level time
of complexity, hazards and risks concerned and is kept to the Training records 10 yrs.
minimum required for effectiveness and efficiency) SHC minute of meeting 7 yrs
Monitoring data 30 yrs.
• Supplement procedures with education, training Failures, incidents, complaints and follow- 30 yrs.
up actions
and supervision. Many accidents are caused by:
Maintenance records 10 yrs.
• Lack of procedures
• People are unaware of the procedures Chemical inventory reports 30 yrs.
• They do not understand the procedures Hazard communication documents 30 yrs.
• Procedures without training is ineffective MSDS 10 yrs.
Permits-while active
Documentation vs. Training
• Procedures not reviewed, revised and

updated could be hazardous
Procedure & Work Instruction
Writing
What Should be in the
Basic Requirements
Procedures/Work Instruction
• Clearly written (what people need to
do), accurate, and comprehensive • Objective and Scope
• Responsibilities
• To be understood by those who have • Clear definition of the organisational structure
to use them (user-friendly) • Reporting relationships if any
• Authorities
• Involve users in writing (committee • Management controls (approvals, etc,)
involved during write up/formulation) • The competence, qualification, training and
education of personnel
• Process steps
Basic Requirements Making Use of Procedures/Work

Instruction
• Periodically reviewed
• Safe system of work procedures/work
• Revised as necessary instruction can be ncorporated/integrated
into a method statement.
• Communicated to users
• Readily accessible to all affected by • A collection of safe systems of work can
them be consolidate/put together to form a
wide-ranging and practical rulebook for
employees.
Writing a Procedure Work Basic Requirements
Instruction • Procedures/Work Instruction should be
appropriate to the nature, complexity and
• Work Instruction should also cover periods significant risk
of: • Established, managed and maintained
– Start-up operations locally
– Normal operations • Should be identifiable
– Abnormal operations e.g. during maintenance
• Records
– Traceable
– Emergency Operations e.g. during a flood
– Retention times should be specified
– Health records are confidential
Writing a Procedure/Work
Writing a Procedure Work
Instruction
Instruction
Approval Requirements
– New procedures and all revisions • Procedures Work Instruction should
cover, where relevant, the three
– Approval assures that all involved and
affected have the opportunity to take
periods of undertaking:
exception to, offer input to, or approve of – Before work is begun (preparation)
administrative procedures
– During
– The approval of head or CEO of issuing
– After (cleanup and commissioning)
organisation is most important
Documenting Standards Writing a Procedure/Work
Instruction
• Effective date Approving authority
A. Issuing department's manager
• Revision number B. Person primarily responsible
C. Any manager whose department is
• Purpose of the document (work affected
instruction, procedure, etc.) D. Author of the document
E The SHO
• Scope/applicability of the document
F. Head or CEO of the issuing or using
organisation
Documenting Standards Documenting Standards
• Effective date
• References
• Page numbering (page 1 of 4,2 of 4,
etc.) • Approval signature line
• Procedural steps • Title of document
Purpose of Procedure and
Summary Records Control
• Procedures ensure consistency and • There should be a procedure to
continuity of work. ensure:
– That they can be located
– Are periodically reviewed, revised as
• Work Instruction/Procedures minimise necessary
accidents especially for hazardous – Approved for adequacy by authorized
operations or workplace environments. personnel
– Current versions of relevant documents are
accessible for those who need them
Summary Prevent Non-current Documents

From Unintended Use
• Procedures have to be clear written,
simple and supplemented by training • Remove promptly from:
– All points of issue
– All points of use
• Procedures have to be reviewed and
revised • Archival documents are suitably
identified
• Note: Archival documents are data retained
• Procedures have to be controlled for legal and knowledge preservation
purposes.
Scope
• Overview of risk and risk assessment Risk Assessment And

Management
• Planning for risk assessment
• Risk control Safety and Health Officer

Certificate Course
Learning Objectives
• To define what is hazard, risk and danger
Overview of Risk and • To explain the risk assessment process

Risk Assessment
• To describe the method of identifying hazard
• To use the risk assessment matrix
• To explain the hierarchy of control
Risk Assessment Definitions
• Hazard: A source, situation or act with
• What is Risk assessment: The process a potential for harm in terms of human
of evaluating the risks to safety and injury or ill health and damage to
health arising from hazards at work property (Source: MS1722:2011)
• Risk assessment results is documented
and used for: • Danger: Relative exposure to hazard
1. Risk control in OSH management
2. Future reference and review
Basic Principles of
Definitions
Risk Management
• Risk: A combination of the likelihood of an
1. Integrate Risk Management as part occurrence of a hazardous event or
of planning at all levels of business exposure with specified period or in
specified circumstances and the severity of
2. Accept all risks injury or damage to the health of people,
3. Make risk decisions appropriately property, environment or any combination
(depending on level of risk) of these caused by the event or exposure
(Source: MS1722:2011)
4. Manage the risk
When to Carry Out Why Carry Out
Risk Assessment Risk Assessment?
• Gives organisations a more effective way of
managing hazards
• Before Operation - Systematic way of understanding hazards
- Control hazards based on facts
• During Operation • Requirement of the law e.g.
– OSHA 1994, CIMAH Regulations 1996 & USECHH Regulations
2000
• After Operation • Requirement of OSH management system

standards:
– MS 1722:2011,
– OHSAS 18001:2007
When to Review Risk Assessment Should Be

Risk Assessment Carried Out For:
• Routine and non-routine activities including
• Types of review: emergencies;
– initial review, and
– periodic review. • Activities of all personnel having access to the
workplace (including subcontractors visitors and
others involved in or affected by);
• Facilities at the workplace, whether

provided-by the organization or others.
Basic Components of When to Review
Risk Management Risk Assessment
• Hazard Identification • Review whenever there are changes:
– internal
• Before modification, changes or introduction
• Risk Assessment of new
– Materials, machinery or processes, working
procedures,
• Risk Control – external
• Amendments of national laws and regulations
• Review • Developments in OSH knowledge and
technology
Who Will Carry Out

The Process of
Risk Assessment
Risk Management
Start • Person or persons trained to identify hazard
Classify Activities and risk assessment
(Work, Product, Services, Activities) – In some cases legally competent person,
example : Chemical Health Risk Assessor
Identify Hazards
Risk = Severity X Likelihood
• Consultation with and involvement of
Determine Risk
workers
Decide if Risk is Tolerable – Safety and Health committee OR workers and
Decide if Impact is Significant their representatives
Risk Control Action Plan
• Involvement of supervisors
Review Adequacy of Risk Control
Classification and
Potential Sources of Hazards
Classification of Example of Potential Sources of Hazards
Hazards
Mechanical Pinch points, sharp points and edges,
overload or force a tool beyond its
capabilities and grinding wheel without Hazard Identification
guard
Electrical Electrical cord insulation damaged,
electrical face plate or cover broken or
missing and fan cord insulation pulled
loose
Biological Exposed to airborne and blood borne
viruses, bacteria and fungus
Classification and
SOURCES OF HAZARDS
Potential Sources of Hazards
Man Unsafe acts
Classification of Example of Potential Sources of Hazards
Hazards Machinery Installation, layout and design of
Chemical Exposed to carcinogens chemicals, equipment
sensitizers and corrosive chemicals Materials Substances such as chemicals
Ergonomics Repeated exposure to unnatural and gases used in the workplace
postures and unnatural movement, Method The way people carry out their
awkward design of workstation, tools
work
and task
Psychological Stress, sexual harassment and violent at Media Workplace condition i.e. air
work quality, ventilation, lighting, noise,
vibration etc.
Methods of Pre-Assessment –
Identifying Hazards Information Gathering
• Review of documents and publications • Information on the facilities, processes and
activities of the organization, including:
• Inspection and observation at the
– Area Map
workplace
– Site plan(s); own and neighbour
• Measurement of the atmosphere, – Process flow-charts
monitoring the environment or medical – Inventory of materials (raw materials, chemicals,
surveillance of workers wastes, products, sub-products)
– Toxicology and other health and safety data
• Hazard Analysis
– Monitoring data
Pre-Assessment –
Document Review
Classifying Work Activities
• Reports of accidents, accident
investigation and audits • Geographical areas within/outside the
premises;
• Information from publications • Stages in a production process, or in the
– Acts, Regulations, Guidelines and Codes of provision of a service;
Practice • Defined the tasks (e.g. driving, window
– Statistics cleaning);
• Identify the working groups;
– Handbooks
• Land use; previous property use, future use.
– Chemical Safety Data Sheet (CSDS)
Exposure Monitoring Inspection and Observation
• Types of monitoring: area and personal • Types of inspections: statutory inspection,
monitoring periodic inspection, formal and informal
inspection
• Monitoring of:
– Noise • Documentation - Checklist and inspection
– Heat worksheet (standard approach and record)
– Radiation
– Air contaminants
– Chemicals etc.
Biological Monitoring Inspection and Observation

• Biological monitoring is a regular measuring • Activities - to involve supervisors, managers
activity where selected validated indicators and employees
of the uptake of toxic substances in the
human body are determined in order to
prevent health impairment • Inspection outcome - to include actions and
timeframes
• This form of monitoring could entail
examination of, for example, blood, urine, • Ensure follow up on action - to ensure
saliva and contaminated air effectiveness
Hazards Analysis Biological Monitoring
• Method use: (example) • Biological monitoring commonly features

– Job Safety Analysis (JSA) in the health or medical surveillance of
persons exposed to hazardous
environments especially complying to
– Hazards and Operability Studies (HAZOP)
legal requirement i.e. USECHH
Regulations 2000 etc.
– Fault Tree Analysis etc.
Job Safety Analysis (JSA) Medical Surveillance
• Identify job to be done • Health Surveillance is Warranted if:

– Substance is used in workplace
• Task described in less than 10 steps
• Action verb used to describe job – Substance is hazardous
• List things that can go wrong – Evidence or reason to suspect injury
– Insufficient atmospheric monitoring
Fault Tree Analysis Job Safety Analysis (JSA)
• To analyse how and why incident could • Note:
occur – The term JSA includes the formulation of safe work
procedures using written instructions for workers
• Graphic technique - traces branches of
events – May still require other risk controls
• To calculate probability of end event – Supervisor and workers assist
• Example: Water pumping system – Ideally all jobs should have a JSA (mainly high risk
jobs)
Hazards And Operability Studies

Fault Tree Analysis
(HAZOP)
• To identify and evaluate safety hazards in
the process plant
• To identify operability problems
• New design or process
• Multidisciplinary brainstorming
• “What If” questionnaire method
•No water flow occurs if both pumps fail or if the control valve fails.
•If the individual initiating event probabilities P(A), P(B), and P(C) are
• Focus on fire, explosion, toxic release etc.
known, then the probability of P(T) the top or end event can be
calculated.
Determining Severity
• Severity in terms of:

Risk Assessment
– Harm to health
– Damage to property
– Damage to environment
– Or the combination of the above
Severity
Types of Risk Assessment
Determine severity categories i.e.:
• Fatality
Approach:
• Major injuries (normally irreversible injury or
damage to health) • Qualitative Risk Assessment
• Minor injuries (normally reversible injury or

damage to health requiring days off work) • Semi-Quantitative Risk Assessment
• Negligible injuries (first aid) • Quantitative Risk Assessment
Determining Likelihood of
Qualitative Risk Table
Occurrence of Hazard
• Based on statistic & data, professional
judgement
• Determine likelihood categories i.e.:
– very unlikely,
– likely,
– unlikely,
– highly unlike.
Semi - Quantitative
Likelihood
Risk Assessment
Determine severity categories i.e. : • Very likely - could happen frequently
• 4: Fatality & Permanent Disability
• Likely - could happen occasionally
• 3: More than 4 days MC
• Unlikely - could happen, but only rarely
• 2: Less than or 4 days MC
• Highly unlikely - could happen, but
• 1: First aid and near misses probably never will
Quantitative Semi - Quantitative
Risk Assessment Risk Assessment
Determining Likelihood of Occurrence of
• Where the hazards presented by the Hazard
undertaking are numerous and complex,
and may involve novel processes, for • 4: Daily
example in the case of large chemicals
process plants, detailed and sophisticated • 3: Weekly
risk assessments will be needed, and it is
appropriate to carry out a detailed • 2: Monthly
quantitative risk assessment
• 1: Yearly
Semi-Quantitative
Quantitative
Risk Assessment
Risk Assessment
LIKELIHOOD
Yearly Monthly Weekly Daily
• Quantitative risk assessment involves
1 2 3 4
obtaining a numerical estimate of the risk First Aid
from a quantitative consideration of event and Near 1 1 2 3 4
Misses
probabilities and consequences Less than
or 4 days 2 2 4 6 8
MC
More than
3 3 6 9 12
SEVERITY
4 days MC
Fatality &
Permanent 4 4 8 12 16
Disability
Quantitative
Decision for Action
Risk Assessment
AS LOW AS REASONABLY PRACTICABLE (ALARP)
PRINCIPLE
• In carrying out quantitative risk assessments,
Risk cannot be Intolerable (e.g. H,H or >10)
justified special quantitative tools and techniques will
on any grounds LEVEL
be used for hazard identification, and to
TOLERABLE IF: estimate the severity of the consequences
A Risk is undertaken if OF Reduction
a benefit is desired and the likelihood of realization of the
L Impractical
RISK or hazards
A Reduce risk Cost / gain grossly
R Disproportionate
P No need for
detailed
action
Trivial
Quantitative
Risk Assessment Form
Risk
Activities / process / facilities/ Current Risk Legal
equipment
Hazard Effect
Control Reqmt Risk
Action & Recommendations
Risk Assessment
Severity. Likelihood.
Rating
• Where such methods and techniques are

used it is important that they are carried out
by suitably qualified and experience
assessors
Consideration in Implementing
Risk Control
• Review measures regularly; modify if
necessary
Risk Control
• Comply with national laws and regulations
• Reflect good management practice; and
Consideration in Implementing
Principle of Control
Risk Control
• Consider the current state of knowledge
• Include information or reports from •Substitution •Housekeeping •Training and

•Modify process •General education
organizations such as: •Enclosure ventilation •Worker rotation
•Local exhaust •Continuous area •Enclosure of
– DOSH, OSH services, and others. •Fugitive monitoring worker
emission control •Dilution •Personal
•Isolation ventilation monitoring
•Automation or •Personal
remote control protective devices
Hierarchy of Control
MOST EFFECTIVE
Elimination - remove the hazard
Personal Protective FAIRLY EFFECTIVE

Substitution - use less hazardous one.
Equipment (PPE) Isolation – isolate the work area i.e. X-ray machine in restricted
room
Engineering Control – design, isolation at source, barricade,
guarding,
Safety and Health Officer LEAST EFFECTIVE
Administrative Control – safe work procedure, isolation i.e. reduce
Certificate Course exposure time and limit, training, signage etc
PPE - last resort.

• To define what is personal protective • The basis of OSH management is the
equipment identification of hazard, risk assessment and risk
control
• To state the position of PPE in the
• Ways of identifying hazards varies from
hierarchy of hazard control inspection of the workplace to reviewing
• To describe the management and legislation
legal issues of PPE • Risk assessment allows an organisation to build
a sound basis for managing hazard
• To select appropriate body
• Hierarchy of hazard control starts by elimination;
protection equipments usage of PPE for protection as the last resort
• To demonstrate the PPE equipments
What is Personal Protective Scope
Equipment? • Introduction to PPE
PPE includes • Body protection
– Goggles, Face shields, Safety glasses, • Respiratory Protection
Hard hats, Safety shoes, Gloves, Vests,
Respirators, Earplugs and Earmuffs. • Special Work Clothing
• Introducing PPE to Workplace
PPE What is Personal Protective

PPE SHOULD BE A HAZARD PROTECTION
Equipment?
OF LAST RESORT • Devices and garments to protect
– Not to be used permanently as a substitute workers from injuries.
for maintaining a safe and healthy work
environment
– Use only when the work environment cannot
• Designed to protect
be made safer – Eyes, Face, Head, Ears, Feet, Hands and
E.g. through hazard elimination engineering, Arms, Respiratory System and Whole body.
administration or by limiting work exposure
What to Protect From? Problems with PPE
• If PPE is used as the first option without
• Dust (e.g. mineral dust) reducing hazard at source:
– Risk to workers if PPE fails and failure not
• Wet (e.g. slip) detected.
– Cause employees to believe they are "safe" and
may take higher risks.
• Sharp objects – Result in worse consequences if people fail or
forget to wear equipment.
• Falling from heights – Will shift the responsibility for safe working
condition from the employer to the employee.
Considerations in the What to Protect From?

Selection of PPE Any insult to the external (surface) or
• Selection of PPE is dependent on the internal part of the body:
hazard identification, risk assessment • Impact (e.g. flying & falling objects, knocks
and control measures implemented & bumps)
• Chemicals hazardous to health (gases and
• PPE is used to liquid)
complement/combination of other • Radiation (IR & NIR) (e.g. heat, high
control measure intensity light, noise)
Training on PPE Considerations in the
• Hazard recognition in the work
Selection Of PPE
environment • PPE selected must be carried out
under a PPE programme
• What control measures can be taken
• PPE must be certified products to
• The type of PPE suitable for use ensure acceptable level of protection
from hazards
• The limitations of PPE
• Limitations of PPE must be identified
• Demonstration of correct use adhered to
Ensuring Employee
Training on PPE
Compliance
• Make it easy for employee to comply
• Practicing using the PPE • Factors to consider:
– Understand the necessity to wear the PPE
• Cleaning, maintaining and repairing
– Easy and comfortable with minimum
PPE interference to work
– Pre-purchase employee feedback on
• Use of PPE in dealing with equipment
emergencies – Psychological: employee vanity, virility
– Incentives and disincentives on wearing the PPE
Legal Requirements PPE IS PERSONAL!
Factories and Machinery (Safety, Fit
Health and Welfare Regulation), 1970 – PPE must be properly fitted to ensure
– Regulation 32 reliable protection.
• Clothing Care
• Safety helmets – Issued on a personal basis.
• Gloves – Individuals responsible for the day to
• Eye protection day use, handling, cleaning, storage
and maintenance, reporting of
defects.
Legal Requirements MULTIPLE USER PPE

• Should be correctly used, handled,
OSHA1994: USECHH Regulations 2000 stored, cared for and maintained.
– PART V - Action to Control Exposure
• Reg.16(1) Approved personal protective • Appropriate procedures on suitable
equipment shall be used cleaning and sterilisation must be
provided.
• Above must be observed at all
times.
Head Protection Face and Eye Protection
Helmets and Bump Caps
Protective helmets are intended to: • Goggles, spectacles and face shields
– Protect the head from the force of are used for protection from injury by:
impact of falling objects or from electric
shock – Physical (flying or falling objects)
– Shield the head and hair from – Chemical agents
entanglement in machinery or exposure – Radiation
to environments
Head Protection
Face and Eye Protection
Helmets and Bump Caps
Examples: • Has the widest use and the widest
range of styles, models and types
– Construction work, logging, mining, metal
or chemical production, congested multi- • Face shields must be used in
storied process area or areas with low
combination with basic eye protection
slung pipes or headroom, etc.
Headwear Care and
Hands and Arms
Gloves, Gauntlets, Mitts, Wrist Cuffs, Armlets Maintenance
• Helmets should be inspected for cracks
Materials
(even hairline cracks), signs of impact or
– Leather Abrasion protection, heat
rough treatment, and wear before use.
resistance
– PVC Abrasion protection, water • Prolonged exposure to ultraviolet rays
and limited chemical (sunlight) and chemicals can shorten the life
resistance span expectancy of thermoplastic helmets.
– Rubber Degreasing, paint spraying
– Cloth/nylon Hand grip • Solvents can damage the shell. Be careful
– Latex Electrical insulation work when using them for cleaning.
Protective Footwear Hands and Arms

Protection for Feet and Toes Gloves, Gauntlets, Mitts, Wrist Cuffs, Armlets
Options
– Safety boots and shoes with steel toe Hazards
caps, gaiters, leggings, spats and clogs.
– Abrasion; temperature extremes; cuts
conductive shoe.
and punctures; impact; chemicals;
electric shock; skin irritation, disease or
Patterns contamination; vibration; risk of product
– Anti-slip, anti-static, electrically contamination.
conductive or insulating.
Hearing Protection Protective Footwear
Ear muffs, Ear plugs, Helmets Protection for Feet and Toes
Hazard Hazards
– Machining, grinding, pneumatic – Wet, electrostatic build-up; cuts and

equipment, rock drilling, piling work, punctures; falling objects, heavy loads;
hammering, generators, ventilation fans, metal and chemical splash; vehicles.
motors, punch and brake presses.
Hearing Protection Fall Protection Systems

Ear muffs, Ear plugs, Helmets Personal lifelines
• Body support
Selection of hearing protection
(i) The characteristics of the noise
• Lifelines
(ii) Frequency of exposure
(iii) Comfort of the user
(iv) Communication needs • Construction of body support
(vi) Medical conditions
• Inspection and testing
Kinds of Respirators Respiratory Protection
• A respirator is a protective face piece,
Atmosphere-supplying Respirators hood or helmet.
– Supply clean air directly to the user from • Designed to protect the wearer against:
a source other than the air surrounding – To protect employees from breathing
the user contaminated and / or
– Protection against particulates, vapours,
– Types: Air-Supplied, Combination, Self-
– Oxygen-deficient air
Contained Breathing Apparatus
– Or combination of all the above
Selection and Fitting of

Kinds of Respirators
Respirators
Selection depends on Air-purifying Respirators
(a) The contaminant
(b) Task
(c) Operator – Have filters, cartridges, or canisters
that remove contaminants from the air
Protection factors depends on – Types: Particulate, Gas & Vapour,
(i) Face mask (1/2 face, full face) Combination
(ii) Filter efficiency (particulates)
Selection and Fitting of
Special Work Clothing
Respirators
• Selection factors
Fit testing important
• Materials: – Individual variation

– Impervious clothing
– Protection against heat, flame and – Determines the level of protection
hot metal
– Others
Introducing of PPE to
Workplace Problems with Respirators
• Good only if properly fitted and worn
If PPE is to be used, then:
• Protect only those who are wearing
– Write in the OSH policy on usage of PPE and
them
communicate it to employees and visitors
– Select the proper type of PPE • Uncomfortable, cumbersome and
– Implement a thorough training programme/ interfere with communication
demonstrate proper use • Costs are substantial require
– Make certain the employees know the correct – Regular medical examinations, fit testing,
use and maintenance of the equipment training, and the proper purchasing of
– Enforce its use equipment
– Maintenance and storage
Learning Objectives
• To list 4 purposes of OSH Programme
Summary
• PPE is protection of last resort.
• To identify the needs of OSH • PPE should be selected appropriately.
Programme • PPE use is required by law in some
situations.
• To develop the action plan for the
OSH Programme • Employees must be consulted, trained,
supervised in the use of PPE and must
• To distinguish responsibilities of top be aware of hazards.
management, line management and • PPE must be properly fitted, tested,
supervisors in the implementation of cleansed, maintained and stored.
OSH Programme
• Comfortable PPE will ensures its use.
Scope
1. Planning an OSH programme
2. Responsibilities in the OSH Objective &
implementation of OSH Programme
programme
3. OSH programmes in an Safety and Health Officer
organisation
Certificate Course
4. Procedures and system of work
Action Plan for Legal and Other Creating OSH Policy,
Obligations Organisation and Arrangements
• OSHA 1994 requires to have written policy,
1. Identify legal requirements:
organisation and arrangements
 Identify which regulation applies e.g.
– SHO Regulations 1997, SHC Regulations
• Purpose of OSH programme is to ensure:
1996, CIMAH Regulations 1996, USECHH – Implementing the goals of OSH policy
Regulations 2000 – Minimum compliance with national laws and
regulations
– Codes of practice or guidelines
– Good operation of the organisation’s OSH
• Identify other requirements e.g. management system
 e.g. “Responsible Care” – Continual improvement in OSH performance
 Implement all above requirements
Action Plan for

Planning an OSH Programme
OSH Arrangements • Begin with:
1. Goals of the organisation written in the
• Get management commitment policy
2. Legal and other requirements
• Design plans based on objectives 3. Identified hazard and risks
and targets • Prioritise the needs of these requirements

and set objectives and target for the
organisation to achieve
• Arrange for resources (human, • Set objectives and targets
financial and technical support) • Create action plans with timelines and
responsibilities for completion
Responsibilities for the Action Plan for
Implementation of OSH Programmes OSH Arrangements
• Identify how to measure success of the
– Employee programme (performance indicators)
• To cooperate
• Obey rules and regulations • Assign responsibilities for each programme
• Reporting
• Involvement in consultations
• Communicate these requirements to
managers and supervisors concerned
Responsibilities for the Responsibilities for the

Implementation of OSH Programmes Implementation of OSH Programmes
• General responsibility
• Line Management Responsibilities – Top Management
• Overall responsibility
– Ensuring that OSH is managed within their
• Provide resources to implement the policy
area of operations
• Include arrangements to resolve any conflict
between OSH issues and productivity by – Line Management and Supervisors
escalation to higher management. • Day-to-day programme tasks and
responsibilities
OSH Programmes Responsibilities for the
Implementation of OSH Programmes
• The provision of systems of work:
– Procedures, training and supervision • Specific responsibilities (preferably written in their job
descriptions):
• Include procedures for contractors and visitors
– Those managing contractors
– Those responsible for OSH training
– First Aid – Those responsible for plant and
equipment
– Emergency preparedness – OSH specialists: industrial hygiene,
investigators & auditors, SHO, etc.
• Including evacuation drill and emergency
exercises
OSH Programmes OSH Programmes

• Arrangements for use or operation,
handling, storage and transport of • Information, instruction, training:
plant and substances: – OSH promotion
– Assessment – Awareness programme
– Hazard / accident reporting – Training / induction and other training
– PPE – Signs and labels
– Showers – Tool box meeting
– Communicating and consultation
Safe System of Work OSH Programmes
• A formal procedure to minimise
remaining risks • Provision of facilities for welfare of
EXAMPLES WHERE REQUIRED, IN employees:
PARTICULAR, – Cafeteria
– Cleaning and maintenance operations, – Showers
– Working alone. – Toilets
– Breakdowns.
– Emergencies.
• Should have safe working procedures for

all jobs.
Safe System of Work OSH Programmes

• Implementing Risk Control:
– Prioritises risk reduction programme
• Implementing
according to the hierarchy of control
– Identify required safe working procedure. – Establish “System Of Work” if administrative
– Write safe work instructions control measures are required
– Provide training – Inform and train affected employees before
– Ensure supervision Implementation of control measures
– Monitor effectiveness of control measures – Information and training is important
especially when there is a "decision to
and act accordingly
change"
Safe System of Work Safe System of Work
Permit-To-Work Permit-To-Work Required
• Electrical work, especially at higher
voltages
• Training and supervision very • Entry into confined spaces e.g. vessels
important • Excavation work or demolition activities
• Audit • Presence or possible release of
– Ionising radiation, or flammable gases, liquid
or dusts (possible risk of ignition by hot work,
electrical or electrostatic sources)
• Lone working in hazardous environments
Safe System of Work – Safe System of Work

Lone Working Permit-To-Work
• Documentation:
• May include the “Buddy System”: – Written authority, e.g. to carry out
(a) Challenge-check system. (e.g. aircraft maintenance in a confined space
checklists)
– Issued by authorised person
(b) Lifeguard system. (e.g. jobs requiring
lifelines and special protective gear) – States job risk has been assessed
(c) Two-person system. (e.g. in electrical – Details safety precautions
substation operations) – Authorises the work
– Permanent record of precautions taken
The Importance of Human
Summary
Factors
• Human factors can lead to accidents:
• All levels of management must be
– General health and fitness
responsible for managing
– Complacency
occupational safety and health in the – Fatigue, Boredom
workplace. – Rushing (cutting corners)
– Panic in emergencies
– Over eagerness (not following procedures)
• System of work including “work
– Inter-group relationships
permits” is important in certain
categories of work • Build in fail-safe mechanism or remove the
risk
Summary
• Programmes must be established to
Emergency accomplish goals policies and
Preparedness and objectives.
Response
• OSH programmes must be specific,
Safety and Health Officer has datelines, assignment of
Certificate Course responsibilities, performance
indicators and resources.
What is an Emergency Learning Objectives
• Accident – unexpected event which cause • To define what is an emergency
damage @ harm. Happens by chance
• To describe why prepare for an emergency
• Emergency – an unforeseen combination of • To determine the stages of an emergency
circumstances @ the resulting state that
calls for immediate action • To identify the elements of emergency
programme for preparedness, response and
recovery
• Disaster – a sudden calamitous event
bringing great damage, loss @ destruction
Scope
• Recognising an emergency
• Emergency management
• Emergency planning
• Emergency mitigation and resources
• Procedures
• Incident control and facilities
• Training & exercises
Why Prepare for an
Emergency
• Regulatory and Industry requirement –
e.g. CIMAH Regulations 1996, Tiram Kimia Tragedy
“Responsible care” OHSAS 18001, ISO
14000, etc.
• Communities are affected by

emergencies
Stages of an Emergency Why Prepare for an

1st Emergency Level
Emergency
Trigger
• There are unaccounted,
escalation? End of
incident emergency unplanned & unexpected event
trigger
minutes hours days months
• Accidents happen at any time and
PRE-EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
emergency situation is chaotic
RECOVERY
EMERGENCY • Emergency often escalates to crisis
LEVELS
Time
Goals of Emergency
Levels of Emergencies
Response
• Depends on severity of the incident and
capability of the organisation
– Control, Reduce or stop the cause
• Level 1
– Control situation and limit secondary If within the capabilities of the organisation
damage
• Level 2
– Continue operations and recover quickly If external assistance is required: mutual

aid, district or other agencies. MKN
Arahan 20 may apply.
Objectives of Emergency
Response Levels of Emergencies
• Level 3
– Save lifes
State or National Disaster. MKN Arahan 20
• Prioritise Rescue and First Aid takes over.
• Rescuers must not be put to risk
– Save property, asset and reputation
– Save Community and the Environment
1.Emergency Management Basic Elements of
Coordinator and Tasks Emergency Preparedness
and Response Management
Emergency Management Coordinator 1: Organise emergency management team
– Administer and keep current the 2: Identify the accident scenarios and emergency
emergency management programme consequences
– Work with Emergency Management 3: Identify resources, equipment and facilities
Committee
4: Develop plans and procedures
5: Train, drill and exercise
6: Review system
1.Emergency Management 1.Emergency Management

Coordinator and Tasks Organisations
Emergency
Emergency Management Committee Management
Commitment
– Ensure preparation, implementation and
evaluation of EPR
Emergency Emergency Incident
– Work with coordinator Co-ordinator Command
Management
Committee Organisation
- To coordinate planning -Take control during incident
-To plan for
-Mitigation -- Functions:
Membership –Technical & Non- -Preparedness -Command
Technical -Response -Operations
-Recovery -Planning
-Logistics
-Admin/Finance
1.Task of the Incident 1.Incident Command Organization
Organization (Based on Incident Command System)
Incident
• Work with external agencies Commander
Operations Planning Logistics Administration

• Complies with applicable statutes or
•Damage •Situation •Communications •Legal
regulations Control (Fire Analysis •HR
Fighting, etc.) •Procurement
•Records •ECC •Recovery
•Rescue
•Documents •First Aid
•Evacuation
•Strategy •Transport
•Traffic
Control •IT
National Inter-Agency Incident Management System
Used by FEMA and included in NFPA 1600:2000
1.Incident Command 1.Task of the Incident

Operations Teams Organization
• Depends on the organisation, activities and
products. For example: • Identifies level of emergency response
– Most organisations will need a team of :
• Fire fighters • Coordinates response action,
• Evacuation rescuers
evacuation, continuity and recovery
• First Aiders
activities
– Hazardous chemical plants:
• Chemical or oil spill team
– Process plant: • Ensure outside assistance are notified or
• Shut down team called upon
• Rescue team
2.Types of Potential Hazards 2.Emergency Planning
Natural events Threat and hazard identification
– Storms, earthquakes, floods, etc. – Use imagination; think of the unexpected
Technological events Assessment of emergency scenario

– Mechanical problems (ruptured – Also impacts beyond control such as:
o Regional communications loss and national power
pipes, metal fatigue), chemical spills, outage
aircraft crash, fire, explosion, etc. o transportation disruptions (floods, broken bridges)
2.Types of Potential Hazards 2.Emergency Planning

Plan For Emergency Mitigation,
Human events
Preparedness, Response And Recovery
– The wrong valve was opened,
miscommunication about what to do,
etc.
– Sabotage, terrorism
2. Potential Impacts of 2. Other Hazard
Hazards Considerations
• Quantity of hazardous materials
Health, Safety and Environment • Location of hazardous materials
• Location of isolation valves
– Persons in the affected area
• Special fire fighting requirements
– Personnel responding to the incident (oil, chemical) if any
– Pollution to the environment • Special handling requirements
(e.g. radio-active, pathogens)
2. Potential Impacts of
Hazards 2. Hazard Consequence Analysis –
For Emergency And Recovery Plans
Legal
• What hazards are most likely to occur
– Regulatory and contractual obligations
• What functions or services are affected
Business • In what way the functions could not be
– Continuity of operations and delivery of services
performed following a disaster
• What are the critical functions
– Property, facilities, and infrastructure loss
• What actions will protect them
– Reputation of the organisation
• What functions has to be restored quickly
– Economic and financial condition
2. Emergency Plans Must
2. Emergency Plan Strategy Comply With Legal and Other
• Plans should also be sufficiently flexible to Requirements
ensure that an emergency response can be Examples of requirements are:
varied according to the severity of the – OSHA 1994
incident – CIMAH Regulations 1996
– Environmental Quality Act 1974
– Voluntary Standards
• Disaster/ Emergency Management Standard (Incident
Command System, FPA 1600:2000)
– Industry Practice
• “Responsible Care”
2. Recovery Strategy 2. Emergency Plan Strategy

• Objective is to restore functions as
• Emergency plans should be capable of
early as possible
dealing with the worst case credible
scenario
• Redundancy or alternatives arranged
for identified critical functions
• However, detailed planning should
– Alternative site, supplier arrangements
concentrate on the more likely events
3. Resource Planning 2. Recovery Strategy
• Based on identified threats and hazards
– Fire, flood, explosion, spills, collapse • Roles and responsibilities for
restoration identified
• Existing internal and external resources – e.g. recovery manager and team,
communications, utilities, purchasing, HR,
• Identify resource shortfalls and alternate site security
sources
2. Mitigation Measures
3. Resource Planning
• Interim and long-term - to eliminate or
reduce impact of hazards that cannot be
• Consideration for mutual aid agreements eliminated.
– Access, escape routes and shelters
• Arrangements with vendors and suppliers – Early Warning - Establishment of hazard warning
and communication procedures
– Materials – removal, reduction, modification,
segregation or elimination
– Heat, fluids, etc. - protective systems,
redundancy, control of rate of release
– Structures - building construction standards
3. Emergency Facilities to 3. Identify for Each Threat or
be Made Available Hazard
• Command posts Resources and logistics
– Identified, equipped, tested, and maintained – Personnel, training, expert knowledge,
materials
– Operations manual
– Available in a timely manner and have the
capability to do its intended function
• Personal protection equipment list – Quantity, response time, operability
3. Emergency Facilities to 3. Identify for Each Threat or

be Made Available Hazard
• Where needed, toxic and explosive gas Equipment and Facilities
detectors, wind indicators – Fire fighting, heavy equipment, medical supplies
Miscellaneous
• Resources from external sources – Food, clothing and shelter for evacuees, religious
– At industrial facilities or agencies personnel, volunteer and social/political groups
3. Immediate Strategic 3. Regular Tests of
Plans Emergency Equipment and
Facilities
• Acceptable downtime before restoration to
a minimum level • Check and document alarm system
frequently
• Minimum resources needed to accomplish

the restoration • Frequent tests of fire fighting equipment
4. Plans 3. Immediate Strategic

Plans
Written Plans
– Strategic • Identification of vital personnel (core
– Operations team), systems, operations, and
– Mitigation equipment
– Recovery plans
Roles and responsibilities • Priorities for restoration and mitigation

– Incident commander, recovery manager,
communications and public relations
Lines of authority
4. Finance and
Administration 4. Procedures
• The organization should also develop • Alarms, call out and notification
financial and administrative procedures to • Communication - internal, authorities,
support the emergency management public
programme before, during, and after an • Employees - escape, etc.
emergency or a disaster. • Evacuation - community
• Coordination with other parties
• Recovery
4. Finance and Administration 4. Emergency Operating

Manuals
– Before – maintenance, drills and exercises, • For reference during an emergency
alternate sites and equipment • Who does what, information and data
• Balance between overview and detailed
– During – logistics, HRM, employee/victim response
assistance, equipment, services • Need to know, nice to know
• Sound understanding enables flexibility
– After – recovery activities, repairs, clean-ups • Simple language
and restoration, compensation, insurance
5. Disaster Recovery 4. Incident Procedures
Activities
• Control of access to the area
• On-site damage assessment and
purchasing
• Identification of personnel at the incident
• Employee/victim assistance (financial,
medical and psychological) • Accounting for personnel in incident
activities
• Incident investigation
5. Disaster Recovery
4. Incident Procedures
Activities
• Clean-up and restoration • Accounting for persons affected, displaced,
or injured by the emergency
• Restoring safety and emergency systems
• Mobilisation and demobilisation of
• Legal, insurance and financing (expedited) resources
• Public information and communication
5. Exercises and Drills 5. Training
Types and subjects
– Types: Simulated, “Real”
– Subjects: Operational, Security, Commercial Familiarisation
– Manual Familiarisation, Specific Courses
Preparation for exercise (chemical fire, rescue, decontamination,
– Scenarios, Timing of events, Roles (including Media etc), Exercise Observer
media) and Resources
– Secret but forewarn other parties (outside
agencies) as necessary
Drills
– Evacuation
5. Evaluation 5. Training
• Plan should be reviewed annually and
updated as necessary
Personal readiness
• Be re-evaluated when: – Know the fundamental Role
– There are changes: – Know your way around the manual
• Regulatory, New hazards are identified or existing – Have your personal aids ready
hazards change
– Know the early actions well
• Resources or organizational structure change
– After tests, drills, or exercises
– Ensure alternate is ready
– After disaster responses
– Infrastructure changes
Summary
Learning Objectives
• Organise emergency management
team
• To define what is first aid
• Identify the accident scenarios and
• To state the purpose of first aid at emergency consequences
workplace
• Identify resources, equipment and
• To describe 3 principles of first aid facilities
• To explain the requirement under • Develop plans and procedures
the first aid guideline by DOSH • Train, drill and exercise
• To explain 3 levels of first aid training • Review system
2 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 58 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Scope
• Reasons for providing First-Aid
First Aid
• Planning for First-Aid
Safety And Health Officer
Certificate Course
• First-Aid facilities
• Training
3 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Who Needs First-Aid What Is First-Aid
A person who:
– Requires immediate attention First aid is "the immediate and
– Whose injury would not need treatment by temporary care of the victim of an
a medical practitioner or nurse
accident, with the aim of preventing
– Minor injuries who would otherwise
receive no treatment or reducing an acute threat to the life
Note: or health of the victim".
All injuries however minor should be treated, – International Labour Organisation
otherwise it might lead to infections leading to
lost time illnesses.
6 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 4 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
First-Aid Response The Aims of First-Aid are to:

• Preserve life
• Get help immediately. Speed is essential.
• Stop the condition becoming worse
Minutes can save lives
• Protect the unconscious
• Promote recovery and
• First-Aider assess situation without
endangering self • Relieve pain and suffering
• Compliance with Factory and Machinery
(Safety, Health and Welfare) Regulations
• Identify injury or injuries
1970 (Reg. 38) and OSHA 1994 (Section 15(1)
Principles Of First-Aid First-Aid Response
ASSESSMENT
• The type of work being carried out and its • In cases of multiple casualties prioritise
level of hazard treatment
• Work away from the employer's premises.
• Consequences • Keep records of treatments
• Availability of other places of treatment (are
there hospitals nearby?)
Principles Of First-Aid Principles Of First-Aid
IDENTIFICATION
CONTROL
• Provision of first aid facilities and services • What kind of injuries or diseases anticipated
Level of Preparation –
First-Aid Worker Exposure
Depends On Risk
• If has potential for mass casualties provide: • The duties of first aiders should be analysed
– Safe place for evacuation as part of the hazard management process
– Equipment e.g. stretchers, wheelchairs, etc.
• For hazardous substances and poisons • Identify hazards from
– Procedures, training and PPE for handling – Manual handling
• Antidotes in first-aid box, e.g. for cyanide and – Infection control
procedure for using it, if necessary
– To be administered only by trained first aider
A First-Aid Program Level of Preparation –

• Properly trained and designated first-aid
Depends On Risk
personnel on every shift, • Planning is important for high risk places of work, such as:
– Workplaces which use or manufacture hazardous
substances
• First-aid kit, supplies and room, – Workplaces where hazardous processes may be used
(e.g.abrasive blasting);
• A first-aid manual, – Construction sites;
– Where heat is used as part of any process (e.g.
working in foundries or welding and cutting); and
• Posted instructions for calling a physician and – Workplaces which require people to work in remote
notifying the hospital that the patient is reroute, isolated areas (e.g. agricultural or transport industry).
First-Aid Consideration A First-Aid Program
• Plan first-aid in conjunction with the
• Posted method for transporting ill or injured
emergency response plan. (Especially for
employees and instructions for calling an
major hazard facilities (MHF)
ambulance or rescue squad and
• If there are many employers in the same

• An adequate first-aid record system
workplace, therefore the principal employer
is responsible
First-Aid Consideration First-Aid Consideration

Matters to be determined having identified
hazards and assessed the risks at the
• For all workplaces
workplace are:
– Communications – for quick response
• The number and location of first aid box
– Rescue and evacuation
• Their contents
• The number of employees to be trained in
first aid
• The level of training
• Possible need for a first aid room and
equipment it should contain
First-Aid Boxes First-Aid Consideration
• Number of first aider
• Sturdy, portable and readily accessible - •The numbers of employees.
mobile employees also to be considered
•The distribution of employees
• Names of First Aiders / emergency services •Number of shifts
on or near to box
•The nature of the work (type of industry)
• CPR instructions in / or near box
•The size and location of the workplace
•The distance from outside medical
services
First-Aid Boxes First-Aid Consideration

• Place of work injury instructions in or near to
box • Selection of first aiders
• Content is dependent on the type of • Appointment of a person in low risk

services required situations (office)
• Headaches and colds medicine may not be

included
First-Aid Boxes
First-Aid Room • List content and its quantity to facilitate
replenishment
• When more than 150 employees
• Employer is responsible. First Aider to assist

• Enough to place a couch and people to
replenishing contents
move around
• There is often a difference of opinion regarding

• Identified, private, well lit (including
proper treatment, first-aid procedures
emergency lighting), ventilated and
temperature controlled – Should specify the type of medication, if any,
to be used on minor injuries, such as cuts and
burns
First-Aid Room First-Aid Equipment
• Access for wheelchair/stretcher

• In areas where chemicals are stored,
handled, or used provide:
• Easy access to work areas and toilets
– Emergency flood showers
• Easy to clean – Low pressure eye-wash fountains
Training For All Employees Stretchers
• Location of first aid boxes/rooms • Keep near places of serious hazards
• Names, location, contact numbers of First • Keep clean and ready for use at all times
Aiders
• Keep in cabinets that are clearly marked
• First aid procedures and properly located
• Universal precautions
First Aid Training Stretchers

LEVEL I
– BASIC FIRST AID (emergency first aid procedures).
• Protected against mechanical damage
LEVEL 2 and destructive vapours or fumes, dust, etc.
– WORKPLACE FIRST AID (Level I plus treatment of
injuries and illnesses, eg heart attack, fainting).
LEVEL 3 • Tested periodically if made of materials that
– OCCUPATIONAL FIRST AID - (Level 2 plus broad will deteriorate
understanding of hazards, emergency care &
assessment)
• Use approved training provider
Summary
• First-aid is for preserving life and preventing
Procurement And conditions of accident victims from
Contractor worsening
Management • Assess hazards in the workplace before first-

aid services and programmes are identified
Certificate Course
Summary
Learning Objectives
• First-aid programme consists of:
• To describe 7 steps of procurement
and contractor management – Identification of First Aiders and training of
employees
– Provision of first-aid boxes
– First-aid room, stretchers, showers and
eyewash if necessary
2 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 33 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Why Manage Procurement Scope
• Procurement, leasing and contracting
– Procured services (from contractors) is • Contractors and why manage them
equally important because OSHA 1994
• Elements of procurement and contractor
defines contractor and subcontractor as
organisation’s own employee management
Step 1 - Policies
Step 2 - Planning
– Responsibility for work at site cannot be Step 3 - Select contractor
delegated to others (OSHA 1994 - Step 4 - Clarify contract
section18)
Step 5 - Orientation and training
Step 6 - Control of work activity
Step 7 - Post contract evaluation
Step 1:Procurement Policy

Why Manage Procurement
• Procedures for incorporating and evaluating
OSH into purchasing, leasing including pre-
qualification of contractor • Liability
• Inform suppliers and contractors of – Procured equipment, installations or

requirements before procurement materials could cause injuries and ill
health. (OSHA 1994, CIMAH Regulations
1996 and USECHH Regulations 2000)
• Fulfil requirements before use of substances,
equipment and before awarding contract
Step 4 - Clarify Contract Step 2 : Procurement
(Pre-Mobilisation Meeting)
Management Planning
• Contractor prepare OSH plan
• Ensure before commencing work and at all
• With Contracting Officer, Project Officer, stages of contracting
and SHO – Identify hazard and risks and inform contractor
– Reviewing safety requirements (also include in tender document and priced)
– Discussing implementation of all health and
safety provisions
• Procedure for reporting contractor for OSH
violation
• Complete pre-job OSH orientations and
training before being allowed to work • Ensure SHO is notified
Step 3: Evaluation of Contractor

Step 5 - Orientation and Training
Safety Performance
• Safety orientation should include a review
of: • Contractor selection based on:
– General safety rules and regulations
– Review of the contractor's injury / illness
– Emergency reporting and response procedures
data for the last three years
– Work permit procedures
– Physical and chemicals hazards, on site (fire, – References, background checks
explosion, and toxic release type hazards) – Questionnaire
– Other day-to-day issues
Step 6 - Control of Work Activity
Summary
OSH Monitoring
• Incorporate OSH in procurement.
• Fulfil requirements before use of materials or • Compliance are enforced and monitored
awarding contract (Pre-qualify contractors). (including inspections and auditing) and
• Involve contractors in assessing risk of their evaluated
respective jobs and integrating them into
common safety management system. • Reporting requirement
• Enforce, coordinate, monitor and evaluate
arrangements. • Must have on-site project manager (Site-
• Keep register of contractors. Supervisor)
Step 7 – Close-out and Post

Contract Evaluation
• Organisation
– Analyse contractor OSH performance
Auditing
– Register for future contracts
• Contractor
Safety and Health Officer – Removal of all wastes, materials, tools and
Certificate Course equipment
– Site clean-up and restoration
Definition
Learning Objectives
• An OSH audit is a systematic, independent and
documented examination to determine whether
activities and related results conform to planned
arrangements and whether these arrangements • To define what is OSH audit
are suitable , effective and adequate implemented
• To differentiate between inspection,
effectively and are suitable for achieving the
organization's policy and objectives. investigation and auditing
• To describe 3 types of audit
• Audit can be perform in many approach. • To explain principles of auditing
However, formal audit will be conducted based on
auditing guidelines (ISO 19011) • To explain steps in audit process
What is Audit? Scope

S • Systematic
• Importance of auditing
I • Independence • Differences between Inspection,
• Documented investigation and auditing
D
• Principles of auditing
Audit:
• The audit activities
Systematic, independent and documented process for obtaining
audit evidence (3.3) and evaluating it objectively to determine the
• Activities during an audit
extent to which the audit criteria (3.2) are fulfilled. • Preparing an audit report
(Source: MS 1722: Part 1:2005)
• Concluding an audit
Auditing Versus Inspection What we are looking in
• Audits are for organisations (not on Audit?
individuals) (long-term plans)
• Evaluating companywide health and safety • Establish
controls and management system Suitability Adequacy
• Document
• Inspection are for things (short -
medium-term) Effectiveness
• Implement
• Identifying equipment or condition in a • Maintain
workplace for corrective and preventive action • Continually Improve
• Investigation are for situations (ad hoc)
• Inquire into a situation or problem in order to
discover the root cause e.g. of an accident
Inspection Sets Standards on

Auditing is a Management Tool
Hardware Aspects
• Originally applied to finance and
Health accounting to instill shareholder confidence
• Drainage, lighting, ventilation; cleanliness • It evaluates:
and overcrowding • Are procedures in place, Are people aware
of them, Are they being abide to?, Are they
adequate? Are there anybody
Safety accountable?
• Guarding, hoists, lifts; ropes, cranes, access, • How well the management system is
floors, stairs; fire prevention means of functioning
escape • OSH auditing is important for the same
reason
Inspection Sets Standards on
Types of Audits
Hardware Aspects
First party: Auditing own organization Welfare
(internal audit) • Washing facilities, accommodation and first
Second party:Auditing a contractor, aid
supplier, etc.
An inspection will produce an action list rather
Third party: Independent consultant or
than an audit assessment sheet
Certifier audits of an
organization
Types of Audits Inspection is Part of Auditing

Method
Interviewing
Observation
Reviewing
Source : ISO 19011:2011 Inspection
Auditing and
Investigation Sampling
Principles of Auditing Audit Effectiveness Depends on
1. Each audit must have its purpose,
Management Support
objective, criteria and scope (activities • Management authorise
and areas) – An audit policy and programme
2. Objectivity (only by independent and – Responsibility, competent auditors, the
audit scope, the frequency of audits, audit
competent auditors)
schedule, audit methodology and reporting
3. Professional and ethical conduct of the – Periodic audits to determine if OSH-MS
audit (systematic, documented and are in place, suitable, adequate, and
findings are based on verified evidence effective
and predetermined audit criteria)
• Review results of previous audits
Determining Frequency of
Principles of Auditing
Audit
• Management System standard mention audit
4. Thoroughness of work to ensure fair shall be conducted at ‘planned intervals’
presentation of audit findings and • Dependent on the objectives of the audit
conclusions • e.g. Compliance (CF once in 15 months)
• Nature of workplace:
• Degree of risk
5. Must end with a written audit report • Management program maturity
(FLER) • Results of prior audits
• Incident history
• Company policies
• Output from management reviews
Initiating the audit
Appointing Audit Process
Auditors audit leader,
Audit definition,
Audit feasibility,
audit team, contact
• Auditors should be independent of the On-site audit
part of the organisation or the activity activities
Document Review opening meeting,
that is to be audited. Review documents Communication, Audit Report
and records, Roles and the Prepare, approve,
Determine adequacy distribute
responsibilities,
(Create checklist)
Collecting and
• Need to be competent and verifying
information, Audit Completion
Preparing For Audit Document
understand the task to be carried out. audit findings, retension,
Preparing the audit
plan, conclusions, finalise audit
(Nace Code) Assigning work to the closing meeting
audit team,
Preparing work
documents, audit Follow -
notes Up
The Objective, Scope and

Philosophy of Auditing Auditors
may vary as follows • Made up of one or more persons
(manday).
Purpose: Meeting legal obligations
• A team approach:
Audit Objective: Verify Regulatory
– Widens involvement, improve co-
Compliance operation; allow more specialist skills to
be utilized.
Preparing for On-site Audit The Objective, Scope and
Activities Philosophy of Auditing
may vary as follows
1. Prepare the audit plan
Scope: Individual Facilities and
– Audit objectives, scope and criteria,
roles and responsibilities of audit team, Operations
functional units to be audited, etc. Criteria: Legal requirements
2. Assign work to the audit team
Philosophy: “Find problems & fix them
before they become an
issue!”
Preparing for On-site Audit Audits must be Measured

Activities Against a Criteria or Standard
(For example in the system of the court no one
3. Prepare work documents can be charged unless there is a law against
it. The Penal Code is the criteria)
– Forms, checklist, etc.
For auditing:
1. Industry and professional codes of practice
4. Collect sufficient information about and conduct; (Responsible Care)
the organisation including 2. Legislation (CIMAH Regulations 1996, EQA
newspaper article 1974)
3. OSH Management system standards
(MS1722:2011, or OHSAS 18001 etc.)
Conducting On-site Audit Preparing the Audit Plan
Activities
• Protocol
1. Conducting opening meeting – A written step-by-step guide for
accomplishing the audit
2. Collecting and verifying information
• Preliminary Document Review
3. Generating audit findings
• Determine Interview Needs
Conducting On-site Audit Preparing the Audit Plan

Activities
4. Preparing audit conclusions • Site Safety & Health Requirements
5. Conducting closing meeting • Information Required

– e.g. list of major hazardous chemicals and
applicable MSDS for those chemicals
Opening Meeting and Audit
Activities as Scheduled and
Preliminaries
Planned
• Introductory meeting with managers
• Document Review
• Inspection
• Discuss audit rationale and process
• Interviewing
• Sampling
• Confirm auditee cooperation
• Observation
• Communicating
Collecting Audit Evidence Opening Meeting and Audit

Preliminaries
• Collect audit evidence through:
– Interviews, examination of documents and
observation of activities and conditions • Availability of facility
– Indications of nonconformity to audit criteria
should be recorded
• Ensure: • Overview tour of area
– Representative sample of essential activities are
audited
– Relevant personnel are interviewed
– Relevant documentation examined
Subject Audited –
Interview Strategy Plant Maintenance, Repair and Alteration
• Criteria • Examples of verification
• Ask the 5 “Ws” and the one “H”
There is a  Maintenance schedules in accordance
– What, Where, When, Why, Who and How
scheduled with manufacturers guidelines and
• One to one meetings maintenance legislative requirements
program for  Detailed inspection procedures for all
– To get the true picture plant and relevant items of plant and equipment
equipment. including timetables, checklists etc.
• Strategic questioning
– To get above hidden agenda  Log books or other records that indicate
when service or maintenance is due
– To ascertain levels of understanding and
awareness of relevant issues  Records of maintenance in accordance
with schedules
Document Inspection
Audit Findings
Techniques
• The audit team should review all of their
• Consistency with policy
audit evidence to determine where the MS
does not conform to the MS audit criteria. • Cross checking with regulations
• Ensure that findings of nonconformity are – Review existing and pending standards,
documented in a clear, concise manner and legislation, permits etc.
supported by audit evidence • Detail review of selected portion
• Review audit findings with the responsible • When reviewing permits, etc.
auditee manager to obtain
– Date of last entry
acknowledgement of the factual basis of all
findings of nonconformity – Status of permits
– Signatory
Audit Report Closing Meeting
• The content of the final OSH Audit • Formal meeting where minutes of the
Report should be: meeting and attendance are taken
– Clear
• To present the audit findings and
– Precise and
conclusions
– Complete
• It should be dated and signed by the • Attendees include the auditee but
auditor can also include the client and other
parties
Contents of Audit Report Closing Meeting

1. Audit objectives and scope
• Findings to be acknowledged by the
2. Audit plan
auditee and to agree on the time
3. Identification of the auditing team period for the auditee to present
4. Audited representatives corrective action plan
5. Dates of audit
6. Identification of the areas subject to • If diverging opinions are not resolved
audit than both opinions are recorded
Summary Contents of Audit Report
• Audit is a management tool that assesses 7. The identification of reference documents
the organisation. used
8. Details of identified non-conformances
• Auditing is very formal and systematic 9. Assessment of conformity with standards or
and may include inspections in its guidelines
activities. 10. The ability of the OSH-MS to achieve its
objectives
• An audit always have scope, objective, 11. Distribution of audit report
audit criteria, written report and follow-up.
Summary Conducting Audit Follow-up

• Before an audit is undertaken plans • Audit conclusion can point to corrective,
that include document review and preventive and improvement actions
other preparations are undertaken. • Such actions are not part of the audit and
are undertaken by auditee within an
agreed timeframe
• Information is gathered during an • The auditee should keep the audit client
audit through document reviews, informed of the status of these actions
inspection, interviewing, something • The completion and effectiveness of
and observation. corrective action should be verified
Scope
• Importance of performance
monitoring and measurements
Performance
• Traditional indicators
Measurement &
Monitoring
• Performance measures
• Analysing and presenting data Safety and Health Officer
Certificate Course
What is an Incident? Learning Objectives

• Incident is:
• To state the importance of
– an unexpected
performance measurement and
– unplanned event in a sequence of events monitoring
– that occurs through a combination of causes
– which result in:
• To describe 2 ways of measuring
• physical harm (injury, ill-health or disease) to an
individual
performance
• damage to property
• a near-miss, a loss • To calculate incident rate, frequency
• any combination of these effects rate, severity rate and fatality rate
What You Need To Do Why Bother with Performance
• Monitor: Monitoring and Measurement?
– if organisation’s objectives are met
• Performance monitoring and
– compliance with OSH programme and
regulatory requirements measurement is like driving at night
– Effectiveness of control – No headlights than you know you’re moving
but do know what you will crash into
– Proactive and reactive measures
– No map you might see your way but not know
– incidents, ill health, near-misses
where you are going to
– environment (noise, fumes, etc.)
• Required by regulation:
– medical / Biological (Lead, etc.)
– Safety and Health Officer Regulations 1997,
• Determine how to reliably measure these USECHH Regulations 2000, etc.
• Responsibility and authority for monitoring
What Performance Monitoring

Ways of Measuring Performance
Can Do
• Proactive (use measure for prevention) - • Developing strategies in preventing incidents
• Compliance (towards legal requirement -- • Recorded details provide a broad picture of
Regulations, Codes of practice, Guidelines)
events
• Activity (training, safety meeting, inspection)
• The database can be analysed for info on:
• Reactive (use measure for correction) -
– the most common types of incidents and the
• Near misses, injury, plant damage, etc.
factors that caused it
• Qualitative & quantitative analysis e.g. fatality
rates, incidence rates – the trend in safety performance
– benchmarking performance against other
Note: It is better to prevent than to cure workplaces
Traditional Performance
Disadvantages of Reactive
Measures
Measures
Number of accidents
• Traditional performance measures have
– Stated as Lost Time Injury (LTI) for workers
been reactive measures
away from work for 1 day or more (used
by SOCSO) • They measure failure to prevent incidents
rather than “safeness”
– A better measure is to include near misses:
• No. of Accident+No. Of (incidents or near • Useful for measuring deficiencies and
misses) deviations
• Difference between an accident and an • These measures are very dependent
incident is quite often “luck” upon good reporting (e.g. near misses)
Measurement
Incident Rate:
– Workplace with less LTI does not mean it is Reactive (Traditional)
safer than the one with a higher number if it
has less workers
Performance Measures
– The number of undesired events for each
one thousand persons' working at that
location eliminates this problem
number of incidents
Incidence Rate  1000
annual average employment
Traditional Performance Measurement
Measurement
Frequency Rate:
• Fatality Rate: – The incident rate measure is a good measure for
comparisons between two locations
– The fatality rate will show how many
– However this is less accurate if the number of
deaths on the average are killed among hours worked by each person is different
the people employed in the workplace – The frequency rate is a better comparison
especially between similar work locations
Fatality Rate = Number of Fatalities x 1000000
Annual Average Employment Frequency Rate = Number of Incidents x 1000000
Total Hours Worked
What is Proactive Measurement
Measurement
• This measurement is concerned with Severity Rate:
the quantity and quality of activity in – The Incident Rate and Frequency Rate do
ensuring safety not indicate how severe the incidents are
– If the number of days lost are taken into
account as a measure of severity than the
• Performance measurement will severity rate will show the seriousness of the
provide feedback on how well incidents in the workplace
occupational safety and health is Severity Rate = Total Workdays Lost x 1000000
being managed Total Hours Worked
Proactive Performance
Presenting the Information
Measures
• The purpose of comparing and analysing • Percent of compliance to legislation
performance measures are to show
performance trend and to compare with • Percentage of training completed
benchmarks
• Carry out analysis at plant level, • Frequency of "walk through" and
department level and at company level “checklist inspections” carried out
• SOCSO does this at the national level
• Number of corrective actions
• Present for easy understanding, use completed on time
graphics
Analysing and Presenting Proactive Performance

Information Measures
• Combination of measures present a
• Availability of competent persons
better picture
• Much information are best understood in • Frequency of emergency drills and
graphical form. Use: exercise carried out
– Pareto chart
– Bar Chart • Speed of emergency response
– Histogram
– Gantt Chart
– Pie Charts
– Line Chart
– Cause and Effect Diagram
Summary
• Performance measuring and
Incident monitoring is an important aspect of
Investigation And management.
Corrective Action
• Provides feedback for corrective
Safety and Health Officer action and improvements.
Certificate Course

• There are two types of performance
• To describe the importance of incident measures:
investigation – Proactive measures indicate the quality and
quantity of activities to ensure a safe workplace
– Reactive measures are useful for measuring
• To list 4 types of incident deficiencies and the proactive measures
• Analyse information and present them for

• To describe principles of investigation
good understanding.
2 Copyright 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 22 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
What is an Incident? Learning Objectives
• Incident is: • To explain 8 steps in incident investigation
– An unexpected
– Unplanned event in a sequence of events • To explain ways to plan and implement
– That occurs through a combination of causes corrective and preventive action
– Which result in:
• Physical harm (injury, ill-health or disease) to an
individual
• Damage to property
• A near miss, a loss
• Any combination of these effects
5 Copyright 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 3 Copyright 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
What is a “Near miss”? Scope

• A “Near miss” is: • Overview of an Incident Investigation
– An event which did not result in injury or
damage to property but had the
potential to do so • Principles of Incident Investigation
– Shares the same root causes as an
accident. It is only because of chance • Pre-Planning and Strategy of an
that no harm or damage occurred Investigation
– Needs similar attention as an accident
• Corrective Action
Accident Causation Model Four Basic Types of Incidents
An accident is the result of a sequence of an • Minor accidents:
immediate cause and an underlying cause • Paper cut occurs on finger, box of
materials dropped on toe
1. Results of the accident - harm or damage

• Serious accidents (cause injury or
2. Incident – the accident
damage to equipment or property):
3. Immediate causes – symptoms of lack of
• Falling off a ladder, hazardous chemical
control
spill, forklift dropping a load
4. Basic (underlying) causes – the real problems
The Three Basic Causes of

Four Basic Types of Incidents
Accidents
•Poor Management Safety Policy & Decisions • Long Term
•Personal Factors
•Environmental Factors •Hearing loss, cancer resulting from
Basic Causes exposure to chemicals
Unsafe Act Unsafe
 Indirect causes Condition 
• Near misses
 Unplanned Incidence ACCIDENT

Personal Injury,
Direct Causes Property Damage

Contributing Factors To
What is an Incident Investigation Accidents –
Immediate Causes (Symptoms)
• A management tool by which:
– Work-related injuries, ill health, diseases and The unsafe acts and unsafe conditions
incidents are systematically studied so that their can be categorised as follows:
root causes and contributing factors can be
1. Human behaviour
identified
2. Design of equipment and plant
– The organisation’s Occupational Safety and 3. Systems & procedures including use of
Health management system can be continually materials
improved
4. Environmental surroundings
Root Causes of Incident -

Why Investigate an Incident Management (The Real
• To prevent repetition of the same work- Problem)
related injuries, ill health, diseases and • Personal Factors • Supervisory Performance
incidents – Lack of knowledge or skill, – Inadequate instructions, failure
improper motivation, physical of SOPs, rules not, enforced,
or mental conditions hazards not corrected,
devices not provided
• Compliance to Legal Requirement • Management Policy &
• Job Factors
– Physical environment, sub- Decisions
standard equipment, – Measurable standards, work in
abnormal usage, wear & tear, progress measure , work-v-
inadequate standards, design standards, evaluation ,
& maintenance, purchasing corrective action
standards
Who Should Investigate?
Why Investigate an Incident
Depends on Severity of the
Incident • Accurate record (for insurance, legal
prosecution, public enquiries)
• External agency involvement • Organisation’s own policy and business

– DOSH and / or DOE, Police, etc. reasons
Who Should Investigate?

What & When to Investigate
Depends on Severity of the
• All serious and long-term incidents & Incident
near misses
• Internal Investigation team
– Individuals involved
• As soon as possible to prevent: – Supervisor, Safety officer
– Scene interference – Upper management
– Deterioration of evidence – External consultants
– Losing people’s recollection of the – Members of the Safety and Health Committee
incidence
Principles of Investigation
• Should:
– Be systematic and documented
– Be treated as urgent (to prevent productivity loss Principles of Incident
and deterioration of evidence)
– Be objective (fact finding only)
Investigation
– Find the underlying (root) cause(s)
– Identify failures in OSH management system
– Implement corrective action
Principles of Investigation Principles of Investigation
• The results should:

– Be communicated to the Safety and Health • Carried out according to
Committee who should make appropriate procedure:
recommendations
– For all incidents
– Include external investigation reports such as
DOSH and SOCSO – By competent persons with
– Be communicated to appropriate persons for participation of workers.
corrective action
– Included in management review (OHSAS 18001)
How Much to Prepare Be Prepared –
Before the Incident
Dependent on: • Identify who has the authority to investigate
– The number and type of workplaces and carry out mitigation action and
corrective action to completion
– The equipment required to conduct the
investigation
• Have a system for notification and
– Ability for investigator to reach an
recording of all incidents and injuries
investigation site as soon as possible
– Geographical location
– Reliable transportation requirements
Be Prepared –
Notification Procedure
Before the Incident
• Notification:
– To management after an incident • Designated trained and competent
– Initiated by the person involved investigator
– Should be to his immediate superior – Only be responsible for investigating
– To visitors and contractors
– Recorded
• Automatic system to notify investigator
• Include members of Safety and Health
Committee (if any)
Responsibilities Investigation Procedure
• Employee
1. For recording evidence
– Record in incident book (supervisor
checks)
2. For observation and recording of fragile,
perishable or transient evidence
• Supervisor / Manager
e.g. Instrument readings, control panel
– Initiate risk control response: first-aid, settings, weather & other environmental
fence area, etc. other preventive action conditions, chemical spills, stains, skid
– Inform SHO marks
Responsibilities Investigation Kit Preparation
SHO • Camera & • Clipboard, Pre-

• Organise camera, tape and report form Video Camera printed Forms
• Check line management report • Cassette Tape • PPE
• Investigate if incident is serious and require to notify Recorder • Containers for
authorities such as DOSH, DOE, Police, etc. Taking and Storing
• Flash and Batteries
• Complete incident record form Samples
• Summary report to Safety and Health Committee
• Mobile Telephone /
Walkie-Talkie • Barrier Tape
Steps in Incident Investigation Responsibilities
1. Gather information Investigator
• Visit and survey incident scene
2. Search for and establish facts • Eliminate the hazards:
– Control of chemicals
3. Isolate essential contributing factors – De-energise
– De-pressurise
4. Determine the causes & root cause – Light it up

– Shore it up
– Ventilate
Steps in Incident Investigation

5. Determine corrective actions
6. Report, review the findings On-Site Investigation Strategy

7. Analyze incidents
8. Implement corrective actions
Gathering Information Gathering Information
• Time is of the essence
• Get preliminary statements as soon as
possible from all witnesses • Take samples, photos, measurements and
sketch diagrams,
• May present pitfalls in the form of: – Preserve and protect data, Information and evidence
– Bias, perspective, exaggeration, hidden – Collect in order of fragility
agenda • People, Positions, Parts and Papers; (4Ps)
• Record injury types & groups
Gathering Information - Gathering Information

People (Witnesses)
• Identify people involved
• One-to-one in private
– Excellent source of first hand
• Put them at ease knowledge
– Make it clear the objective of the investigation is
to avoid recurrence, not to apportion blame
• Interview injured, witnesses,
• Do not interrogate but Question! supervisors and others
– Let each witness speak freely on their version
Gathering Information - Gathering Information -
Recording Interview People (Questioning)
• Take notes without distracting the witness
• Strategic questioning - No leading
questions
• Record the exact words used by the witness • Obtain facts not opinions
to describe each observation
• Ask What, Where, When, Why, Who and
How
• Use a tape recorder only with consent of the • Get observation on events before, during
witness and after the incident
Gathering Information -
People (Questioning)
Recording Interview
• Differentiate what is directly observed and • Make sure the witness understands questions
what is hearsay and note accordingly
• Use sketches and diagrams to help the
• Verify claims afterwards witness
Gathering Information - Gathering Information -
Position Closing the Interview
• Document the incident scene before any • Identify the designation and qualifications of
changes are made: each witness (name, address, occupation,
• Victim location years of experience, etc.)
• Position of each witness on a master chart (including
the direction of view)
• Machinery, energy and chemical sources • Supply each witness with a copy of their
• Other contributing factors
statements
• Take photos, draw scaled sketches
• Record measurements
Parts Closing the Interview
• Around incident scene prior to, during or • Get signed statements where possible and
after the incident that may have influence necessary
• Materials, pieces of plant, tools, equipment,
buildings
• Thank the interviewee
• May require qualified person to examine or
comprehensive testing or sophisticated
equipment
• Reports by “expert witness." will form part of
the investigation evidence
Findings Gathering Evidence –
Paper
• Find Root Causes. Ask:
• Production schedules or process diagrams
What caused behaviour? Why equipment • Check current working procedure

was not fixed? Why condition was not • Check qualifications
corrected?
• Check training records
• Check corrective actions
• Check equipment maintenance records
• Check incident records
Determine Corrective Action Findings

• Isolate essential contributory factors
• Recommendations made for “Would the incident have happened if this
particular factor was not present?”
corrective actions
• Determine Causes
• Recommendations for corrective Employee actions, environmental conditions,
actions to improve OSH equipment condition, procedures, training
management system
Corrective and Preventive
Incident Investigation Report
Action
• Preventive and corrective action should be
• Clear, complete description and
carried out for:
accurate information of events leading
• Incidents
up to the accident
• Management system non-conformances
• Clear, complete and correct
identification of all causal factors
• Recommendation(s) for preventive and • Recommendations
corrective actions must be communicated
• Supporting documentation
clearly
• Proper review and sign off
Corrective and Preventive

Action Planning
• Procedure for handling investigation and
preventive and corrective action
Preventive and Corrective
• Identification and authority for personnel Action
handling investigation and preventive and
corrective action
• Authority for initiating and confirming the
completion of corrective action
Implementing Corrective and
Preventive Action
Management • Must be based on root causes

• Appropriate to the problem at hand
Review • Reviewed through risk assessment
process to ensure that the correction will
not introduce a new hazard
Safety and Health Officer • Strict time table for implementation
Certificate Course established
• Follow up conducted
55 Copyright 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Summary
Learning Objectives
• Aim of investigation is to find root causes
• To define what is a management • Purpose is so that similar incident will not be
review repeated
• To identify the purposes of a • Prepare organisation, procedure and
management review equipment in anticipation of incidents
• Corrective and preventive action should be
• To explain the process of a
carried out for incidents and management
management review system non-conformances
2 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 56 Copyright 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Purpose of a Management Scope
Review
• Role of management review in
• Reviewing the organisation OSHMS in order management
to ensure its continuing suitability, adequacy • Role of safety and health committee in
and effectiveness management review
• To ensure that the organisation complies to • Establishing a review committee
meeting and achieving its own safety and • What to review
health policy and objectives
• It helps in making decision on necessary
• Corrective action and review follow-up
corrections or opportunity for improvements
What Is A
What is Involved in the Process Management Review
• Reviewing, evaluating or deciding on: • Management review is a process of
– Performance reviewing the organisations management
– Implementation of policy and objectives system, programmes and performance by
top management
– Necessary changes to policy, objectives,
procedures, system of work , etc.
– Accommodating changes in regulation, • Carried out by a Management Review
technology, standards or expectations Committee made up of managers,
Management Representative (MR) SHO,
– Action plans for corrective action or OSH specialist advisors and others
continual improvements
What to Review and Evaluate What to Review and Evaluate
• Statistics and trends of accident, near-misses,
• Reports of hazard identification, risk dangerous occurrence, poisoning or disease
• Results of internal/external audits/investigation
assessment and risk control processes internal audit and evaluation of compliance with
applicable legal requirements and other
requirements
• Report on the overall performance of
• Result of participation and consultation
the management system; managers • Relevant communication from external interested
reports parties including complaints
• OSH performance of the organisation
• The extent to which objective have been met
• Corrective actions carried out
Why you must carry out a What to Review and Evaluate

Management Review • Reports of emergencies (actual/exercises)
• Required by SHC Regulations 1996, CIMAH • Status of incident investigations, corrective action
Regulations 1996, etc. and preventive action
• Plan, Do, Check and Act One of the elements • Follow-up actions from previous management
used in many management system standards: reviews
• Management system standards never • Changing circumstances, including developments
mentioned the method of review, however the in legal and other requirement
current practices is through meeting • Recommendation for improvement
– MS1722:2011 • Organisational changes and plant modifications
– OHSAS 18001:2007 Occupational Health & Safety
Management System standard
– ISO 14001 EMS, ISO 9001 QMS
Safety and Health Committee
Functions Preparing for a Meeting
• To assist in the development of • Ensure the necessary information is

programmes and safe systems of work collected
• Review effectiveness of programmes • Relevant personnel prepare
• Inspect workplace documents, reports and analysis
• Report unsafe conditions and unsafe
acts for the meeting
• Recommend corrective actions • Documents should be collated by
• Investigate, any accident, dangerous the secretary (SHO) of the
occurrence, poisoning or disease
committee
Frequency of Review Preparing for a Meeting

• Depends on organization's needs
and conditions. • Consideration should be given to the
following:
• Standard mention review shall be – The topics to be addressed (agenda)
conducted at ‘planned intervals’ – Who should attend (managers, SHO, OSH
• Safety And Health Committee specialist advisors, other personnel)
Regulations 1996: – Individual participants responsible for
subjects of the review
– Once every three months minimum; but
not necessarily review all items at every – Information to be brought to the review
meeting
Management Review Meetings
Frequency of Review
must be Documented
• Specific improvement actions, with
assigned responsibility and target • High risk situations, changing nature of
dates for completion hazards with time, and plant
complexity require more frequent
• Date for review of corrective action reviews.
• Emphasis all the above in future
internal OSH management system
audits
Management Review Management Review Meetings

Communication must be Documented
• Observations, conclusions and • Minutes of the review
recommendations should be recorded • Decision and actions related to possible
and formally communicated for changes to;
appropriate action to: – OSH Performance
•The persons responsible for specific – OSH Policy and Objective
tasks; – Resources; and
•The safety and health committee – Other elements of the OSHMS
(if management review committee is
• Revisions to the OSH policy and objectives
different from the SHC);
• Specific corrective actions for individual
•Workers and their representatives
managers, with target dates for completion
Summary Continual Improvement
• Management review is good
• Purpose of the Management Review
management practice as well as a
Committee is also for continual
legal requirement.
implement improvement.
• Management review ensure that
OSH policies and objectives are
achieved.
• Management review activities
should be documented.
Summary Continual Improvement

• Continual improvement should take
into account:
• Action items should be communicated
•Result of risk assessment
to those responsible for
•OSH objectives of the organization
implementation.
•Outcomes of the management review
•The recommendations from SHC and
• Note the action item for future audit. members of the organisation
•Results of performance monitoring
•Investigation and audits
SCOPE
• OSH Legislations
Introduction to OSH
• Duty of Care
Legislations
• History of OSH Legislations in Malaysia

• Categories of Law
Certificate Course
• Conclusion
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
OSH LEGISLATIONS
• State the difference between Statutory
Law and Common Law
– Statutory Law
• Explain the employers liability in Duty of
– Common Law Care
• List a short history of the Occupational

Safety and Health regulations in
Malaysia
LAW OF TORT STATUTORY LAW
Comprises of Acts, Regulations, Order,
Tort is a Civil Wrong Doing such as:
Rule, Ordinance and Enactment :
•A person’s misdeeds that give the right
to the injured party to make a claim in – Formulated by the Government
Civil Court – Non-compliance is a crime
•Classification of Tort – Punishment - fines and imprisonment
» Nuisance – Prosecution by Government Officer (such as
» Negligence Deputy Public Prosecutor in Criminal Court)
» Defamation (for existing application act, regulation and
» Trespassing order only)
LAW OF TORT COMMON LAW
– Result of decision made by Judge and Civil

Tort of Negligence Court
– Allows the injured party to make a claim on
– Offence on the duty of care not to the party that is responsible for the injury
cause damage or injury to others – The application for trail is done by a Lawyer
appointed by the injured party
– If convicted – compensation in the form of
money only
EMPLOYER LIABILITY IN THE DUTY OF CARE
DUTY OF CARE
“ The employer is not responsible if the
worker acts on his own accord such as “The employer is still liable for duty of care
horseplay while at work.” even though he has competent persons
under his employment”
Smith Versus Crossley Bros Ltd

Wilsons and Clyde Coal Co Versus English
Example: Two apprentices injecting
compressed air to a third party as a joke
ELEMENTS THAT DETERMINE EMPLOYER LIABILITY IN THE

NEGLIGENCE DUTY OF CARE
– There is the duty of care of one party onto Injury on:
another party – Each individual worker
– There is a violation of that duty
– The violation of duty resulted in – Other workers due to negligence of
damage/injury workers or agents appointed to do the
job. (Vicarious Liability)
The Burden of Proof is on the plaintiff
(injured party)
MACHINERY SAFETY HISTORY OF OSH LEGISLATION
1914 - 1952 IN MALAYSIA
Federal Machinery Enactment 1913
• The Selangor Boiler Enactment 1892
– Scope of legislation:
• The Perak Boiler Enactment 1903
• Machine inspections such as: • The Pahang Boiler Enactment 1908
– Internal combustion engine • The Negeri Sembilan Boiler Enactment 1908
– Water turbine and
• Federal Machinery Enactment 1913
– Machines that are attached together
• Machinery Ordinance 1953
• Registration and inspection of machine
• Factories and Machinery Act 1967 (FMA 1967)
installation • Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994
(OSHA 1994)
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY BOILER SAFETY BEFORE 1914

1953 - 1967
 The Selangor Boiler Enactment 1892
Machinery Ordinance 1953
 The Perak Boiler Enactment 1903
– Scope of legislation:  The Pahang Boiler Enactment 1908
 The Negeri Sembilan Boiler Enactment
• Machinery and boiler safety 1908
• Safety of Workers in places using machinery

• Scope of enactment:
• Boiler Safety and
• Inspection on boiler workers
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND
AND HEALTH 1994 HEALTH 1968 - 1994
• Occupational Safety and Health Act FACTORIES AND MACHINERY ACT 1967
• Amend the provisions related to safety of
1994 (OSHA 1994) machinery
• Scope of legislation:
– Protect safety and health of workers in • Improvises on the weaknesses of the Machinery
Ordinance 1953 where:
all sectors of the economy
– Provision on elements of Duty of Care – Scope does not cover workplaces that do not use
– Philosophy of legislation through self- machines
regulation – Lack of health related provisions
CATEGORIES OF FACTORIES AND

LEGISLATIONS MACHINERY ACT 1967
There are two (2) categories of APPROACH

legislations: • Control of Machine
operation
Control of industrial activities or use
of specific materials/chemicals • Control of work
environment
Basic and general statutory
requirements • Control of human
ENFORCEMENT CATEGORIES OF
Department of Occupational Safety LEGISLATIONS
and Health (DOSH)
• Among the functions are: • Control of industrial activities and
– Enforcement of FMA 1967 & OSHA 1994 use of specific materials/chemicals
– Undertake OSH promotions activities Petroleum (Safety Measures) Act 1984
– Review of existing legislations Electricity Supply Act 1990
– Provide consultation and guidance Mineral Enactment
– Act as a secretariat for the National Atomic Licensing Act 1984
Council for Occupational Safety and
Health Pesticides Act 1974
CONCLUSION CATEGORIES OF
LEGISLATIONS
– Statutory Law
• Acts and Regulations • Basic and general statutory
• Formulated and enforced by the Government requirements
– Common Law Factories and Machinery Act 1967 and
• Law of Tort regulation
• Result of the Judge and Court decisions
Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994
• The injured party is to make a claim on the
responsible party and regulation
If convicted, may be fined or imprisoned
LEARNING OBJECTIVES CONCLUSION
• List the 6 Parts of the FMA1967 HISTORY OF OSH

• Boiler Safety before 1914
• Explain at least 3 main provisions in the • Machinery Safety before 1914 - 1952
FMA 1967 • Industrial Safety 1953 - 1967
• Industrial Safety and Health 1970 - 1994
• Analyse case studies in the perspective of • Occupational Safety and Health after
the FMA 1967 legislations 1994
SCOPE
Factories and
• Background of FMA 1967 Machinery Act (FMA)
• Contents
• Six (6) Parts of the FMA 1967
1967
• Conclusion
• Case study Safety and Health Officer
Certificate Course
FACTORIES AND
FACTORIES AND
MACHINERY ACT 1967
MACHINERY ACT 1967
BACKGROUND
• Control of the factory with the aim to
protect the safety, health and welfare of • Act 64 in the year 1967
the people inside • Became Act 139 on 1st February 1970
– 8 Safety Regulations
– 4 Health Regulations
• Registration and inspection of machinery
– 1 Administration Regulation
and related items
– Compounding Regulation Revoked
• Latest amendment 2006 – Act A1268
CONTENTS APPLICATION
SIX (6) PARTS OF FMA 1967 • All work places defined as “factory” by
• Introduction
the act
• Safety, Health and Welfare
• Persons in Charge and Certificates of
• Except
Competency – Factory or machinery operated by Arm
• Notification of Accidents, Dangerous Forcers
Occurrences and Dangerous Diseases – Machinery which is subject to the
• Notice of Occupation of Factory, and Merchant Shipping Ordinance (1952-
Registration and Use of Machinery peninsular & 1960- Sabah and Sarawak)
• General
PART I: PRELIMINARY
PART I: PRELIMINARY
• Short title
– Premises – includes any building, place
or floating structure
– This Act may be cited as the Factories
– Article – means any solid, liquid, or gas
and Machinery Act, 1967
or any combination thereof and
include electricity
• Interpretation – general
– Please refer to Section 13, FMA
PART I: PRELIMINARY PART I: PRELIMINARY

• Interpretation of factory
• Appointment of officers
– Any premises where persons are
– Chief Inspector employed in manual labour in any
– Deputy Chief Inspector process of making, altering, repairing,
– Senior Inspector ornamenting, sorting, finishing,
– Inspector cleaning, washing, breaking,
demolishing, constructing, fitting,
adjusting of any article and
• Appointmet of Licensed Person – The said work is carrier on by way of
trade for the purpose of gain
– Appointment, powers and duties of a • Supervision of officers

licensed person – All officers under supervision of Chief
• Minister shall have power to grant license Inspector
• Minister may make order to prescribe the
qualification, power and function • Officers are public servants
– All officers and license persons are public
servant within the meaning of Penal Code
PART I: PRELIMINARY
PART I: PRELIMINARY
• Obstruction an offence – Powers of an inspector

– Refuses to allow or wilfully delays or obstructs – To enter, inspect and examine by day or
an inspector night any factory
– Fail to comply lawful order – Entry into premises with search warrant and
– Wilfully without any information the power of seizure
– Entry into premises without a search warrant
and the power of seizure
• Persons not to reveal secrets
– Not to reveal any commercial or
manufacturing secret (confidentiality of
information)
PART II: PART II:
SAFETY, HEALTH & WELFARE SAFETY, HEALTH & WELFARE
Note: Detail requirement refer to related
regulations
• Machinery manufactured or repaired must
• Provisions relating to safety etc
comply with regulations
• Persons expose to explosives, flammables
• Certificate of fitness and other substances
• Lifting of weights
• Duties of persons employed (employee) • Provisions against fire
PART II: PART II:

SAFETY, HEALTH & WELFARE SAFETY, HEALTH & WELFARE
• Construction of machinery
• Duties of occupier
• Provisions relating to health • Dangerous parts of machinery
• Exposure to elements
• Projection material
• Personal protective clothing and
appliances
• Provisions relating to welfare • Machinery for hire or sale must comply with
regulations
PART IV: NOTIFICATION OF ACCIDENT, PART III: PERSONS IN CHARGE AND
DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE AND
CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY
DANGEROUS DISEASES
• Accidents and dangerous occurrences to • Training and supervision
be reported – inexperienced workers shall receive adequate
instruction, training and machinery
• Notification of industrial diseases
• Investigation and enquiries • Chief inspector may make orders in
circumstances
Reporting procedure covered in NADAPOD
PART V: NOTICE OF OCCUPATION OF PART III: PERSONS IN CHARGE AND

FACTORY, AND REGISTRATION AND USE CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY
OF MACHINERY
• Young persons
• Operation of factory
– Less than 16 years old
• Building operations or works of engineering • Certain machinery may not be operated

construction without competent staff
– Steam boiler, internal combustion engine and
• Installation of machinery etc dredge
• Panel of Examiners and Board of Appeal

• Application for registration
PART V: NOTICE OF OCCUPATION OF
PART VI: GENERAL FACTORY, AND REGISTRATION AND USE
OF MACHINERY
• Criminal and civil liability not affected • Register
• Fees • Moving or alteration of or addition to

machinery to be approved
• Chief Inspector’s powers

• Periodical inspections
• Offences • Questions for decision by an Inspector and

appeals from such decision
PART V: NOTICE OF OCCUPATION OF

PART VI: GENERAL FACTORY, AND REGISTRATION AND USE
• Penalties
OF MACHINERY
– Any person who contravenes Sect.31, 41(1), 36(1), • Report of changes etc.
#8(1) and 39(1) be liable to be fine RM100,000 or 2
years imprisonment or both • Machinery of factory no longer in use
– Operate machinery without valid certificate of fitness
liable to be fine not exceeding RM15,000 or 3 years • Notice of sale, hire or transfer
imprisonment or both
– Any person who contravenes any other provisions of • Copy of report of enquiry may be supplied
the Act or Regulation made under the Act be liable
to a fens RM50,000 or 1 year imprisonment or both • Powers of the Chief Inspector and Senior
– For continuing offence RM2,000 each day Inspectors at enquiries
– Fail to comply with the notices under Sect39 or 40(4)
be liable to fine RM250,000 or 5 years imprisonment
or both. RM2,000 for continuing offence
PART VI: GENERAL
PART VI: GENERAL
• Power to compound
• Regulations – Chief inspector, Deputy Chief inspector and
Senior Inspector can compound not
exceeding 50% of the penalties
• Medical supervision
• Repeal
• Amendment of schedule
PART VI: GENERAL

CONCLUSION
• Power to modify agreements
• Control of factories with the aim to
protect the Safety, Health and Welfare • Power to apportion expenses
of persons inside
• Exemptions
• Registration and inspection of machinery
and related items
SCOPE
• Purposes Safety Regulations
• Strategies under FMA 1967
• Regulations
• Conclusion
• Exercise Safety and Health Officer
Certificate Course
SAFETY REGULATIONS UNDER

FMA 1967 LEARNING OBJECTIVES
PURPOSE • State the purposes of Safety Regulations
under the FMA 1967
• Prevention from any occurrences of
accidents due to use and handling of
machinery in factories • List 5 strategies employed in the Safety
Regulations under FMA 1967
• Provide standard minimum requirements for • Explain the 7 Safety Regulations under
the protection of worker safety FMA 1967
SAFETY REGULATIONS UNDER STRATEGIES
FMA 1967
PROTECTION OF WORKERS THROUGH:
IMPORTANT ASPECTS 1. Setting standards for machinery which are
• Competent persons hazardous or have high risk
• Maintenance, inspection and testing of 2. Identify and assess the level of hazard/risk
of the machinery being handled as well as
machinery and installations the surrounding environment
• Approval for hazardous machinery 3. Reduce exposure through:
(certificated) • Engineering controls
• Administrative controls
• Approval for machinery installations • Personal protective equipment
SAFETY REGULATIONS UNDER

STRATEGIES
FMA 1967
• Factories and Machinery (Steam Boilers and
Unfired Pressure Vessels) Regulations 1970; PROTECTION OF WORKERS THROUGH:
• Factories and Machinery (Person in Charge)
Regulations 1970 4. Provision of standard for persons handling
• Factories and Machinery (Certificates of hazardous machinery
Competency – Examinations) Regulations 1970
• Factories and Machinery (Electric Passenger and 5. Create awareness among workers through
Goods Lift) Regulations 1970 the provision of training and information
• Factories and Machinery (Fencing of Machinery
and Safety) Regulations 1970
FACTORIES & MACHINERY (STEAM SAFETY REGULATIONS UNDER
BOILERS AND UNFIRED PRESSURE
FMA 1967
VESSELS) REGULATIONS 1970
MAIN PROVISIONS • Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health
and Welfare) Regulations 1970
 Manufacture of boilers and pressure • Factories and Machinery (Notification,
vessels Certificates of Fitness and Inspection)
 Imported steam boilers and pressure Regulations 1970
vessels • Factories and Machinery (Building
 Steam boilers Operations and Works of Engineering
 Pressure vessels Construction) (Safety) Regulations 1986
FACTORIES & MACHINERY (STEAM FACTORIES & MACHINERY (STEAM

BOILERS AND UNFIRED PRESSURE BOILERS AND UNFIRED PRESSURE
VESSELS) REGULATIONS 1970 VESSELS) REGULATIONS 1970
 Miscellaneous provisions APPLICATION
All boilers, fired and unfired pressure vessels
 Four schedules
Materials codes – steam boiler and  That have not yet been assigned authorised
safe working pressure by Chief Inspector
pressure vessel
Design codes – steam boiler
Design codes – pressure vessel EXCEPTION
Inspecting authorities Those exempted by the Chief Inspector
due to reasons of special
circumstances
STEAM BOILER MANUFACTURE OF STEAM BOILERS

 Among the provisions stipulated are: AND PRESSURE VESSELS
 Prohibition to manufacture without
 Essential fitting such as safety valve, steam approval of Chief Inspector
pressure gauge, feed pump
 Procedures to apply for approval:
 Boiler house
 Three copies of design drawing
 Burning system and equipment
 Design guides and specifications
 Steam test
 Fees for approval of design
 Registration
Refer to guideline for detail procedure

IMPORTED STEAM BOILERS AND
PRESSURE VESSEL
PRESSURE VESSELS
 Among the provisions stipulated are:
 Procedures to obtain approval for imported
 Essential fitting such as safety valve, pressure
gauge, manufacturer’s nameplate) steam boilers and pressure vessels
 Location of safety valve  Requirements:
 Installations  Certificate from manufacturer
 Support  Three copies of design drawing
 Capacity  Information on design guide and specifications
 Information on the heat plate for steam boiler
Refer to guideline for detail procedure
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (PERSON FACTORIES & MACHINERY (STEAM
IN CHARGE) REGULATIONS 1970 BOILERS AND UNFIRED PRESSURE
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
OUTLINES PROVISIONS FOR:  Among the provisions stipulated are:
• Assessment on driver (number and  Pipe installation and connection
grade)  Hydrostatic test
– Number of driver or engineer depend of size  Maintenance
and number of boiler and ICE  Notifiable occurrences of incidences such as
• Training for machine operators tube leaks
 Repair
– Cannot required any person to work on any
machinery listed in the schedule without  Registration number plate
training  Record of inspection
 Fees for approval of design and hydrostatic test
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (PERSON

(PERSON IN CHARGE) IN CHARGE) REGULATIONS 1970
REGULATIONS 1970
MACHINERY REQUIRING PERSON IN OUTLINES PROVISIONS FOR:

CHARGE*
• Steam boiler • Machinery that requires Person in
Charge
• Steam engine
• Duties of Visiting Engineer
• Internal combustion engine
– To make inspection once a week for boiler
• Dredge and once a month for ICE
* Required to have Certificate of – To submit report to Inspector every month
Competency
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY
(PERSON IN CHARGE) REGULATIONS
(ELECTRIC AND PASSENGER GOODS
1970
LIFT) REGULATIONS 1970
EXEMPTIONS
APPLICATION
• Electrode boiler
All electric passenger and goods lifts
• Steam tube oven
EXEMPTIONS • Steam tube hotplate
Those given exemptions from the Chief
Inspector for specific reasons • Autoclave
• Any steam boiler where steam is
generated and retained in the boiler

FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ELECTRIC (CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY-
AND PASSENGER GOODS LIFT) EXAMINATION) REGULATIONS 1970
REGULATIONS 1970
• Outline provision for
APPROVAL FOR LIFT INSTALLATION – Qualification and Examination for;
 Procedures for application are outlined as • Engineer (Stream & Internal Combustion
follows: Engine)
 Information and dimensions of lift • Engine Driver (Steam and Internal Combustion
 Drawing showing design and location of lift Engine)
 Certificate from manufacturer • Dredgemaster (Steam, Internal Combustion
 Certificate of lift safety equipment test Engine and Electric)
 Certificate for wire rope • Member of Examiner Panel
• Examination fees
MISCELLANEOUS
 Notice DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION,
Display the registration certificate in the lift car or INSTALLATON, TESTING
adjacent to the bottom terminal landing  Among the provisions outlined are:
 Attendant  Lift load and capacity
An Inspector may direct the attendant to cease  Lift safety equipment such as safety gears
work when he appears to be incompetent  Operations and control
• Penalties  Testing of safety gears and governor
Non-compliance of the Regulations may be fined
not more than RM1,000
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (FENCING FACTORIES AND MACHINERY

OF MACHINERY AND SAFETY) (ELECTRIC AND PASSENGER GOODS
REGULATIONS 1970 LIFT) REGULATIONS 1970
STIPULATES PROVISIONS FOR: MAINTENANCE
 Fencing of hazardous machinery parts  Responsibility of Owner
 Requirements for the construction and  To enter into an maintenance agreement with
maintenance of guards/fence an approved firm
 Inform the Inspector of the agreement
 Categories and types of machinery
requiring fencing  Conduct and maintain maintenance records for
each lift (Schedule 2)
 Responsibility of Competent Person
(Prime movers, transmission machinery and  Responsible for proper maintenance
driven machinery)  Inspect lift every three months
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY FACTORIES AND MACHINERY
(FENCING OF MACHINERY AND (FENCING OF MACHINERY AND
SAFETY) REGULATIONS 1970 SAFETY) REGULATIONS 1970
AMONG THE PROVISIONS OUTLINED:
MAIN PROVISIONS
Safety controls such as
Governors on prime movers General Conditions
 Fencing of machinery
Controls on transmission machinery  Construction and maintenance of fencing
Provision and maintenance of power cut-off  Construction of machinery
device for each factory
 Starting and stopping of appliance
Construction of structure for cranes and other
lifting appliances has to be suitable and  Electrical apparatus
secure

AMONG THE PROVISIONS Fencing and Guarding for:
OUTLINED:  Prime Movers – Motor and engine
Transmission Machinery  Transmission Machinery – Gears, Pulleys, Belts,
Flywheels, cranks, cross heads, rods, shafts
 Prohibition to lubricate, make adjustments
while machine in operations unless  All shafts, pulley and belts:
conducted outside of fenced area  At height of 6’ 6” from work platform
 Under the work table
 Driven Machinery – Power Press, Rollers such as
 Prohibition to lubricate using hands, even rolling mills, dough rollers, rubber and printing
under safe conditions machines
MAIN PROVISIONS Driven Machinery
 Application of provisions for fencing and guarding of;
Seven Schedules  Abrasive, grinding, polishing and buffing machinery
 First – Specification and Types of  Machinery using rolls-Printing, Rubber Creeper, Rubber
Sheeting and Dough Roller
Guards  Wood working machine-Circular saw, Band saw, Planning
machine, Mortiser
 Second – Construction of Railings  Agitating, Stirring and mixing machine
 Third – Construction of Hood for  Centrifuges and hydro-extractor
Abrasive wheel  Press machine –Power Press, Baling Press, Platen Press and
Guilotine
 Fourth – Construction of flange for  Conveyor machine
Abrasive wheel

MAIN PROVISIONS
Seven Schedules  Duties and Liabilities
 Fifth – Specifications for Guards for  Owner and occupier is required to comply
Mee Rollers  Operators using fencing
 Sixth – Specifications for Guards for  Penalty
Crepe Rubber Machines  Chief and Deputy Inspector may compound
offences
 Seventh – Specifications for Guards for
Power Presses
(SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELFARE) (SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELFARE)
REGULATIONS 1970 REGULATIONS 1970
Three Schedules OUTLINES PROVISIONS FOR:
 One – Classes, Description or parts of • Factory not to be used as family dwelling
factories exemption from Regulations 23 • Underground room not to be used for a factory
(c) (iii) • Housekeeping and physical layout
 Two – Standard Lighting • General area fencing
 Three – Processes requiring provision of • Fire control measures
suitable goggles of effective screens
• Ventilation and lighting
 Four - First–aid box • Limited work space
• Working at height

(NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS
(SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELFARE)
AND INSPECTION) REGULATIONS 1970 REGULATIONS 1970
OUTLINES PROVISIONS FOR:
OUTLINES PROVISIONS FOR: • Expose to elements/materials
• Notification of factory operations, • Personal protective equipment and
• Installation and use of machinery, clothing
• Notification of accidents, Dangerous • Material storage methods
Occurrences and diseases • Welfare facilities such as toilet, rest areas
and drinking water
• First aid box
(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS OF (NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS
ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION) AND INSPECTION) REGULATIONS 1970
REGULATIONS 1989
OUTLINES PROVISIONS FOR:
STIPULATES: • Machinery that requires Certificate
of Fitness
Provisions and measures that are – Steam boilers
required to be taken while undertake – Unfired pressure vessels
Building Operation or works of – Lifting machines
engineering construction
• Inspection of factory/machinery
• Inspection fees

(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS (NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS
OF ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION) AND INSPECTION) REGULATIONS 1970
REGULATIONS 1989 INSPECTION OF MACHINERY/FACTORY
• Types of inspection
AMONG THE PROVISIONS OUTLINED: – Initial inspection
– Regular inspection
 Interpretation – Special inspection
 Application of Regulations – Supplementary inspection
– Further inspection
 Obligations of Contractor, Employer and
Employee • Method of inspection
(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS (BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS
OF ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION) OF ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION)
 Lighting of work areas/pathways  Hazards such as drowning, slips, trips, cutting
 Site safety supervisor and electricity shocks
 Contractor safety supervisor  Elements such as chemicals, dusts and

 Safety and Health Committee gasses

(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS OF (BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS
ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION) OF ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION)
RESPONSIBILITIES AMONG THE PROVISIONS OUTLINED:
Site Safety Supervisor  Protection for eyes, self, respiratory and head
 Inspect and identify unsafe practices and  Material storage and disposal
situations
 Rectify unsafe practices and situations  Public vehicles
 Review sub-contractor works  Stability of structures
 Liaise with contractor safety supervisor
 Access/egress routes
(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS OF
(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS OF
ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION)
ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION)
REGULATIONS 1989
Inspection and supervision by Designated REGULATIONS 1989
Person is necessary for:
 Concrete activities – formwork etc RESPONSIBILITIES
 Installation, dismantling of scaffolding activities Contractor Safety Supervisor
 Safety net
- for contractors with > 20 workers)
 Demolition activities (wall and others)
- part-time (5 hours/week)
 Piling works
 Safety harness, belt and life line DUTIES:
 Control of vehicular traffic  Safety supervision
 Blasting and used of explosive  Encourage safe work practices among workers
 Excavation
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (BUILDING

(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS OF OPERATIONS & WORKS OF
ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION) ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION)
SAFETY CONTROLS FOR:
SAFETY AND HEALTH COMMITTEE
 Shoring activities
(for main contractor > 50 workers –
 Working at height such as on roofs superseded by OSHA)
 Demolition works
 Excavation works Objectives:
 Supervise site safety and health situations
 Runways and ramps
 Monthly meetings
 Stair and step ladders  Membership: main contractor, site safety
 Scaffold supervisor and contractor representatives
(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS FACTORIES AND MACHINERY
OF ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION) (BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS
REGULATIONS 1989 OF ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION)
REGULATIONS 1989
PROVISION OF MAINTENANCE FOR:
SAFETY CONTROLS FOR:
Roofs, gutters, windows, louvres and
ventilation
 Material handling, storage, use and
Access to roofs
disposal
Rubbish chutes
Safety harness and breathing apparatus  Piling works
Safety net  Blasting works and use of explosives
Scaffold
Electrical wires  Use of powered hand tools

(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS OF (BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS
ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION) OF ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION)
REQUIRED DESIGN BY METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER (P.E)  Catch Platform
 Catch Platform  Rubbish Chute
 Shoring for trench > 4 meters  Runways and ramps
 Ramp for vechicle  Stairs and step ladders
 Steel tube scaffolding > 40m  Scaffolding
 Other types of scaffolding > 15m;  Work platforms
 Formwork  Loading platform
 Rubish Chute > 12 meter  Shoring
(BUILDING OPERATIONS & WORKS
CONCLUSION OF ENGINEEERING CONSTRUCTION)
REGULATIONS 1989
PURPOSE OF THE REGULATIONS
USE OF APPROVED PPE
 Eye protection
• Prevent occurrences of accidents due to
the use and handling of machinery in  Respirators
factories  Safety harness
 Safety helmet
• Provide standard minimum requirements for  Safety shoes
worker protection
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (SPECIAL

SCHEME OF INSPECTION)(RISK-BASED
INSPECTION) REGULATIONS 2014
• Regulations outline:
Health Regulations – Application for Risk-based Inspection Scheme
under FMA 1967 – Requirements for Application for Approval of Risk-
based Inspection Scheme
– Risk-based Inspection (RBI)
– Requirements for RBI Scheme user
Safety and Health Officer – Renewal of Risk-based Certificates of Fitness
Certificate Course – Revocation, withdrawal and termination of RBI
scheme
– Application for new duration of RBI scheme
HEALTH REGULATIONS
UNDER FMA 1967 LEARNING OBJECTIVES
OBJECTIVES 1. State the objectives of Health Regulations
under FMA 1967
• Prevent the occurrence of diseases due to
excessive use and exposure to lead, 2. List 5 strategies of Health Regulations
asbestos, mineral dust and noise under FMA 1967
• Formulation of minimum standards to 3. Explain 4 Health Regulations under FMA

protect workers exposure 1967
HEALTH REGULATIONS
STRATEGIES SCOPE
• Objectives
PROTECTION OF WORKERS BY:
1. Determining exposure limits • Strategies
2. Identifying and assessing level of exposure
3. Reducing exposure using: • Health Regulations
– Important Aspects
• Engineering controls
– Main Provisions
• Administrative procedures
• Personal protective equipment
• Conclusion
HEALTH REGULATIONS HEALTH REGULATIONS
UNDER FMA 1967 STRATEGIES
IMPORTANT ASPECTS PROTECTION OF WORKERS BY:
• Competent persons
• Maintenance, inspection and testing of 4. Early detection of disease through health
control equipments surveillance
• Approvals for monitoring and testing
equipments 5. Creating awareness among workers
• Approvals for Personal Protective through training and information
Equipment
FMA 1967 PROVISIONS LD AP MD N

Preliminary √ √ √ √
Permissible Exposure Limits √ √ √ √
HEALTH REGULATIONS
Exposure Monitoring √ √ √ √
Compliance Methods √ √ √ √
UNDER FMA 1967
Respiratory Protection √
Personal Protective Equipments √ Hrg • Factories and Machinery (Lead)
Good Housekeeping √ √ √
Regulations 1984
Hygienic Practices and Facilities √ H&D/ CR/L/
CR/L S
• Factories and Machinery (Asbestos
Medical Surveillance √ √ √ AuD Process) Regulations 1986
Transfer of Medical Protection √
• Factories and Machinery (Mineral Dust)
Training and Information to Workers √ √ √ √
Warning Signages
Regulations 1989
√ √ √ √
Miscellaneous P P/NS P/SC P/SC • Factories and Machinery (Noise
LD-Lead; AP-Asbestos Process; MD-Mineral Dust; N-Noise; Hrg-Hearing; H&D-Handling & Disposal; CR-Changing Room;
Exposure) Regulations 1989
S-Shower; L-Locker; AuD-Audiometric Test; P-Penalty; SC-Schedule Change; NS-No Smoking
9 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY HEALTH REGULATIONS
(ASBESTOS PROCESS) REGULATIONS
1986
UNDER OSHA 1994
Occupational Safety and Health (Use and
Standards of Exposure of Chemicals Hazardous
ASBESTOS PROCESS: to Health) 2000
Manufacturing process which involves Among the provisions are:
asbestos except processes where: • Permissible Exposure Limits
• Actions to control exposure - engineering
 The quantity of asbestos dust produced does not controls, administrative controls, use of PPE
exceed the permissible exposure limit; or
• Exposure monitoring
 Cleaning of premise, equipment and factory • Health surveillance
facilities • Medical transfer protection
• Recordkeeping

(ASBESTOS PROCESS) REGULATIONS (ASBESTOS PROCESS) REGULATIONS
1986 1986
APPLICATION
Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) All factories where there are asbestos
• PEL= 1 Fibre/ml air 8 hour processes
average except building operations and works of
engineering construction
(MINERAL DUST) REGULATIONS
(LEAD) REGULATIONS 1986
1989
APPLICATION
APPLICATION
All factories where there are processes using
mineral dust
• All factories processes where lead is
MINERAL DUST PROCESS used
Manufacturing process involving use of • Does not apply on construction sites or
mineral dust works of engineering construction

(MINERAL DUST) REGULATIONS 1989 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY
(LEAD) REGULATIONS 1986
PROHIBITION Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL)
• PEL = 150 microgramme/m3 8 hour average
Sand blasting process shall not be used • Action level = 75 µg/m³ 8 hour average
in any factory unless with written
• If working hours is other than 8 hours,
approval from the Chief Inspector
PEL ( g/m3) = 1200
total working hours per day
(MINERAL DUST) REGULATIONS MINERAL DUST
1989
Barite Graphite Perlite
PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS Clay Gypsum Portland Cement
Dust that contain Silica <1% Silica: Coal Kaolin Potash
Corundum Kyanite Quartz
Worker exposure should not exceed the
Cristobalite Limestone Soapstone
average concentration for a duration of 8 Diatomite Magnesite Talc (free of
hours: asbestos fibre)
Emery Marble
– 0.05 mg/m3 air - respirable cristobalite/ trydymite Feldspar Tridymite
Mica
– 0.10 mg/m3 are - respirable quartz Garnet Mineral wool

(MINERAL DUST) REGULATIONS (MINERAL DUST) REGULATIONS
1989 1989
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS
• If > Permissible Exposure Limits, provide: Dust that contain Silica <1% Silica:
– Clothing that covers the whole body
Worker exposure should not exceed the
– Gloves, hats, shoes
– Face shield, goggle and other relevant PPE average concentration for a duration of 8
hours:
• The employer is responsible to provide • 5 mg/m3 air - respirable dust
facilities for the hygiene and disposal of • 10 mg/m3 air - total dust
clothing and equipment
(NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS
(NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS
1989
1989
BACKGROUND
APPLICATION
• Studies were conducted in the years 1983-1990
• 302 factories; 45,974 workers
• All factories where workers are exposed to • Average 50% were at risk of hearing
excessive noise impairment
• 22% actually hearing impairment
• 70% were exposed at levels > 90dBA
• Median age: 28 years old
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY INDUSTRIES WITH NOISE EXPOSURE

(NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS AND % WORKER RISK
1989
• Textile factory (59.2%)
PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS
• Steel factory (54.9%)
• 90 dBA for 8 hour exposure
• Limits are listed in the First Schedule • Chemical industry (52.9%)
– Applicable Changing Rate - 5 dB • Drink manufacturing industry (52.1%)
– Each additional 5 dB, half a dose
• Factory producing mineral products (51.8%)
• Does not exceed the maximum limit of 115
dBA at any time • Factory producing food products (49.4%)
• Does not exceed 140 dB impulsive noise at • Factory producing steel products (48.9%)
peak level
• Palm oil mill (48.9%)
• Dose for action level is 0.5
(NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS (NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS
1989 1989
METHODS OF COMPLIANCE EXPOSURE MONITORING
Reduce and control exposure below the PEL using: Initial Monitoring
• Engineering controls – Sampling of workers suspected of high exposure
– Ventilation, if installed, effectiveness has to be Exposure Monitoring
tested Frequency (initial monitoring  action level)
– Testing is conducted by a Competent Person – Depends on the level of exposure
– Water spray (Mineral dust) • every 6 months
• every 3 months, or
• Administrative controls include safe work procedures
• once only
• Use of personal protective equipments if other
Monitoring is conducted by a Competent Person
controls fail to reduce exposure
(Mineral Dust and Noise Exposure)

(NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS (NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS
1989 1989
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ADDITIONAL EXPOSURE MONITORING
• Hearing/Respiratory protection is used:
– simultaneously with other forms of control Required if there are any changes in:
– Where other controls fail to reduce exposure to – Production
below permissible levels – Processes
• Provision of PPE – Controls, or
– Approved by Chief Inspector – Workers
– Suitable to worker
– Suitable to work requirements
resulting in new or additional exposure
– Does not effect worker health
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE HYGIENIC PRACTICES AND
FACILITIES
LEAD EXPOSURE
• If exposed > 30 days per year LEAD, ASBESTOS & MINERAL DUST
• Frequency of Blood Lead test, every: EXPOSURE
– 6 months
– 3 months if 40-60µg/100g blood • Clean floor from contaminants
– 1 months if 60-80 µg/100g blood
• Cleaning should be using vacuum cleaner
– 1 months if in period of medical transfer
– 1 month for women who are able to conceive • Use of compressed air is prohibited
(Lead and Mineral Dust Regulations)
HYGIENIC PRACTICES AND

MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
FACILITIES
LEAD EXPOSURE LEAD, ASBESTOS & MINERAL DUST
EXPOSURE
Medical surveillance is conducted:
– Every 1 year if  40µg/100g blood
Changing Rooms, Lockers and Showers
– Before being assigned to a work area where air • Lockers for daily wear
concentration  action level • Separate lockers for protective clothing and
– There are signs of symptoms of poisoning respiratory equipment
– Every worker in the medical transfer if required • Changing rooms (asbestos process and lead only)
by a doctor • Showers (asbestos process and lead only)
• Separate dining facilities from work areas (lead)
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
NOISE EXPOSURE
Audiometric Testing Programme
ASBESTOS PROCESS
• If exposure > action level
• Frequency of testing: • Workers working in an area where there is
 Every year asbestos exposure, whether continuous or
 if worker exposure > Permissible exposure limit intermittent
 If basic audiometric tests show loss of hearing
 If annual test shows Standard Threshold Shift • In the period of 30 days from the first day
 Every 2 years of work
 Worker exposure is at action level < Permissible • Frequency
exposure limit – Not exceeding 2 years
MEDICAL REMOVAL MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

LEAD EXPOSURE MINERAL DUST EXPOSURE
• Worker should be
removed/transferred If exposed > action level
– If blood lead tests show • Frequency of testing:
•  80µg/100g blood  Every 2 years
• average 3 latest tests  73µg/100g blood Exposed worker > action level
•  40µg/100g blood for women who are able  Every year
to conceive, or
Workers experiencing early signs of
– Health of the worker may be affected pneumoconiosis
based on results/medical opinion
MEDICAL REMOVAL
WARNING SIGNAGES
ASBESTOS PROCESS
Example
• Worker should be removed/
WARNING!! transferred if results or medical
LEAD IN WORK AREA opinion shows any early indications
POISON of asbestos related diseases
NO EATING OR SMOKING
RECORDKEEPING TRAINING & INFORMATION

• Monitoring records • Training programme at least once every
– As long as the worker is in service – asbestos, two years for workers  action level
mineral dust, noise exposures • Contents of training
– 2 years – lead exposure
– Rules and worker rights
• Medical surveillance records
– As long as the worker is in service – lead, – Operational circumstances that may cause high
asbestos exposures concentrations
– 5 years – noise exposure – Purpose, selection, application and limitations of
– 25 years – mineral dust PPE
Records are kept by employer/doctor – Brief on the purpose of medical surveillance and
• Medical removal records monitoring programme including its implications
– As long as the worker is in service – lead on health
MISCELLANEOUS
Occupational Safety
Penalties for Offences
and Health Act
Upon conviction, fine not
(OSHA) 1994 exceeding
– RM 1,000
Safety and Health Officer (noise, mineral dust)
Certificate Course – RM2,000
(lead, asbestos)
LEARNING OBJECTIVES CONCLUSION

• List the 15 Part of OSHA 1994 OBJECTIVES
• State the main objects of OSHA 1994 • Prevent the occurrence of diseases due
• State the philosophy and principles of to use and excessive exposure to lead,
OSHA 1994 asbestos, mineral dust and noise
• Explain at least 5 main provisions • Formulate a minimum standards to
under OSHA 1994 protect workers from hazardous
• Analyse and discuss a case study exposures while at work
from the viewpoint of OSHA 1994
SCOPE
SCOPE OF FMA 1967
• Background of OSHA 1994
 Manufacturing
• Contents
 Mining and quarrying • The 15 Parts
• Conclusion
 Building operations and works of
engineering construction • Group activity
DISTRIBUTION OF WORKFORCE BY REQUIREMENTS

SECTOR
15% 11% 24% • Factories and Machinery Act 1967 (FMA
1967)
17% – Scope
– Prescriptive
– Too dependent on Government role
*6.8 million workforce year 1990

33% Source: SOCSO • Accident statistics
Manufacturing Agriculture,forestry,fisheries Commercial Government Others
ACCIDENT RATE PER 1000 WORKERS
PHILOSOPHY AND PRINCIPLES IN THE
MANUFACTURING SECTOR
700
• Responsibility to ensure safety and health 600
at the workplace is on those who create 500
the risk, and those who work with the risk 400
300
200
– Self Regulation 100
0
– Consultation 85 86 87 88 89
– Cooperation and worker participation Agriculture,forestry,fisheries Mining,quarry
Manufacturing,processing Utilities
Commercial Transportation,storage,communications
Construction
Source: SOCSO
OBJECTIVE OF THE ACT DISTRIBUTION OF ACCIDENTS (%)

MANUFACTURING/NON-MANUFACTURING
• To ensure the safety, health and welfare 120

of the people at work 100
• To protect others against risks to safety or 80 46

53 52 53 50
health in connecting with the activities of
60
persons at work
40
• To establish of the National Council for
20
OSH
0
• Other related matters 85 86 87 88 89
Manufacturing Non-manufacturing
OSHA 1994: CONTENTS OSHA 1994: CONTENTS
The 15 Parts of OSHA 1994:

8. Notification of Accidents, Dangerous
1. Preliminary
Occurrence, Occupational Poisoning and
Occupational Diseases and Inquiry
2. Appointment of Officers
9. Prohibition Against Use of Plant or
Substance 3. National Council for OSH
10. Industry Codes of Practice

4. General Duties of Employers and Self-Employed
Persons
OSHA 1994: CONTENTS

OSHA 1994: CONTENTS
11. Enforcement and Investigation
5. General Duties of Designers, Manufacturers

12. Liability for Offences and Suppliers
13. Appeals 6. General Duties of Employees
7. Safety and Health Organisations

14. Regulations
15. Miscellaneous
Section 2 - PREVAILING LAWS Section 1(2)&(3) - SHORT TITLE &

APPLICATION
• Persons at work
(1) Additional provisions to any other written
– In all sectors of the economy as in the First
law related to OSH Schedule including public services and
authoritative bodies
– Exceptions: work on board ships govern by the
(2) The OSHA provisions will supersede any Merchant Shipping Ordinance 1952
conflict or inconsistencies with other (Semenanjung), the Merchant Shipping
written law Ordinance 1960 of Sabah and Sarawak or the
Armed Forces
FIRST SCHEDULE
PART I: PRELIMINARY Subsection 1(2)
Manufacturing Transportation, storage
Section 3 - INTERPRETATION and communications
Mining and quarrying
Commercial – wholesale
Industry – public service, or local authorities, Construction and retail
or any activities in the First Schedule Agriculture, forestry and Hotel and restaurant
fisheries Financial, insurance,
properties and business
Plant – any machinery, equipment, Utilities services
appliance, implement or tool, any Electricity, Gas, Water Public services and
component thereof and anything fitted, & Cleaning services authoritative bodies
connect to it
Section 3 - INTERPRETATION Section 3 - INTERPRETATION

• Employer - the immediate employer or
 Premise – includes any: the principle employer or both
– land, building or part of any building – Immediate employer – employer that
– vehicle, vessel or aircraft employs the employee directly, by or through
him
– installation on land, offshores, or whether on the – Principle employer - the owner of an industry
bed of or floating on any way
including manager, the occupier, the legal
– tent or mobile structure representative, government, local authority or
statutory body
Section 3(2) - INTERPRETATION Section 3 - INTERPRETATION

 Employee - a person who is employed
• Risk arising - the risk that may come due for wages under a contract of service
to activities of persons at work including: • Occupier - a person who has the
– the work processes management or control of the place of
– the plant or substances used work
– the condition of premises used • Place of work- premises where persons
work or premises used for the storage of
plant or substance
Section 4 - OBJECTIVES OF THE ACT Section 3(3) - INTERPRETATION
• Work – Work as an employee or as a

• To secure the safety, health and welfare self-employed person
of persons at work – An employee is deemed to be at work
throughout the time when he is at his place
of work
• To protect person at a place of work other – A self-employed is at work throughout such
than persons at work time as he devoted to work as a self-
employed person
PRACTICABLE
PART I: PRELIMINARY INTEPRETATION
Part I: Section 3
Section 4 - OBJECTIVES OF THE ACT Practicable should take into account:
• the severity of the risk or hazard or risk
• To promote an occupational environment
for persons at work which is adapted to • the state of knowledge about the hazard or risk
their physiological and psychological and any way of removing or migitate the hazards
needs or risk
• the availability and suitability of methods to
• To provide the means towards a system remove or mitigate the hazard or risk
of regulations and approved industry • the cost of removing or mitigating the hazard or
codes of practice risk
PART III: PART II:
NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR OSH APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS
FUNCTIONS Section 5
• TO STUDY AND REVIEW:
• Appointment of public officer by Minister
– OSH Legislations
– Improvement of the administration and • Appointment of an independent
enforcement of OSH legislations inspecting body by Director General
– Fostering of a co-operative consultative
relationship between management and labour
• Certification of authorisation
PART III: PART III:

NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR OSH NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR OSH
• Specific OSH problems and issues related to Section 9

women and disabled employees as well as
other members of the community • Membership – between 12 – 15 persons
• Establishment of adequate methods of • Appointed by Minister
control of industrial chemicals
• Shall have power to do all things expedient
• Statistical analysis of occupationally related or reasonably necessary for carrying out
deaths and injuries the objectives of the Act
PART IV: PART III:
GENERAL DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR OSH
AND SELF-EMPLOYED PERSONS
c) To provide of information, instruction, training  Provisions of health care facilities
and supervision  Development of rehabilitation plans and
facilities and adoption by law of industry
d) To provide and maintain safe workplace and codes of practice
safe access egress
• Development of plans and facilities for
e) To provide and maintain safe working
disabled employees
environment with adequate welfare facilities • Chairman of Appeal Committee
PART IV: PART IV:

GENERAL DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS GENERAL DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS
AND SELF-EMPLOYED PERSONS AND SELF-EMPLOYED PERSONS
MAINTENANCE Section 15 - So far as is practicable
(1) Ensure the safety, health and welfare of all
• Should take into consideration: workers while at work
– A system of regular inspection of machinery / (2) This includes:
equipments to identify and report defects to the a) To provide and maintenance of safe plants
person in-charge and safe systems of work
b) Making arrangements for the safe use or
– Improvement/upgrading works by repair or by
operation, handling, storage and
replacement transportation of the plant and substances
PART IV: PART IV:
SAFE SYSTEM OF WORK
SAFETY AND HEALTH ARRANGEMENTS • Safe premises and plant
• Safe and adequate storage facilities • Effective preventive maintenance
• Adequate lighting and ventilation
• Safe transportation arrangements
– Load is secured and stable
• Selection, instruction and training for workers
– Load is packaged safely • Compentent supervision and enforcement
of rules and regulations
• Additional protection for disabled persons
PART IV:
EMPLOYEE INTEPRETATION GENERAL DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS
AND SELF-EMPLOYED PERSONS)
Section 15 - Additional Provision SAFETY AND HEALTH ARRANGEMENTS
• Provision of proper personal protective
• Includes: Independent contractor equipment and tools
engaged by an employer or a self- • Safe handling arrangements taking into
employed person and any employee of account:
the independent contractor. – Weight overloads
– Enclosure of dangerous substances
– Protection from hazardous contaminations
PART IV: PART IV:
SAFETY AND HEALTH POLICY
• Statement of intent
OTHER DUTIES
– Written Statement of Company’s policy on OSH • Formulate a written Safety and Health policy
• Organization Section 16
– Who is doing what? • Conduct undertaking in such manner not to
– Responsibility, accountability and authorities affect other persons (not his employee)
• Arrangements including the public Section 17(1)
– Procedures, methods, means, ways of doing • Provide information to persons on way his
work safely
undertaking may affect them Section 17(2)
• i.e SOP, PTW and LOTO
PART IV: PART IV:

STATEMENT OF INTENT
IMPORTANCE OF A
• Safety must be given priority in all daily work
activities SAFETY AND HEALTH POLICY
• Safety is to be integrated into all daily work • Long term objective
activities • Continuous commitment at all levels of
• Safety of workers and others (visitors, guests, management
outsiders) are of outmost priority • Delegation of tasks at lower management
• The company will do anything in its power to levels
avoid and prevent accidents
PART V: PART IV:
GENERAL DUTIES OF DESIGNERS,
GENERAL DUTIES OF EMPLOYERS
MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS
AND SELF-EMPLOYED PERSONS
Section 21: Plant & Substances Section 18
for Use at Work
• Duties of an occupier of a non-domestic
So far as is practicable premise;
– To ensure substance is safe and without risk to – To ensure safe means of access and egress for
health when properly used use by persons other than his employees.
– Arrange for testing and examination – To ensure the safe and absence of risk in
– Provide adequate information connection with the use of plant and substances
provided for use by other persons
PART V:
PART VI: GENERAL DUTIES OF DESIGNERS,
GENERAL DUTIES OF EMPLOYEES MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS
Section 24 Section 20: Plant for Use at Work

So far as is practicable
– To ensure plant Is designed an
 Reasonable care for safety and health constructed to be safe and without risk to
of himself and others health when properly used
– Arrange for testing and examination
 Cooperate with employer and others
– Provide adequate information
 Wear and use PPE that are provided
– Arrange for research to eliminate or
 Comply with instructions on OSH minimize hazards
– Safe erection and installation
PART VII: PART VI:
SAFETY & HEALTH ORGANISATIONS GENERAL DUTIES OF EMPLOYEES
Section 28 Medical Surveillance
• The Minister may issue additional Regulations under Section 25
certain circumstances such as:
– Cases of diseases
A person:
– Use of hazardous processes or substances
• May not intentionally, recklessly or negligently
– Workers below 16 years of age interfere or misuse anything provided or done in
– Work involves specific risks to health the interests of safety, health and welfare in
• Detailed regulations for medical surveillance not pursuance of the Act
inclusive of medical treatment
• Registration of a Medical Officer
PART VII: PART VI:

SAFETY & HEALTH ORGANISATIONS GENERAL DUTIES OF EMPLOYEES
Section 29 Safety an Health Officer Section 26
• Duties of occupier to employed • The employer shall not charge employees
SHO for things done or provided
• Specific industries gazzetted (SHO
Order) Section 27
• Specific responsibilities to ensure • Employer/ trade union shall not
compliance to the Act and promotion discriminate (dismiss, injure employment
of safe work or change position of any employee)
• Qualification and training requirements
PART VIII:
NOTIFICATION OF ACCIDENTS, DANGEROUS PART VII:
OCCURRENCE, OCCUPATIONAL POISONING &
DISEASES & INQUIRY
SAFETY & HEALTH ORGANISATIONS
Section 32 Section 30 Safety and Health Committee
• Employers shall notify the nearest (1)To be established if:
Department of Safety and Health office – There are 40 or more workers
(DOSH) – Directed by Director General
• Registered Medical Practitioners should

report to the Director General of any of the (2) Membership, selection and appointment as
diseases listed in the Third Schedule of FMA prescribed in regulation
1967 or occupational poisoning (3) Consultation with employer
PART IX:
PROHIBITION AGAINST USE OF PART VII:
PLANT OR SUBSTANCE SAFETY & HEALTH ORGANISATIONS
Section 35 Section 31 Safety and Health
• Powers of the Director General to make Committee Function
order
• Obtain advice and recommendations  To review all safety and health measures
from relevant government departments that have been taken
before issuing an order  Investigate issues concerning occupational
Section 36 safety and health and bring to attention of
employer

• Aggrieved person may appeal
 Other functions may be determined
PART XII: PART X:
LIABILITY FOR OFFENCES INDUSTRY CODES OF PRACTICE
• Who may be charged? Section 37
– Section 52 Body corporate • Approved by the Minister
including Company Directors, • May be amended
Directors, Managers, Secretary • Includes codes, standards, rule,
and others specification or requirements
– Section 53 Trade unions related to safety and health
– Section 54 Agents
Section 38
• May be used in court proceedings
PART XII: PART XI:

LIABILITY FOR OFFENCES ENFORCEMENT & INVESTIGATION
Section 39
Section 55 • Director General
• Occupational Safety and Health Officer
• Defense in Proceedings • Certificate of Authorisation
– No knowledge of the offence • Power to enter, inspect, enquire and take
– Conducted without consent/connivance samples and other
– Efforts have been taken to avoid any offence
Section 48
• Power of Officer to issue Notice of Prohibition
and Improvement
PENALTIES
PENALTIES
OFFENCE PENALTY
• Discrimination • Maximum RM10,000 OFFENCE PENALTY
towards workers and @ ONE year prison • Failure to comply to • Maximum RM50,000
others • Maximum RM10,000 notice @ FIVE years prison @
• Related to @ ONE year prison RM500 per day
inspection • Maximum RM5,000
@ SIX months prison • Maximum RM50,000
• General duties of
• Safety and health employers and self- @ TWO years prison
organization employed
PENALTIES PENALTIES
OFFENCE PENALTY
OFFENCE PENALTY
• General duties of • Maximum RM1,000 • General duties of • Maximum RM20,000
employee @ THREE months manufacturer in @ TWO years prison
prison @ BOTH relation to @ BOTH
• Duty to keep secret • Maximum penalty: plant/material
RM20,000 @ 2 years
imprisonment @ both • Duty not to • Maximum RM20,000
obstruct/misuse @ TWO years prison
facilities provided @ BOTH
PART XV: MISCELLANEOUS PART XIII: APPEALS
Section 67 Section 63
• Duty to keep secret • Appeal Committee is appointed by
• A person may not disclose trade secrets Minister
(manufacturing or commercial) which • Chairman – National OSH Council
has come to his knowledge while at work member
• Two other persons
• Appeals on Section 36 or 50
OSHA 1994: ITS REGULATIONS AND PART XIV: REGULATIONS

ORDERS
1. Occupational Safety and Health (Employers’
Section 66
Safety and Health General Policy Statements
(Exception) Regulations 1995
• Ministers has the authority to make Regulations
2. Occupational Safety and Health (Control of
Industrial Major Accident Hazards)
Regulations 1996 • Objective to control and prohibit
– Example: Manufacturing, supplying or use of plant or
3. Occupational Safety and Health (Safety and substances
Health Committee) Regulations 1996 – Ensure the adequacy of welfare equipment
OSHA 1994:
REGULATIONS AND ORDERS OSHA 1994:
REGULATIONS AND ORDERS
9. Occupational Safety and Health
(Notification of Accidents, Dangerous 4. Occupational Safety and Health
(Classification, Packaging and
Labeling of Hazardous Chemicals)
Occupational Diseases) Regulations 2004 Regulations 1997 (Revoked to 2013)
10. Occupational Safety and Health 5. Occupational Safety and Health
(Classification, Labeling and Safety Data (Safety and Health Officer) Regulations
Sheet of Hazardous Chemicals) 1997
Regulations 2013 6. Occupational Safety and Health
(Safety and Health Officer) Order 1997
OSHA 1994:
CONCLUSION REGULATIONS AND ORDERS
• Requirements of OSHA 1994 7. Occupational Safety and Health

• Philosophy of OSHA 1994 (Prohibition of Use of Substances) Order
1999
• Contents of OSHA 1994
– Fifteen Parts and their elaborations 8. Occupational Safety and Health (Use
and Standards of Exposure of Chemicals
Hazardous to Health) Regulations 2000
Occupational Safety and
OBJECTIVES Health (Safety and Health
Officer) Regulations 1997
1. State the objectives of the &
Occupational Safety and Health (Safety
and Health Officer) Regulations 1997
Occupational Safety and
2. List the 6 parts of the Regulations
Health (Safety and Health
3. Explain the duties and responsibilities of Officer) Order 1997
a Safety and Health Officer (SHO) Safety and Health Officer
4. Identify industries required to employ a Certificate Course
qualified and registered SHO
SCOPE
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTH (SAFETY AND HEALTH OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
OFFICER) REGULATIONS 1997 HEALTH (SAFETY AND HEALTH
OFFICER) REGULATIONS 1997
• Background
• Contents
• Six (6) Part of the Regulations
• Conclusion
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTH (SHO) REGULATIONS 1997 SCOPE
CONTENTS: SIX (6) PARTS OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH
1. Preliminary (SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER) ORDER
2. Registration of a Safety and Health 1997
Officer
3. Notification of a Safety and Health
Officer • Contents
4. Duties of An Employer • Conclusion
5. Duties of Safety and Health Officer • Quiz
6. Miscellaneous
PART I: PRELIMINARY OBJECTIVES OF THE REGULATIONS

• Control of high risk industries
INTERPRETATIONS (Regulation 2)
• Loss-time injury • Assist to improve the level of
An injury which prevents any worker from occupational safety and health in high risk
performing normal work and leads to a industries
permanent or temporary incapacity of work
• Create an effective and systematic safety
• No loss-time injury management system at the workplace
An injury where no work is lost beyond that
required for medical attention • Facilitates the employer to conduct all
work activities safely
APPLICATION (Regulation 3) INTERPRETATIONS (Regulation 2)
The regulations shall apply to: • Director General

• A person who acts as a Safety and Health Director General of Occupational Safety and
Officer required under the Act or any regulations Health appointed under subsection 5(1) of the Act
under it
• An employer of the class or description of

industries who are required to employ a safety
and health officer under the Act
PART II:
REGISTRATION OF SHO PART I: PRELIMINARY
REGISTRATION (Regulation 4)
• A person is required to register with the Director INTERPRETATIONS (Regulation 2)
General to act as a Safety and Health Officer • Near-miss accident
Any accident at a place of work which has the
REGISTRATION APPLICATION potential of causing injury to any person or
damage to any property
(Regulation 5)
• To use the Form as specified in Schedule 1 • Continuous education programme
Course, seminar or conference or other
• The document is to be submitted together with any education programme in occupational safety
documents and information accompanied with and health or equivalent thereof, approved by
RM100 processing fee the Director General
PART II: PART II:
REGISTRATION OF SHO REGISTRATION OF SHO
QUALIFICATION FOR REGISTRATION (Reg. 6) QUALIFICATION FOR REGISTRATION (Reg. 6)
A person shall not be entitled for registration if at • Diploma in Occupational Safety and Health
time of application he: or equivalent, approved by the Minister
• has been convicted of any offence under the • Successfully completed training* in
Act or its regulations Occupational Safety and Health and
passed any examinations for that course, or
• has convicted of any offence and sentenced equivalent approved by the Minister and
to over 1 year imprisonment or RM2000 fine has minimum three years experience in
• is declared bankrupt Occupational Safety and Health
PART II: REGISTRATION OF SHO PART II:

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION (Reg. 7) REGISTRATION OF SHO
• Issued by the Director General after all requirements
have been fulfilled QUALIFICATION FOR REGISTRATION (Reg. 6)
COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE IN ANY • Has been working in the area of

Occupational Safety and Health at least for a
CONTINUOUS EDUCATION period of ten years
PROGRAMME (Reg. 8)
• A Safety and Health Officer is required to attend a • Holds other qualifications or has received
continuous education programme (CEP) at least training as prescribed from time to time by
once a year for the purpose of renewal of the Minister
registration
• Noted: Existing requirement refer to Guideline * Courses that are conducted by NIOSH or any
Continuous Education System Point, Jun 2011 other approved course
PART II: REGISTRATION OF SHO PART II: REGISTRATION OF SHO
REFUSAL TO RENEW REGISTRATION (Reg. 12)
Director General may refuse to renew if REFUSAL TO REGISTER (Regulation 9)
applicant:
• The Director General may refuse to register
• Has ceased to be a SHO
any application for registration if he is
• Is a registered SHO but was not appointed to the satisfied that the applicant does not meet
position since his registration or renewal
the prescribed requirements
• Has not met any stipulated requirements
• Has failed to conduct duties as stipulated
• Has shown no evidence of CEP in the last 3 years
PART II:
REGISTRATION OF SHO PART II: REGISTRATION OF SHO
CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION (Reg. 13)
DURATION OF REGISTRATION
The Director General may cancel the (Reg. 10)
registration if the SHO: • Valid for a period of three years from date
of registration, unless cancelled earlier
• Has ceased to be a SHO
according to the rules of the Regulations
• Has been convicted of any offence under the
Act or its Regulations
• Has not met any requirements stipulated under RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION
the Regulations or Order by Minister (Reg. 11)
• Has obtained registration by misinterpretation or • Renewal shall be made via the form as in
fraud Schedule II, with a fee of RM50
PART IV: PART III:
DUTIES OF AN EMPLOYER NOTIFICATION OF A SHO
ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION NOTIFICATION OF PERSON

(Regulation 17) EMPLOYED AS SHO (Reg. 14)
The Employer shall notify the Director
• An employer shall direct one supervisor or General within one month of any:
manager who has direct access the place
of work to assist the SHO in any • Appointment or
investigation, of accident, near-miss,
• Termination or resignation of a Safety and
dangerous occurrence, occupational
Health Officer
poisoning or occupational disease
PART V: PART IV:

DUTIES OF SHO (Regulation 18) DUTIES OF AN EMPLOYER
a) Advise the employer or any person in FACILITIES (Regulation 15)
• The employer will provide the SHO employed by
charge of the workplace on measures to him adequate facilities, including training
be taken in the interest of safety equipment and information to enable him to
conduct his duties as required by the Act
b) Conduct workplace safety inspection
CONTINUOUS EDUCATION PROGRAMME (Reg.
c) Investigate any accident, near-miss 16)
accident, dangerous occurrence, • Employer shall permit the SHO to attend any
occupational poisoning or occupational continuous education programme once a year
to enhance his knowledge and skills
disease
PART V:
PART V: DUTIES OF SHO
DUTIES OF SHO (Regulation 18)
SUBMISSION OF REPORT
d) Assist the employer and safety and
(Regulation 19) health committee to organise and
• The SHO is to submit a report to the employer implement a safety and health
before every tenth of the month programme at work
• The report shall contain, but are not limited to, the
following: d) Become the secretary to the safety and
a) Any action to be taken by the employer to health committee and perform all
comply with requirements functions of the secretary as prescribed
b) Method of establishing and maintaining a safe
and healthy working condition in the e) Assist the committee in any inspection of
workplace the place of work
PART V:
DUTIES OF SHO (Regulation 18)
c) Number and types of accidents, poisoning,
disease including the number of persons injured g) Collect, analyse and maintain any statistics
on occurrence of accidents/ disease
d) Any machinery, plant, equipment, appliance, h) Assist any officer in carrying out his duty
substance or process that may cause bodily under the Act or any regulations made
injury
under it
e) Any machinery, plant, equipment, appliance, or i) Carry out any other instruction by the
personal protective equipment required to employer or any other person in charge of
minimise such a risk the place of work on safety and health
matters
PART VI: MISCELLANEOUS PART V: DUTIES OF SHO
DEATH, SICKNESS AND ABSENCE f) Recommendations on alterations to structure

or layout in the interest of safety
FROM WORK (Regulation 21)
g) Any work related to occupational safety and
• In the event of the death, sickness or health carried our in order to promote safety
and health at work
absence from work of a SHO, the Director
General may authorise the employer, in h) Any outstanding matters arising from the
writing, to allow work to be carried out for a previous report under items a-g
period not exceeding three months without
a SHO i) Any matters related to safety and health of
persons working in the place of work
ACTION TO BE TAKEN ON REPORT

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND (Reg. 20)
HEALTH (SAFETY AND HEALTH • Employer or person in charge, after receiving
OFFICER) ORDER1997 report, shall:
– Discuss with the SHO the contents of the report
(P.U.(A)316) within 2 weeks of receiving it
– Countersign the report to confirm receipt
• Report shall be held in good condition for at

least ten years
INDUSTRIES REQUIRED TO INDUSTRIES REQUIRED TO EMPLOY
EMPLOY A SHO A SHO
h) Any wood working industry where there a) Building operation where the contract
is cutting or sawing or planning or price exceeds RM20 million
moulding or sanding or peeling or any b) Work of engineering construction
combination of the above, and where the contract price exceeds
employing over 100 employees RM20 million
i) Any cement manufacturing activity c) Any ship building employing at the
employing over 100 employees peak of work over 100 employers
j) Any other manufacturing activity other d) Any gas processing activity or
than specified in f) – i), employing over petrochemical industries employing
500 employees over 100 employees
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH

(SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER) INDUSTRIES REQUIRED TO
REGULATIONS 1997 EMPLOY A SHO
CONCLUSION
Consists of 6 Parts: e) Any chemical or allied industry
1. Preliminary employing over 100 employees
2. Registration of a Safety and Health Officer f) Any boiler or pressure vessel activity
3. Notification of a Safety and Health Officer employing over 100 employees
4. Duties of An Employer g) Any metal industry where canning or
stamping or blanking or shearing or
5. Duties of Safety and Health Officer
bending operations and employing over
6. Miscellaneous 100 employees
(SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER)
LEARNING OBJECTIVES ORDER 1997
1. To state the objectives of the CONCLUSION

Occupational Safety and Health (Safety • Issued by the Minister
and Health Committee) Regulations 1996 • The appointment of a Safety and Health
Officer is required for classes and types of
2. To state the necessity of having the industries that are:
Regulations – High risk and have over 100 workers
– Medium risk and have over 500 workers
LEARNING OBJECTIVES Occupational Safety

3. To list the 6 Parts of the Regulations
and Health
(Safety And Health
4. To elaborate on Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Committee)
the Regulations Regulations 1996
Certificate Course
IMPORTANCE OF THE COMMITTEE
SCOPE
Among the importance of having a
safety and health committee are:
• Objectives of the Regulations
• Involves the individual in the various levels
• Contents
and processes of accident and disease
prevention • Six (6) Parts of the Regulations
• To make analysis of industrial experiences • Conclusion
and formulate policies
• Group activity
• To ensure presence at the workplace
• To generate awareness on occupational
safety and health
SAFETY AND HEALTH COMMITTEE OBJECTIVES OF THE COMMITTEE

OSHA 1994 – Section 30
(1) Establishment is required when: • To introduce the concept of consultation
– There are 40 workers or more and cooperation between the Employer
and Employees
– Directed by the Director General
(2) Membership, selection and appointment • To ensure two-way communication

as prescribed
(3) Consultation between with the employer • To increase the interest and motivation of
and employees employees to participate in safety and
health related activities
PART I: PRELIMINARY FUNCTIONS OF THE COMMITTEE
Interpretation (Regulation 2) OSHA 1994 – Section 31
• Member – member of the committee • Review all safety and health measures
• Safety audits – safety and health audit on that have been taken and implemented
the plant and work system to ensure safety
and health of workers • Investigate issues related to
occupational safety and health and
• Safety and health auditors – persons, bring to attention of the employer
appointed by the employer to conduct
safety audits • Other functions may be determined
PART I: PRELIMINARY CONTENTS
• Near-miss accident – any accident at the • Part I - Preliminary

place of work which has the potential of • Part II - Composition of Safety and Health
causing injury to any person or damage Committee
to any property • Part III - Functions of Safety and Health
Committee
• Authorised manager – a person
authorised by an employer to deal with • Part IV - Meetings of Safety and Health
Committee
any matter relating to the safety and
health of persons employed at the • Part V - Provisions of Training and
Information
workplace
• Part VI - Penalty
PART II: PART I: PRELIMINARY
COMPOSITION OF COMMITTEE
Membership (Regulation 5) Application (Regulation 3)
• Chairman
• Secretary
• Any committee established under Section
– Safety and Health Officer or other
appointed person
30 of the Act
• Employer representatives • Any committee formed at the workplace
• employees representatives before the commencement of the
Note: <100 employees minimum 2 rep Regulations shall reorganise itself in
if >100 employees 4 reps accordance with it
PART II:
PART I: PRELIMINARY
COMPOSITION OF COMMITTEE
Employer Responsibility (Regulation 4)
Appointment of Chairman and
• Comply to Parts II Composition of Safety
Secretary (Regulation 6) and Health Committee and III Functions of
• Chairman Safety and Health Committee of of the
– Employer or authorised Manager Regulations
• Secretary • Ensure compliance of Part IV Meeting of
– SHO; or Safety and Health Committee and V
– Appointed by the Chairman via voting if there
is no SHO
Provision of Training and Information of the
Regulations
PART II: PART II:
COMPOSITION OF COMMITTEE COMPOSITION OF COMMITTEE
Removal of Member (Regulation 10) Appointment of Other Members
• Fails to attend 3 consecutive meetings without (Regulation 7)
leave from Chairman
• Employer and worker representatives
• Found/declared of unsound mind – Nomination and vote – if nominees exceed
• Becomes bankrupt required number, or
• No longer employed at place of work – Appointment by the employer – if no rep.
• Has been proved or convicted of fraud,
• A member cannot be penalised if absent
offence related to safety and health, or any
other criminal offence from normal tasks due to committed
commitments (Regulation 7(3))
• Unable to discharge duties
PART III: PART II:

FUNCTIONS OF COMMITTEE COMPOSITION OF COMMITTEE
Committee Functions (Regulation 11)
Adequate Employee Representation
• Assist in development of safety and health rules and
safe systems of work (Regulation 8)
• Review the effectiveness of safety and health
programmes • Representative of various divisions/work
• Carry out studies on trend of accident, near-miss groups
accident, dangerous, occurrence, occupational
poisoning or diseases Vacancy (Regulation 9)
• Report unsafe conditions and practices, and make
recommendations for improvement • Is filled in by a person appointed in the same
• Review and recommend improvements of the safety manner as the previous member
and health policy
PART III: PART III:
FUNCTIONS OF COMMITTEE FUNCTIONS OF COMMITTEE
Action on Report and Recommendations
Workplace Inspections (Regulation 12)
(Regulation 14)
• Employer/Authorised Manager to discuss • At least once every three (3) months
report
• Discuss and record observations in the
• Safety and Health Officer/Chairman report
– record decisions, and
• Make recommendations to employer
– instruct action to be taken
• Record results in report
• Employer to keep copy of report for a
minimum of 7 years
PART III: PART III:

Matters to be considered by Committee Accident Investigation
(Regulation 15) (Regulation 13)
• Other reports by the SHO
• Investigation should be
• Safety audit reports submitted by the safety
conducted as soon as it is safe
and health auditors
to do so
• Reports and factual information by the SHO,
• Chairman will call a meeting
and
• Discuss causes and make
• Reports by other government agencies
recommendations
pertaining safety and health
PART III: PART III:
Investigation of Complaints (Regulation 16)
Resolution of Complaint (Regulation 17) Employers are required to:
• Must present to the Director General: • Provide and maintain effective system of
communication
 Report of inspection/investigation • Entertain complaints and take prompt action
 Suggestions made by the Committee to the • Refer complaints to the Committee, or
employer
– Workers may make complaints direct to the
 Other relevant documents and information committee
(2 copies of each)
The committee will investigate, prepare a
report and make suggestions to the employer
PART III: PART III:

FUNCTIONS OF COMMITTEE FUNCTIONS OF COMMITTEE)
Assistance of Committee (Regulation 18) Resolution of Complaint (Regulation 17)

The Committees is to assist the employer in: • The employer shall, as soon as practicable,
• any contests/competitions implement the suggestions made
• talks • The Committee:
• other activities – Must be told the reason why a suggestion cannot
be implemented;
related to the promotion of occupational safety – May request the Director General for an
and health inspection if they disagree with the reason
PART IV: PART III:
COMMITTEE MEETINGS FUNCTIONS OF COMMITTEE
Frequency of Meetings (Regulation 21) Rules on Safety and Health (Regulation 19)
– As often as may be necessary to • Employer shall consult with Committee on the
commensurate the risks existent at the preparation, introduction and promotion of
workplace safety and health rules
– Not less that once in three months • The rules may be amended, varied or rescinded
by the committee, with approval of employer
– Members are given written notices and
copy of agenda • Copies of the rules shall be given to each
worker
– Meeting shall immediately be called in the • A copy of the rules shall be given to the
event of an accident, near –miss and Occupational Safety and Health Officer upon
dangerous occurence request
PART IV: PART III:

COMMITTEE MEETINGS FUNCTIONS OF COMMITTEE
Duty to Provide Facilities (Regulation 22) Sub-committee (Regulation 20)

The employer shall:
• A sub-committee may be established to
– Provide a suitable place for the committee to
assist the Committee in the performance of
hold its meetings
its functions
– Allow every member of the committee to
attend such meetings during working hours
PART IV: PART IV:
COMMITTEE MEETINGS COMMITTEE MEETINGS
Minutes of Meeting (Regulation 27) Inaugural Meeting (Regulation 23)

– Shall be convened by the employer/
– Distributed to each member within two authorised manager at the place of
(2) weeks after the meeting work
– Copy of minutes are kept for a minimum – Shall make clear the policy, plans and
of seven (7) years suggestions
– Given to the Occupational Safety and Quorum (Regulation 24)
Health Officer when requested – Quorum will be the Chairman,
Secretary and not less than half of the
remaining members
PART V: PART IV:

TRAINING & INFORMATION COMMITTEE MEETINGS
Attendance of Non-members
Employer responsibility to:
(Regulation 25)
• Ensure all members understand and have
– Those involved in the accident under
adequate knowledge of the Committee’s
role and functions (Regulation 28) discussion
– Other relevant persons
• Take the necessary steps, as reasonably Matters discussed (Regulation 26)
practicable, to provide members with – Related to safety and health at the
adequate training in OSH to enable them workplace
to perform functions (Regulation 29)
PART V:
PART VI: PENALTY
TRAINING & INFORMATION
Regulation 32 Employer responsibility to:
A person who contravenes any of the • Provide relevant documents and information
provisions in the Regulations shall, on (Regulation 30)
– Act and all relevant legislations
conviction, be liable to: – Industrial codes of practices and guidelines
– Fine of RM 5,000 or – Information on safety & health plan and implementation
– Six (6) months imprisonment or – Technical information on hazards and preventive
measures
– BOTH – Information on handling procedures, work systems etc
– Other information as directed by Director General
PART V:
CONCLUSION TRAINING & INFORMATION
• The regulation prescribe: Information not to be Supplied

– Composition of Safety and Health Committee (Regulation 31)
– Functions of Safety and Health Committee • Disclosure that is prejudicial to national security
– Meetings of Safety and Health Committee • if disclosed, contravenes with a prohibition under any
– Provisions of Training and Information written law
• Relating to a specific individual, unless with consent
• That would effect the business, or
• For the purpose of legal proceedings
SCOPE
• What is major accidents

The Occupational Safety
• Components of major hazard control system
and Health
(The Control of Industrial
• The need for CIMAH Regulations
Major Accident Hazards)
• Development of CIMAH Regulations
Regulations 1996
• Objective of CIMAH Regulations
• Arrangement of CIMAH Regulations Safety and Health Officer
• Conclusion Certificate Course
COMMON FEATURES OF
MAJOR ACCIDENTS LEARNING OBJECTIVE
• Uncontrolled events • To define what is major accidents

• Involving fire, explosion, release • To describe 6 components of major hazard
control system
• Resulted in deaths and injuries (on
site/offsite) • To describe the need for CIMAH Regulations
• Extensive property and environmental • To describe the objective of CIMAH
damages Regulations
• Resulted from the use or storage of • To list 6 parts in CIMAH Regulations
flammable, toxic or explosive substance • To explain Part II, III and IV
EXAMPLES OF MAJOR ACCIDENT EXAMPLES OF MAJOR ACCIDENT
Pasadena: Flixborough:
1 June 1974 -
23 October
1989 - Release of
cyclohexane
Release of plant
flammable gas destroyed
mixture ignited, 28 people
destroying plant killed
and killing 23
Bhopal:
Flixborough:
3 December 1984 -
4
5 6
Water enters a
tank and reacts Reactor
with its contents replaced
causing the by a dog-
release of highly leg shaped
toxic methyl pipe
isocyanate (MIC)
Seveso:
Immediate
consequences Bhopal:
• Release of dioxin,
2,3,7,8 TCDD led to
removal of top soil Over 3500 people
from area were killed
• 447 people were immediately and
treated for caustic
170 000 sought
burns
medical
• 187 cases of
chloracne treatment
• Thousands of
animals slaughtered
COMPONENTS OF MAJOR EXAMPLES OF MAJOR ACCIDENT

HAZARD CONTROL SYSTEM
Seveso:
• Identification Of Major Hazard Installation
10 July 1976 -
• Information About Installation
Uncontrolled
• Action Inside The Industrial Activity exothermic
runaway reaction Seveso, 12 km
• Actions By The Governmental Authorities causes a reactor to from Milan
• Emergency Planning vent, discharging its

contents over town
• Information To The Public and neighbouring
countryside
INFORMATION ABOUT
INSTALLATION IDENTIFICATION
• To identify the installations which fall

• Design within the criteria set for the
classification of major hazard
• Operation installation.
(Type and quantity of hazardous
• Safety study substance)
• Hazard assessment
• To get information relating to location
of installation and type & quantity of
hazardous substance present at site.
ACTION INSIDE THE INDUSTRIAL IDENTIFICATION

ACTIVITY
Some example of major hazard installations:
The role of management

• Petrochemical works and refineries
• Chemical works and chemical production
• Provide the information required to identify major plants
hazard installations; • LPG storage and terminal
• Carry out the hazard assessment and report to the • Stores and distribution centers for chemical
authorities on the results of the hazard assessment;
• Fertilizer plants
• Ensure safe operation of major hazard installations;
• Explosive factories
• Water treatment plants
ACTION INSIDE THE INDUSTRIAL
ACTION INSIDE THE INDUSTRIAL
ACTIVITY
ACTIVITY
The role of management
Role of workers
• Take measures to improve plant safety;
• Should not interfere with, remove alter or • Set up an emergency response plan;
displace any safety device or other appliances • Provide information to the public;
• Should not interfere with method or process • Provide training, information and equipment to
adopted to avoid accidents workers.
• Notify manufacturer any imminent danger
ACTIONS BY THE ACTION INSIDE THE INDUSTRIAL

GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES ACTIVITY
Role of workers
• Establishment major hazard installations
inventory • Co-operate with manufacturers in the
• Receipt and review of the safety reports implementation of major hazard control system
• Apply all safety and health instructions
• Prepare an off-site emergency response
• Play an active role in watching over safety of
plan to mitigate the consequences their workplaces and equipment
• Siting of major hazard installations • Make proper use of all safeguards and safety
• Conduct audit and inspection devices and other appliances
ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS THE NEED FOR REGULATIONS
PART I - PRELIMINARY
PART II - IDENTIFICATION AND NOTIFICATION OF AN • Major accidents happened around the

INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY world
PART III - DEMONSTRATION OF SAFE OPERATION • Protection of workers and other people
from major accident
PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY AND
PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN • Protection of environment
PART V - NOTIFICATION OF MAJOR ACCIDENT • To comply with ILO Convention (228)
• To harmonize the system of controlling
PART VI - PENALTY
major accident
SCOPE
GENERAL REQUIREMENT
OBJECTIVE OF CIMAH REGULATIONS
PART I - APPLICATION
PART II - IDENTIFICATION AND NOTIFICATION
PART V - NOTIFICATION OF ACCIDENT
PART VI - PENALTY
– To prevent major industrial accidents

PART IV PART III
MHI NMHI
• SAFETY REPORT • DEMONSTRATION – To limit the consequences to people,
• ON/OFF-SITE ERP OF SAFE OPERATION
• INFORMATION property and the environment
TO PUBLIC
INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY
PART I - PRELIMINARY PART I - PRELIMINARY
Regulation 3. Interpretation Apply to All Industrial Activities,

except-
• A nuclear installation
“hazardous substance” can be - • An installation under the armed forces
– Very toxic substances • A vehicle or vessel transporting the
– Other toxic substances hazardous substance to or from the site
of industrial activity
– Flammable substances
• An industrial activity which involved a
– Explosive substances quantity of hazardous substance equal
– Oxidising substances or less than 10% of the threshold
quantity specified in Schedule 2.

Regulation 3. Interpretation
“industrial activity” means -
(a) Process “major accident” means an occurrence
• An operation carried out in an industrial • Including a major emission, fire or explosion
installation referred to in Schedule 4 • Resulting from uncontrolled developments
• Involving one or more hazardous substances, • Leading to a serious danger to persons
• Includes on-site storage and on-site transport • Leading to a serious danger to the
which is associated with that operation; or environment
• Involving one or more hazardous substance
“non major hazard Installation” An industrial Regulation 3. Interpretation
activity which -
• Produces, processes, handles, uses, disposes of or (b) storage
stores, either permanently or temporarily, one or
more hazardous substances in quantities which is Storage of hazardous substances or
exceed 10 % of the threshold quantity and less preparations at any place, installation,
than the threshold quantities premises, building, or area of land, isolated or
within an establishment,
• Determined by the Director General in
being a site used for the purpose of storage.
accordance with subregulation 7(2)
OBLIGATION OF MANUFACTURER
PART I - PRELIMINARY
UNDER MHI
• Notify to DOSH of an industrial activity
• Prepare and submit Safety Report and On- “major hazard Installation” means an industrial
Site Emergency Response Plan to DOSH activity which -
• Keep up to date report and plan • Produces, processes, handles, uses, disposes of or
stores, either permanently or temporarily, one or
• Inform to the local authority more hazardous substances in quantities which is
• Help local authority to prepare off-site ERP equal to or exceed the threshold quantity or
• Inform to the public • Determined by the Director General in
accordance with subregulation 7(2)
• Inform DOSH of any major accident
PART II - IDENTIFICATION AND PART II - IDENTIFICATION AND
NOTIFICATION OF AN INDUSTRIAL NOTIFICATION OF AN INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY
ACTIVITY
Regulation 7. Identification and notification Regulation 7. Identification and notification
(b) Is not a major hazard installation even (1) Every manufacturer shall -
though the quantity of hazardous (a) Identify any industrial activity within his
substances and preparations falling control;
within a category or categories specified in (b) Submit the Notification of Industrial
Part 2 of Schedule 2 is equal to or exceed the Activity Form specified in the Schedule 5
threshold quantity when in his opinion the to the Director General within 1 month
installation is incapable of causing a major before construction.
accident.
How to categorise an industrial activity

Inventory of PART II - IDENTIFICATION AND
substances
Will the activity be
excepted by Reg. 2? NOTIFICATION OF AN INDUSTRIAL
Is the
YES substance named ACTIVITY
END in Schedule 2? NO Is the
substance meet the criteria specified
in Schedule 1 Regulation 7. Identification and notification
YES
Check the
quantity of every single
> TQ YES (2) Upon receiving the Notification, the DG may
hazardous substance
MHI
< TQ determine that the installation -
Group in the
same category (a) Is a major hazard installation even
Add all amount of substance
though the quantity of hazardous substances
in the same category listed in Part 1 or Part 2; or hazardous substances
Review the threshold quantity in
TQ - Threshold Quantity and preparations falling within a categories
Schedule 2, Part 2, for each category specified in Part 2 of Schedule 2 is less that the
Quantity of threshold quantity when in his opinion the
< 10% of TQ each category < TQ & installation may caused major accident; or
Not to comply Non MHI
> 10% of TQ
> TQ & 34 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
MHI
PART III - DEMONSTRATION OF SAFE CLASSIFICATION OF
OPERATION FOR NON-MAJOR HAZARD
INSTALLATION
INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES
1 2 3
Apply to industrial activity classified as non- EXCLUDED NON MAJOR MAJOR
major hazard installation: INDUSTRIAL HAZARD HAZARD
ACTIVITIES INSTALLATION INSTALLATION
• A quantity of hazardous substance is less than [QHS<10% TQ] [10% TQ<QHS <TQ ] [QHS >TQ ]
but more than 10% of the threshold quantity
• Which is not determined as a major hazard
10% OF TQ TQ
installation by DG
• Major hazard installations which is determined QUANTITY OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE
as non-major hazard installation by the Director
General
Refer to Schedule 2 for threshold quantity
PART III - DEMONSTRATION OF SAFE PART II - IDENTIFICATION AND

OPERATION FOR NON-MAJOR HAZARD NOTIFICATION OF AN INDUSTRIAL
INSTALLATION ACTIVITY
Regulation 10. Demonstration of safe operation
A manufacturer who has control of an industrial activity Regulation 8. Notification of changes
to which this Part applies shall at anytime, at the
request of the Director General provide evidence The manufacturer shall immediately notify the
including documents to show that he has - Director General of any change in any of the
(a) Identified the possible major accident hazards; and particulars furnished in the Notification of Industrial
(b) Taken adequate steps to prevent any major Activity Form, including an increase or a reduction in
accidents and to minimise their consequences to the maximum quantity of any hazardous substance
persons and the environment; which is or liable to be involved at the site or in the
(c) Prepared and kept up to date of emergency plan pipeline or the cessation of the industrial activity by
resubmitting the Form
PART III - DEMONSTRATION OF SAFE
Reg. 7(b) OPERATION FOR NON-MAJOR HAZARD
Reg. 21 INSTALLATION
Reg. 22
Regulation 11. Review of demonstration of
safe operation
Reg. 18
The Director General:
Reg. 14
• May require the manufacturer to submit
documents on demonstration of safe operation
• May review the documents
Reg. 16
• Shall direct the manufacturer to provide
Reg. 15 additional information
Reg. 23 41 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY

AND PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY
FOR MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATION AND PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN
Regulation 13. Registration of Competent Person FOR MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATION
Terms and references
• The applicant shall be a Malaysian citizen; or a
foreign resident with valid Malaysian working permit. Regulation 12. Application
• Above twenty-one (21) years of age. This part shall apply to MAJOR HAZARD
• Hold a degree or equivalent in one of the following
disciplines: engineering, physics, chemistry,
INSTALLATION
biochemistry, ergonomics or applied science from
a recognised University.
• More than three (3) years' practical experience
relevant to the work to be performed by a
Competent Person under the Regulations.
PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY
AND PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN AND PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN
FOR MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATION FOR MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATION
Importance of Safety Reports

• The core of the information for determining: Knowledge and experience
– The suitability of the prevention and control
measures; • OSHA1994 and CIMAH Regulations1996
– The events which the manufacturer’s on-site • Safety Management System for loss
emergency plan should be designed to handle; prevention
– The events which off-site emergency plans should • Emergency response plan
be capable of dealing with; and
– The identification of the key areas for DOSH’s
inspection effort.
PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY

AND PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN AND PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN
FOR MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATION FOR MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATION
Knowledge and experience
Importance of Safety Reports • Has adequate knowledge and understanding in the
• Objective of the document are being to: following areas:-
– Identify the nature and scale of use of the –identification, assessment and evaluation of hazards
and risks;
dangerous substances
–failure cases identification and scenarios;
– Describes the type, relative likelihood and –frequency and consequences analysis of major accidents;
consequences of major accidents –ignition sources, topography and meteorology;
– Describe the arrangements for safe –softwares use in quantitative risks analysis
operation and control and mitigation of –risks acceptability criteria;
–risks mitigation measures;
major accidents.
–land use planning;
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING AND PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN
FOR MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATION
Importance of Safety Reports

CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS • The document is of practical use:
– As a management tool for use by the
Applicable to - company; and
• Non-Major Hazard Installation – As a tool for inspection for use by inspector.
• Major Hazard Installation

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING AND PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN
FOR MAJOR HAZARD INSTALLATION
CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS FOR NMHI
Main Safety Report Contents
Regulation 10 (c)
• Prepared and kept up to date Onsite ERP (a) Information relating to every hazardous substance
(b) Information relating to the installation
Regulation 11 (c) Information relating to the management system for
Director General controlling the industrial activity
• May ask for submission (d) Information relating to the potential major
• May review accidents in the form of risk assessment.
• Shall ask for improvement
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING
CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MHI

CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS MHI
Regulation 18 (1)
Regulation 18 (3)
• Consult Competent Person
• Prepared and keep up to date Onsite ERP
• Submit the Onsite ERP to Director General • Plan should mentioned person responsible
• Specify time frame for site safety
• Extention by Director General • Authorised person to take action during
emergency
CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MHI CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MHI
Regulation 19 (1) Regulation 18 (2)
• ERP updating • Constantly updated if any changes
• Consult Competent Person • Informed affected person of the changes
Regulation 20
• Director General may review
• Direct the manufacturer for improvement
• Specify the time
Emergency
Unexpected event requiring prompt action Aim

which is beyond to normal day to day activity. The aim of an ERP is to ensure an
immediate and appropriate response
Response in the event of emergency
The reaction to the actual or potential situation

Objectives
Plan • Minimise personal injury
• Minimise property damage
Is an organisation of knowledge which • Minimise damage to the environment and
outlines how something should be done or public
what actions to be taken or a particular • Provide immediate resumption of normal
strategy to be followed operations
• Provide a basis for training and increasing
preparedness for all people involved in an
emergency
• Meet legislative requirements.
WHY ERP? TYPES OF ERP
• The plan is laid out to deal with specific

emergencies such as fire, severe weather conditions, 1. Onsite ERP
flood, major environmental emergency, disaster
involving casualties, bomb threat, major equipment • A plan to deal with onsite emergency
damage, etc. • Not pose a threat to the outside
community
• To provide a clear identification of the site, its • Can controlled by onsite emergency team
location, location of hazardous materials stored and • Minimum response from offsite emergency
quantities on site. services
• To co-ordinate the responses of off-site emergency • A plan prepared by manufacturer
services.
WHY ERP? TYPES OF ERP

•Provide guidance on actions to be taken to organise
personnel and resources in the event of an
emergency. 2. Offsite ERP
•To ensure that all emergency equipment is • A plan to control major emergency
maintained properly, ready for use and that personnel • Pose a threat to the outside community
are trained in the use of the equipment and the • Require the use of offsite resources
emergency procedure. extensively
• Ideally the plan prepared by local
• The plan recognises that there are many different authority
types of emergency conditions which can arise and,
thus, many decisions cannot be made ahead of time.
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING COMPONENTS OF ON-SITE ERP
CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS

1. Plant Risk Evaluation - Carried out
preliminary hazard analysis
Offsite ERP (for MHI only)
2. On-Site Emergency Organisation And
Teams
Regulation 21 (1) 3. Detailed Operations Manuals (for each
Manufacturer inform local authority or process unit and utility system)
port authority 4. Emergency Response Procedures
• his industrial activity is capable of
producing major accident
5. Emergency Records
• for the need of offsite ERP preparation
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING COMPONENTS OF ONSITE ERP
CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS

Offsite ERP
6. Emergency Equipment and Facilities
Regulation 21 (2) 7. Regular Tests of Emergency
(a) Specify time frame to inform local or port Equipment and Facilities
authority
(b)Provide information to local or port authority
8. Training and drills
related to nature, extent and likely effects 9. Plan Review and Updates
offsite of any possible major accident 10. Audit
(c) Afford to the local or port authority all
reasonable facilities upon request
PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN FOR MAJOR EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING
HAZARD INSTALLATION
Information to the Public CIMAH REGULATION REQUIREMENTS
Information to be communicated: Offsite ERP

– Name of manufacturer and address of site of
industrial activity Regulation 21 (3)
– Identification by position held of person giving
the information Local or port authority may prepare and updating
– Confirmation the major hazards site and Offsite ERP
safety report submitted
– Brief explanation on site activity
PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY AND PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY AND
PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN FOR MAJOR PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN FOR MAJOR
HAZARD INSTALLATION HAZARD INSTALLATION
Regulation 22. Information to public
Information to the Public
(1) The duty of a manufacturer, to ensure that persons
Information to be communicated (continued): outside the site affected by a major accident are supplied
– Names of hazardous substances with the information specified in Schedule 3.
– Information relating to the nature of a major (2) The manufacturer shall endeavour to enter into an
accident hazard and potential effects agreement with the local authority to disseminate the
– Information on how the population concerned information but the manufacturer shall remain responsible for
will be warned and kept informed of accident the accuracy, completeness and form of the information
– Information on the action the population supplied.
concerned should take in the event of (3) The manufacturer shall ensure that the information
accident supplied is updated and supplied again at appropriate
intervals.
PART V. NOTIFICATION OF PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN FOR MAJOR
HAZARD INSTALLATION
MAJOR ACCIDENT
Regulation 23. Notification of major Information to be communicated

accident (continued):
– Arrangement on site and liaison with off-site
Notify to the nearest OSH Office. emergency services to deal with emergency
– A reference to the off-site emergency plan
drawn up to cope with any off-site effects
– Further relevant information can be obtained.
PART VI. PENALTY PART IV - REPORT ON INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY AND

PREPARATION OF EMERGENCY PLAN FOR MAJOR
HAZARD INSTALLATION
Regulation 24. Penalty
(1) A manufacturer who commits an offence
against any provision of these Regulations shall, on
conviction, be liable to fine not exceeding fifty
thousand ringgit or to term of imprisonment not
exceeding three months or both.
•To be written in simple terms
(2) Any employee who commits an offence • Avoid technical expressions
against any provision of these Regulations shall, on • Explain technical terms
conviction, be liable to fine not exceeding one • Suited to local language
thousand ringgit or to term of imprisonment not • To be understood by lay leader
exceeding three months or both.
Arrangement of Regulations CONCLUSION
• Part I– Preliminary
• Part II – Notification of Accident, Dangerous  CIMAH Regulation prescribe:
 To define what is major accidents
Occupational Disease
 To describe 6 components of major hazard
• Part III – No Interference at Accident or
control system
Dangerous Occurrence Scene
 To describe the need for CIMAH Regulations
• Part IV – Maintenance of All Records of
 To describe the objective of CIMAH
Accident, Dangerous Occurrence,
Occupational Poisoning and Occupational Regulations
Disease  To list 6 parts in CIMAH Regulations
• Part V – Miscellaneous  To explain Part II, III and IV
Part I: Preliminary
Notification of Accident,
• These Regulations shall come into force Dangerous Occurrence,
on 22 April 2004 Occupational Poisoning
and Occupational
• “Authorised” – by DOSH, police, rescue & Disease (NADOPOD)
emergency services, other relevant
government agencies
Regulations 2004
• “Approved” – by the Director General of Certificate Course
DOSH
Part II – Notification and Reporting of Part I: Preliminary
Occupational Poisoning and Occupational • These Regulation shall apply to all places of
Disease work.
• Whenever any accident arising out of or in
connection with work which caused: • The compliance with these Regulation shall
– Death; or be deemed to have complied with the
– Serious bodily injury (First Schedule) which prevents provisions of:
the person from following his normal occupation for
more than 4 calendar days; or
– When a dangerous occurrence (Second Schedule) – Section 31 and 32 of FMA 1967
takes place – Regulation 13 of Petroleum (Safety
• The employer shall notify the nearest DOSH by the quickest
means available Measures)(Transportation of Petroleum by
• Within 7 days send a report in an approved form (JKKP 6) Pipelines) Regulations 1985
– Regulation 23 of CIMAH Regulations 1996
Part II – Notification and Reporting of Part II – Notification and Reporting of

Accident, Dangerous Occurrence, Accident, Dangerous Occurrence,
Occupational Poisoning and Occupational Occupational Poisoning and Occupational
Disease Disease
• Whenever any accident arising out of work • Reporting of any death, injury or condition
or in connection with work which causes of a person shall not apply to a patient
bodily injury to any person which prevents when undergoing treatment or surgery by
the person from following his normal a doctor or dentist.
occupation for more than 4 calendar days,
- the employer shall within 7 days send a report in
an approved form to DOSH
Disease Disease
• When a person at work suffers or likely to • When an employee, as a result of an accident
suffer from one of the occupational arising out of or in connection with work suffers
poisonings or occupational diseases listed an injury which causes death within 1 year of
in Third Schedule, - the employer shall the date of the accident,
within 7 days send a report to DOSH in an - the employer shall inform the Director
approved form – JKKP 7 General in writing of the death as soon as it
comes to his knowledge whether or not the
accident has been reported earlier.

Disease Disease
• Every registered medical practitioner or
medical officer attending to, or called in to
visit a patient whom he believes to be • Self-employed person who is injured at his
suffering from any of the Occupational own premise is exempted form reporting
Poisoning or Occupational Disease listed in by the quickest means but need to
Third Schedule shall: arrangements for the report to be sent to
– Within 7 days report the matter to the Director DOSH by other person
General in an approved form – JKKP 7
– Notify the employer of the patient
Part III - No Interference at Accident or Part II – Notification and Reporting of Accident,
Dangerous Occurrence Scene Dangerous Occurrence, Occupational
Poisoning and Occupational Disease
• But he can do the necessary action such as: • Self-employed suffering from occupational
poisoning or disease listed in Third Schedule
– To save life or prevent injury or relieve suffering can make arrangements for the report to be
– Maintain access of general public to essential sent to DOSH within 7 days after being
service or utility informed by the medical practitioner or
– Prevent further damage or serious loss of medical officer.
property or environment
Part IV – Maintenance of All Records of Part III - No Interference at Accident or

Accident, Dangerous Occurrence, Dangerous Occurrence Scene
Occupational Poisoning and Occupational
Disease
• At scene of accident that causes death,
• Every employer shall maintain record of all
accidents, dangerous occurrences,
serious bodily injury, serious damage to
occupational poisonings and occupational property and dangerous to plant, - no person
diseases that had occurred related to work shall remove or in any way interfere with or
under his control whether or not the incident disturb anything related to the incident,
had been reported, in a register in an unless authorised to do so.
approved form – JKKP 8
Part V – Miscellaneous Part lV – Maintenance of All Records of
Disease
• The Minister may by order amend any
Schedule to these Regulations from time to • The record shall be kept at the place of work
time – Gazette or business for at least 5 years.
• Any person who contravenes any provision • The extract from the registry for a period of 12
of these Regulations, commits an offence months ending 31 December of each year to
and shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine be sent to the Director General before 31
not exceeding Ten thousand ringgit or to January of each year
imprisonment for a term not exceeding one
year or to both.
FIRST SCHEDULE Part lV – Maintenance of All Records of

SERIOUS BODILY INJURY Accident, Dangerous Occurrence,
Disease
1. Emasculation
2. Permanent privation of the sight of either eye
• The Director General may require persons to
3. Permanent privation of the hearing of either furnish further information with regards to the
ear accident, dangerous occurrence,
4. Privation of any member or joint occupational poisoning and occupational
5. Destruction or permanent impairing of the disease reported.
powers of any member or joint
6. Permanent disfiguration of the head or face
Dangerous Occurrence which are Cont..
notifiable wherever they occur:
7. Fracture of dislocation of the bone
8. Loss of consciousness from the lack of oxygen
• Collapse of scaffold 9. Loss or acute illness from absorption, inhalation or
• Collapse of building or structure ingestion of any substance, which requires
treatment by registered medical practitioner
• Electrical short circuit 10. Any case of acute ill health where there is a
• Escape of substance reason to believe that this resulted from
occupational exposure to isolated pathogen or
• Explosion, fire or failure of structure infected material
• Lifting machinery, etc 11. Any other work related injury or burns which results
in the person injured being admitted into hospital
for more than 24 hrs
THIRD SCHEDULE SECOND SCHEDULE

Occupational Poisoning and
Occupational Disease
Description of occupational Nature of activity/ • PART I – Dangerous Occurrence which are notifiable
poisoning or disease occupation wherever the occur
Poisoning Eg: Use, handling, • PART II – Dangerous Occurrence which are notifiable
eg: arsenic exposure to fumes, in relation to Mines
dust etc
Infection • PART III – Dangerous Occurrence which are
eg: AIDS notifiable in relation to the Quarries
Skin disease • PART IV – Dangerous Occurrence which are
eg: lung disease notifiable in relation to Forestry
Other conditions • PART V – Dangerous Occurrence which are
eg: canser notifiable in relation to Agriculture
FOURTH SCHEDULE FOURTH SCHEDULE
Matters which the Director General may Matters which the Director General may
require to be notified require to be notified
• Arrangements for the protection of personnel • Further details of the circumstances
from any plant or substance connected with the leading to the reported accident.
reported incident
• Further details about the name and/or
• Details of any examination of, or test carried out design of any plant involve in the
on, any plant or installation involved in the
reported accident.
reported incident
• Any available information about levels of • Safety systems and procedures for the
exposure of persons at the work place to control of the plant or substance involved
airborne substance in the reported accident.
FOURTH SCHEDULE
Matters which the Director General may
require to be notified
Occupational Safety And
Health (Use And Standards • Qualification, experience and training of
staff, consultants or advisers having use or
Of Exposure Of Chemicals control of any plant or substance or
Hazardous To Health) concerned with safety systems or
Regulations 2000 procedures

• Design and operation documentation
Certificate Course
RATIONALE LEARNING OBJECTIVE
• Legal framework for the employer to

control hazardous chemicals 1. Describe the rationale of USECHH 2000
• Set workplace exposure standard 2. To define the application of USECHH 2000
• Promote excellence management of 3. To list at least 6 Part in USECHH 2000
chemical hazardous to health 4. To explain Part II, III, IV, V, VI and VII
• Prevent the occurrence of occupational
diseases, poisoning or adverse health effect
INTRODUCTION TO USECHH 2000 SCOPE
• Rationale of the Regulations

• The USECHH 2000 is the sixth set of • Salient Provision
regulations make under the OSHA 1994 • Application
(ACT 514). • Definition of “USE”
• Definition of “CHH”
• This Regulations shall come into operation • Exemption
on 4 April 2000. • Employers Duties
• Conclusion
• Guidelines under USECHH Regulations
SALIENT PROVISION SALIENT PROVISION
• Schedule I: List of Permissible Exposure Limit • Part I: Preliminary
• Schedule II: List of Chemicals for Which • Part II: Identification of Chemicals Hazardous
Medical Surveillance is Appropriate to Health
• Schedule III: Information on Pesticide • Part III: Assessment of Risk to Health
• Part V: Action to Control Exposure
• Part VI: Labelling and Relabelling
• Part VII: Information, Instruction and Training
APPLICATION SALIENT PROVISION
• Part VIII: Monitoring of Exposure at the Place

• All places of work within the purview of of Work
the OSH Act 1994 where chemicals • Part IX: Health Surveillance
hazardous to health are used. • Part X: Medical Removal Protection
• Part XI: Warning Sign
• Part XII: Record Keeping
DEFINITION OF CHH DEFINITION OF USE
comes within the definition of “pesticide”

under the Pesticides Act 1994
Means production, processing, handling,
storage, transport, disposal and treatment
is listed in the First Schedule of the
Environmental Quality (Schedule Wastes)
Regulations 1989
DEFINITION OF CHH
EXEMPTION
Chemicals which are:

1. Radioactive Material is listed in Schedule I or II
2. Foodstuffs
3. Pharmaceutical Products (Human) possesses any of the properties
4. Hazardous to Health Solely by Virtue of categorised in Part B of Schedule I of the
Their Occupational Safety and Health
(Classification, Packaging and Labelling
- Explosive or of Hazardous Chemicals) Regulations
- Flammable Properties, or 1997
- At a High or Low Temperature or Pressure
IDENTIFICATION OF CHEMICALS EMPLOYERS DUTIES
HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH
(REGULATION 5 (2)) • Identification of Chemicals Hazardous to
Health
• List of all chemicals hazardous to health
use • Permissible Exposure Limit
• Current Chemical Safety Data Sheet • Assessment of Risk to Health
• Average quantity use • Action to Control Exposure
• Process and work area where the • Labelling and Re-Labelling
chemicals are use • Information, Instruction and Training
• Name and address of the supplier of
each chemical
PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT EMPLOYERS DUTIES

• Ceiling Limit – means the airborne
concentration that should not be exceeded
during any part of the working day • Monitoring of exposure at the place of
work
• Eight-hour Time-weighted Average (TWA) – an • Health surveillance
average airborne concentration over eight-
hour • Medical removal protection
• Warning sign
• Maximum Exposure Limits – means a 15 minute • Record keeping
TWA airborne concentration (3 times the eight-
hour TWA)
THE ASSESSOR PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT
(REGULATION 11)
• An employer shall ensure that no person is
exposed or likely to be exposed to any
• Employee/any other person appointed by chemical hazardous to health:
employer and registered with D.G of DOSH above the ceiling limit at any time; or
to conduct assessment
above the eight-hour time-weighted
average airborne concentration specified
for that chemical in Schedule I of the
Regulations, or
above the maximum exposure limit during
the work shift
ASSESSMENT SHALL CONTAIN… ASSESSMENT OF RISK TO HEALTH
the potential risk to an employee as a

result of exposure to chemicals hazardous EMPLOYER TO CONDUCT WRITTEN
to health
ASSESSMENT:
• Before starting any work using chemical
the methods and procedure adopted in
the use of chemicals hazardous to health hazardous to health
• Within 1 year from the effective date of
the nature of the hazard to health this regulations for the existing
work/process
ASSESSMENT SHALL CONTAIN… ASSESSMENT SHALL CONTAIN…
the degree of exposure to such chemicals

the necessity for a health surveillance
programme the risk to health created by their use and
their release from work processes
the requirement for training and retraining of
employees measures and procedures required to
control the exposure of an employee to
chemicals hazardous to health
ASSESSMENT ASSESSMENT SHALL CONTAIN…
Assessment shall be reviewed if:

the measures, procedures, and
equipment necessary to control any
• significant change in the work; or accidental emission of a chemical
hazardous to health as a result of
• more than 5 years have elapsed since the last leakage, spillage, or process or
assessment; or equipment failure
• Directed by DG the necessity for an employee exposure

monitoring programme
ACTION TO CONTROL EXPOSURE
ASSESSMENT REPORT
(REGULATION 14)
• Within 1 month of receiving the assessment • The assessor within one month of the
report from the assessor, the employer shall completion of the assessment furnish the
take action to control exposure as employer with a report of the assessment.
recommended by the assessor
• If the assessment indicates any immediate
• This may include changes in work processes, danger to life or property, the assessor shall
practices, procedures or plant or immediately inform the employer about the
engineering control equipment to reduce danger.
the exposure level to the lowest practicable
level.
CONTROL MEASURES ASSESSMENT REPORT
• Elimination of chemicals hazardous to

health from the workplace
• The report shall be maintained in good order
• Substitution of less hazardous chemicals for and condition for a period of not less than
chemicals hazardous to health 30 years.
• Total enclosure of the process and handling

systems
CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL MEASURES
• Employer shall ensure that all safe work • Isolation of the work to control the emission
systems and practices are documented and of chemicals hazardous to health
implemented
• Modification of the process parameters
• Employer shall ensure that all safe work
systems and practices are reviewed • Application of engineering control
whenever there is a significant change to equipment
the process, equipment, materials or control
measures installed
LABELLING AND RELABELLING

CONTROL MEASURES
(REGULATION 20)
• Adoption of safe work systems and

Duty of Employer: practices that eliminate or minimise the
risk to health
- Ensure that all hazardous chemicals supplied or
purchased and all containers in use at the place • Provision of approved personal protective
of work are properly labelled. equipment
- Relabelled if removed, defaced, modified or

altered.
INFORMATION, INSTRUCTION AND
TRAINING RELABELLING (REGULATION 21)
(REGULATION 22)
• Contents of container not used within normal
• The employer shall provide information, shift
instruction and training to all employees who • Used within normal shift is relabelled with
may be exposed or is likely to be exposed to a chemical name or trade name as written on the
hazardous chemical. From the information, original label
instruction and training given, the employee • If the chemicals used in a testing chemical
should be able to know: laboratory the container shall be relabelled
whether or not the contents are used within a
the risk to health created by such exposure normal workshift
the precaution that should be taken • Container need not be relabelled if the
results of any exposure monitoring chemical hazardous to health is used
results of any health surveillance programme immediately
TRAINING PROGRAMME RELABELLING

(REGULATION 22 (3) (4)) (REGULATION 21(5))
Employer to conduct & to review the training • For the purpose of this regulation, “labelling”
programme: and “relabelling” means labelling or
• Once in 2 years relabelling according to:
• New job assignment CPL Regulations 1997 or
• Changes in hazard information, safe work practices Pesticides Act 1974 or
or control measures
EQA (Schedule Wastes) Regulations 1989
Documented and kept for inspection
PROVISION OF CSDS INFORMATION, INSTRUCTION &
(REGULATION 25) SUPERVISION OF PERSON
• CSDS or Copy: (REGULATION 23)
- Kept close to chemical work area
• Must be given by employer to employee &
- Easily accessible to employees any person who carries out any work
connected to the employer involving
chemical hazardous to health.
MONITORING OF EXPOSURE AT THE

PLACE OF WORK CSDS (REGULATION 24)
(REGULATION 26 (1), (2), (3), (4))
• Employer required to ensure: • Employer must obtain:
1. The maintenance of control measures is - Label
adequate - CSDS
2. Carried out using approved method and analysis
• Exposed to Schedule II chemical • Chemical hazardous to health received

hazardous to health monitored at interval without label and CSDS not to be used until
or shorter, determined by assessor such information is obtained.
• Conducted by Hygiene Technician
• Except checking gases in confined space
MEDICAL REMOVAL PROTECTION MONITORING OF EXPOSURE AT THE
(REGULATION 28) PLACE OF WORK
• Employees with detected medical
condition/at increased risk to health must be • Record Keeping:
removed - at least 30 years for personal exposure
• Shall not allow pregnant or breast feeding
employee who is exposed to chemical - At least 5 years in any other case
hazardous to health to work when notified
by OHD/medical practitioner
• Return to former job when:
- no longer with detected medical condition
- No longer pregnant/breast feeding
• Record kept
WARNING SIGN HEALTH SURVEILLANCE

(REGULATION 29) (REGULATION 27)
• The employer shall ensure that:
• Indicate by assessment result, employee
warning signs are posted at a conspicuous
exposed or likely to be exposed
place at every entrance of the area to
• Carryout by OHD
warn persons entering the area of the
hazards. • Exposed to Schedule II – 12 months
interval or less
other relevant information are given to • Record keeping 30 years
persons who may be or are likely to be at • Maintained for inspection
risk of being affected by the chemical • Employees allowed to access health
hazardous to health surveillance records after notice
RECORD KEEPING
WARNING SIGN FEATURES:
(REGULATION 30)
• Illuminated
• Record to be maintained: • Cleaned
- Assessment report
• Legend visible
- Engineering control
- Info, instruction & training
• Give warning of hazards
- Monitoring of exposure • Written in Bahasa & English
- Health surveillance • Printed dark red, white background
RECORD KEEPING RECORD KEEPING

(REGULATION 30) (REGULATION 30)
• Record to dispose after 30 years:

• Retention of records by employer
1. Assessment report 1. Handover records to successor
2. Monitoring of exposure 2. Transmit records to DG if no successor
3. Health surveillance 3. Notify the DG 3 months in advance for records

disposal
GUIDELINES UNDER USECHH
PENALTY
REGULATIONS
• Registration of Assessor, Hygiene Technician • Non-compliance to Regulation:
and Occupational Health Doctor - Maximum fine RM 10,000 or
• Guidelines for the Preparation of a
Chemical Register - One year jail term or
• Control of Chemical Hazardous to Health - Both;
• Guidelines on Medical Surveillance
• Assessment of the Health Risks Arising from • Continuing Offence:
the Use of Hazardous Chemicals in the - Maximum fine RM 1,000 daily during which
Workplace the offence continues
CONCLUSION
Occupational Safety And
Health (Classfication,
1. Legal framework to control chemical
Packaging And Labelling hazardous to health;
Of Hazardous Chemicals) 2. Set exposure standards;
Regulations 1997 3. Prevent losses;
Safety and Health Officer 4. Safeguard person’s health
Certificate Course
BACKGROUND
LEARNING OBJECTIVE
• Made under section 66 of the OSHA 1994
• Gazette on the 10th of April 1997 • To describe the objective of CPL 1997
• To define the application of CPL 1997
• Come into force on 15 April 1997 • To list at least 6 requirements in CPL
• To explain regulations 4, 5,6, 7, 8 and 9
• To regulate INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS
OBJECTIVES OF REGULATION SCOPE
• To inculcate the safe use of hazardous • Background

chemicals at the place of work • Rationale
• Objective of Regulation
• To prescribe duties of supplier of hazardous • Application of Regulation
chemicals • Exemptions
• Main Requirements
• To prescribe requirement pertaining to the • Penalty
Classification, Packaging, Labelling & • Supporting Guidelines
Information of Hazardous Chemicals • Conclusion
SUPPLIER APPLICATION
• Means a person who supplies hazardous

chemicals; includes a formulator, a • Apply to a supplier of any hazardous
manufacturer, an importer or a distributor chemicals for use at work.
THE REGULATIONS SHALL NOT APPLY

HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL
TO…
• Is one which is explosive, oxidising, extremely • Transportation of hazardous chemicals by
flammable, highly flammable, flammable, rail, road, inland waterway, sea or air and;
very toxic, toxic, corrosive, harmful or irritant.
• Hazardous chemicals in transit which are
stored at a bonded warehouse.
EXCEPT HAZARDOUS
FOUR MAIN DUTIES OF SUPPLIER CHEMICALS WHICH ARE…
• To classify chemicals
• Defined as a radioactive material under
the Atomic Energy Licensing Act 1984
• To ensure chemicals supplied in good
packaging • Defined as a pesticide under the Pesticides
Act 1974
• To label packages
• Listed as poisons in the Poisons List Order
1993, except for chemicals which are
• To furnish Chemical Safety Data Sheet
classified therein as industrial and
laboratory poisons
DUTY TO CLASSIFY EXCEPT HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

WHICH ARE…
• Classify hazardous chemicals according to • Defined as a drug under the Sales of Drugs
the specific nature of the risk involved Act 1952
based on the categories of hazards in
Schedule I.
• Listed as Scheduled wastes in the First
Schedule of the Environmental Quality
• Chemicals which fall within more than 1 (Schedule Wastes) Regulations 1989
category of hazard in Part A and B of
Schedule I shall be classified under the
• Foodstuff
category which poses the greatest degree
of hazard in each part.
PACKAGING REQUREMENTS CATEGORIES OF HAZARD
* will not come loose and will safely meet the normal PART A: BASED ON PART B: BASED ON
stress and strain of handling HEALTH EFFECTS
PHYSICOCHEMICAL
PROPERTIES • Very Toxic
* repeatedly fastened without the contents escaping
• Explosive • Toxic
* once the packages are opened, the seals are • Oxidising • Corrosive
broken and could not be repaired • Extremely • Harmful
Flammable • Irritant
• Highly Flammable
• Flammable
LABELLING REQUREMENTS PACKAGING REQUREMENTS
• Every packaging is labelled clearly and

indelibly with the following information: • Ensure that the hazardous chemicals are
supplied in packaging which satisfies the
following requirements:
* the name of hazardous chemical in
accordance with the internationally recognised
nomenclature * contents cannot escape
* the name, address and telephone number of * materials used are not susceptible to adverse
the supplier attack by the contents or liable to form harmful
or dangerous compounds with the contents
LABELLING REQUREMENTS LABELLING REQUREMENTS
• The information required under * the danger symbol and indication of danger as
specified in Schedule II
subregulation (1) shall be supplied in the
national language and English.
* the nature of the special risk as specified in Schedule
• The label shall be firmly affixed to one or III
more surfaces of the packaging so that the
label can be read horizontally when the * the safety precautionary measures as specified in
package is set down in its normal position. Schedule IV
• Tagged according to the dimension of the
label applicable as specified in Schedule V.
CHEMICAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

(CSDS) LABELLING REQUREMENTS
• A supplier shall furnish an up-to-date • In the case of irritant, highly flammable,

CSDS for each hazardous chemical flammable and oxidising chemicals, the
supplied; information on R phrases and S phrases
need not be given where the package
* chemical product
contains 125 ml or less of the hazardous
* composition substance.
* hazard identification
* first aid measures • An indication such as “non-toxic”, “non-
* accidental release measures harmful” or any other similar indication shall
* handling and storage not appear on the label or packaging of
* exposure controls and personal protection hazardous chemicals.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION ON CHEMICAL SAFETY DATA SHEET
CHEMICAL (CSDS)
• Where the name of the chemical and the • A supplier shall furnish an up-to-date CSDS for
concentration of ingredients of the each hazardous chemical supplied (cont.);
chemical referred to in paragraphs * physical and chemical properties
9(2)(a) and (b) constitute confidential * stability and reactivity
* toxicological information
information, the information may be
* ecological information
omitted from the CSDS but the same shall
* disposal information
be disclosed by the supplier to OHD and
* transport information
any person who uses or handles the * date of preparation of the CSDS
chemical.
CHEMICAL SAFETY DATA SHEET

PENALTY
(CSDS)
• ON CONVICTION: • The supplier shall review the CSDS from time
- Liable to a fine not exceeding RM 10,000 or to time when new information on a
particular hazardous chemical becomes
- Imprisonment for a term not exceeding 1
available.
year or
- Both
• All information required on a CSDS in
• IN CASE OF CONTINUING OFFENCE:
pursuance of subregulation (2) shall be
- A fine not exceeding RM 1,000 for each day written in the national language and English.
or part of a day during which the offence
continues
SCHEDULE
• SCHEDULE I: Hazardous Chemicals and
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND Preparations (Part A and Part B)
HEALTH (CLASSIFICATION, • SCHEDULE II: Danger Symbols and Indication
LABELLING AND SAFETY DATA of Dangers
SHEET OF HAZARDOUS • SCHEDULE III: Risk Phrases
CHEMICALS) REGULATIONS 2013 • SCHEDULE IV: Safety Phrases
• SCHEDULE V: Dimension of Label
CITATION GUIDELINES
• Gazetted on 11 Oct 2013 • Classification of Hazardous Chemicals

• Take effect 12 Oct 2013
• Formulation of Chemical Safety Data Sheet
• Replacement of OSH (CPL) Regulation
1997
• Labelling of Hazardous Chemicals
DUTIES OF SUPPLIERS RATIONALE
• Principle Suppliers –Manufacturer, • Adoption of GHS into Malaysia legal
Formulator, Importer, Recycler and framework
reformulator • Harmonization of Classification,
– Classification Labeling and Safety Data Sheet
– Packaging requirements in line with UN resolution.
– Labeling
– SDS
DUTIES OF SUPPLIERS CONT.. OBJECTIVES

• Subsidiary Suppliers – repacker, • To inculcate the safe use of hazardous
distributer and retailer chemicals through hazard
– Packaging identification and communication
– Labeling • To prescribe duties of suppliers
– SDS pertaining to;
– Classification
• Manufacturer and Importer – Labeling
– Inventory – Safety Data Sheet (SDS)
– Chemical inventory
REQUIREMENTS APPLICATION
• All chemical supplied for use at place of
• Packaging work
– Designed and constructed that chemical • Not applicable ;
cannot escape – Radioactive material
– Strong and able to retain chemical during – Defined as Schedule Waste under Schedule
normal handling Waste Reg. 2005
– Packaging Material cannot reacting with – Cosmetic products
the chemical – Chemical for R & D under 5kg
– Pesticides
– Must be sealed with unrepairable seal
– Chemical stored prior to export
REQUIREMENTS
REQUIREMENTS
• Labeling
• Classification
– With these information
• Product identifier – In accordance with ICOP
• Supplier identification • Base on classified chemicals in Part 1 of ICOP
• Signal word • Base physical, health and environmental
hazards in Part 2 ICOP
• Hazard statement
• Hazard pictogram
• Precautionary statement
CHEMICAL INVENTORY REQUIREMENTS
• Duties of Manufacturer and importer – If word ‘Danger’ used, word ‘Warning’
to; not to be used.
– Prepare inventory of hazardous chemical – Label to be updated within 3 months of
for each calendar year any changes in the classification
– Submit to DG not later than 31st March of – Label shall be firmly affixed to one or
the following year more surface and can be read
horizontally
– If not practicable, tagging can be used
CHEMICAL INVENTORY REQUIREMENTS

• Safety Data Sheet (SDS)
• inventory Information contain; – Duties of Supplier to furnish updated SDS
– Product identifier to the recipient
– Name of the hazardous chemical – SDS should contain 16 information
– Accordance with minimum requirement as
– Composition and ingredient
specified in Part 3 of ICOP
– Hazard classification
– Shall be in National language and English
– Total quantity supplied/imported – Should be revised;
– Shall include CAS no. • New information on hazardous chemical
• More than after preparation or revision
• Directed by ‘officer’
PENALTY
• Fine not exceeding RM10,000 or 1 year
FIRE SERVICES ACT 1988 imprisonment or both
• Continuing offence RM1000/day
SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMME
Copyright@NIOSH 2005 1
CONCLUSION
OBJECTIVES • CPL Regulations 1997 ensure duty of supplier
to classify hazardous chemical label and
1. List 9 Parts of the Fire Services Act package in a safe manner and ensure
1998 supplier to furnish CSDS when supplying
hazardous chemicals.
2. State the differences between the
Fire Services Act and the Uniform
Building By-Laws1984
Copyright@NIOSH 2005 2
INTRODUCTION SCOPE
It consists of four (4) Regulations: Background of the Act

Contents of the Act
1. Fire Services (Fee of Pusat Latihan Bomba)
Regulations 1996 Nine (9) Parts of the Act
2. Fire Services (Fire Services Department Welfare Uniform Building By-Laws 1984
Fund) Regulations 1997
Conclusion
3. Fire Services (Compounding of Offences)
Regulations 2000 (Compounding of Offences Quiz
Regulations 1991 is repealed
4. Fire Services (Fire Certificate) Regulations 2001
Copyright@NIOSH 2005 5 Copyright@NIOSH 2005 3
INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
Consists of one (1) Order - Fire Services Fire Services Act 1988 was gazetted on
(Designated Premises) Order 1998 12 December 1988 and started enforcement
on 1 January 1999
It has undergone 2 amendments:
Enforcement of the Act includes:
1. Act A799: Fire Services Act (Amendment) 1991
1. Building under construction/to be constructed enforced on 11 April 1991
(UBBL 1984)
2. Existing buildings (UBBL 1984 and Act 341) 2. Act A879: Fire Services Act (Amendment) 1994
enforced on 3 March 1994

DEPARTMENT OF FIRE AND
CONTENTS RESCUE MALAYSIA OBJECTIVES
Consists of nine (9) Parts:
To protect lives and public property
from dangers of fire
6. Enforcement
7. Enquiries into Fire
8. Welfare Fund
To assist national economic
9. Miscellaneous
development by raising the confidence
of investors to invest in the country
CONTENTS CONTENTS
Consists of two (2) Schedules Consists of nine (9) Parts:
First Schedule
Fire Hazard Abatement Notice, Closing Order, 1. Preliminary
Notice to Show Cause 2. Administration
3. Abatement of Fire-Hazard
Second Schedule 4. Water and Fire Hydrants
Ranks of Fire Officers and Auxiliary Fire 5. Fire Certificates
Officers

PART I: INTRODUCTION PART I: INTRODUCTION
c) Any removal or absence from any building of any Short title
fire-fighting equipment or fire safety
installation that is required by law to be provided in
Interpretations such as:
the building Fire hazard
Fire fighting equipment/installation
d) The presence within or outside any building of any Fire Officer
fire-fighting equipment or fire safety Calamity
installation or facility, installed within legal Premises
requirements, but not in efficient working order
PART I: INTRODUCTION PART I: INTRODUCTION
e) Inadequate means of exit from any building, According to Section 2 of Act 341, there are six
whether within or outside the building that provides
safety to persons in the event of fire (6) interpretations of fire-hazard:
a) Any unlawful alteration to any building such as
f) Any other matter or circumstance that materially might render escape in occurrences of fire more
increases the likelihood of a fire or the danger difficult or less easy
to life or property that would result from
outbreak of fire, and would hamper the Fire
b) The overcrowding of any place of public
Services Department in the discharge of its duties in
the event of fire entertainment or gathering such as might render
escape in event of fire difficult

PART II: ADMINISTRATION PART II: ADMINISTRATION
DUTIES OF THE FIRE SERVICES
The Fire Services Department and its officers
DEPARTMENT
Appointment of Auxiliary Fire Officers
ִ Ensure means of fire escape: Duties of the Fire Services Department
Uniform and identification card
ִ Maintenance and proper regulation of fire escapes
Exercise of powers and performance of duties
ִ Adequate means of exit in event of fire for all

designated premises
PART II: ADMINISTRATION PART II: ADMINISTRATION
DUTIES OF THE FIRE SERVICES DUTIES OF THE FIRE SERVICES

DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT
 Making of investigations into the cause, origin ִ Taking lawful measures for:
and circumstances of fire
ִ Extinguishing, fighting, preventing and controlling fires
 Performing humanitarian services, including the
protection of life and property in any calamity ִ Protecting life and property in the event of a fire

PART IV PART III:
WATER AND FIRE HYDRANT ABATEMENT OF FIRE-HAZARD
 Fire-hazard abatement notice

 Power of Director-General to abate fire-hazard in
ִ Power to fix hydrant location plates vacant or unoccupied premises
 Offence of failing to comply with fire-hazard
ִ Concealment or misuse of fire hydrants abatement notice
 Closing order
 Powers of Fire Officers – in fire / emergencies
 Appeal
PART V: PART IV:

FIRE CERTIFICATE WATER AND FIRE HYDRANT
ִ Power of Director-General to determine and ִ Storage of water in premises for fire-fighting
designate particular uses, size, or location, of purposes
premises
ִ Notice of works affecting fire hydrants
ִ Requirement of fire certificate
ִ Duty of water authority to notify the State
ִ Change of conditions affecting adequacy of life Director of any action affecting the flow of
saving facilities water to a fire hydrant

PART VII: PART V:
ENQUIRIES INTO FIRES FIRE CERTIFICATE
ִ Offence in relation to fire certificate
ִ Minister may appoint any person to hold enquiry
into cause and circumstances of fire
ִ Rights of appeal
ִ The Director-General may take possession of
premises and other property damaged and ִ Power of Courts and Director-General to:
destroyed by fire until completion of enquiry ִ prohibit use of premises
ִ cease activity
PART VIII: WELFARE FUND PART VI: ENFORCEMENT
ִ The establishment of the Welfare Fund operates Powers to:

as a trust fund and shall consist of: ִ Enter
ִ Fines inflicted upon Fire Officers in any disciplinary ִ Arrest without warrant
proceedings ִ Conduct enquiry
ִ Donations or rewards offered to the Fund and ִ Require attendance of witness
individual members and accepted by the Director-
General
ִ Examination of witness
ִ All sums of monies and other properties offered to Fire
Officers and forfeited by an order of court ִ Conduct of prosecution

PART IX: MISCELLANEOUS PART VIII: WELFARE FUND
 General penalty: RM5 thousand of 3 years
imprisonment or both ִ Fire Services Department Welfare Fund
Committee
 Compounding of offences
ִ Monies for Fund to be raised only with consent
 Power to apply Act to vessel and moving
ִ Administration and application of Fund
structures
PART IX: MISCELLANEOUS PART IX: MISCELLANEOUS
 Power of Minister to make regulations  Special duties and expenses thereof

 Offences such as:
 Repeal
Fire Service Enactment of the State of Sabah Interfering with Fire Officer duties
Failure to comply with direction
Part X of the Local Government Act 1976 Falsification of documents/false statements
Giving of false report of fire

UNIFORM BUILDING
MAIN PROVISIONS BY-LAWS 1984
Under the Road, Drainage and Building Act

1974
Construction requirements
Fire fighting requirements Formulated by the Minister/State Authorities
Fire alarm, smoke detector, fire extinguisher Enforcement by the Local Authorities
and fire escape routes
Miscellaneous
CONCLUSION MAIN PROVISIONS

FIRE SERVICES UNIFORM
ACT 1988 BUILDING BY-LAWS Submission of plan for approval
Provisions for 1984 Space, lighting and ventilation
administrative Detailed provisions
methods and Temporary works in relation to building works
for construction of
elimination of fire drains, roads and Structural requirements
hazards buildings

WHO ARE COVERED BY THE ACT?
(SECTION 2 & FIRST SCHEDULE)
Category I
Any person, irrespective of his occupation, who

has entered into a contract of service with an
employer under which such a person’s wages do EMPLOYMENT ACT
not exceed RM2,000.00 a month.
1955 (ACT 265) &
REGULATIONS
JABATAN TENAGA KERJA
DEFINITION OF EMPLOYEE INTRODUCTION

Category 2  An Act enforced by Labour Department
Any person who, irrespective of the amount Peninsular Malaysia (Ministry of Human
of wages he earns in a month,: Resources);
 Shall apply to Peninsular Malaysia only
(1) is engaged in manual labour
(including Labuan);
(2) is engaged in the operation of any
 Regulates the relationship between an employer
mechanically propelled vehicle and an employee; and
(3) he supervises or oversees other  Provides for the minimum requirements and
employees benefits.
engaged in manual labour
(4) is engaged in any capacity in any vessel
(5) is engaged as a domestic servant
“WAGES” FOR THE PURPOSE OF
SECTION 69B FIRST SCHEDULE
 ..the powers of the Director General under “wages” means wages as defined in
section 69(1)(a) shall extend to employees whose section 2, but shall not include:
wages exceed 2,000 ringgit but does not exceed
- commission
5,000 ringgit.
- subsistence allowance
 ..only to inquire and decide dispute in respect of
wages or any other payments in cash due under - overtime payment
the term and contract of service
DEFINITION OF WAGES EMPLOYEE COVERED BY THE

SECTION 2 EMPLOYMENT ACT 1955
 Basic wages and all other payments in cash  Malaysian, permanent resident or foreign
payable to an employee for work done in workers;
respect of his contract of service but does not  Full-time or part-time;
include:  Permanent or temporary;
a) the value of accommodation, or the supply of  “Contract worker” (fixed-term);

food, fuel, light, or water or medical  Monthly rate, daily rate or hourly rate;
attendance…;  Piece-rated or task work;
b) Any contribution paid by the employer..  Confirm or under probation.
PAYMENT OF WAGES NOTICE OF TERMINATION -
(SECTIONS 18 – 21) SEC.12(2)
 Not later than the 7th day after the last day of
Without contract of service in writing or in the
wage period absence such provision the length of notice
 OT, work on rest day & public holiday shall be shall not be less than:
paid latest on the last day of the next wage a. 4 weeks if employed less than 2 years
period
b. 6 weeks if employed for 2 years but less than 5
 On application, employer may be permitted to years
extend the time of payment c. 8 weeks if employed for 5 years or more
 Upon normal termination wages shall be paid
not later than the last day of service Either party may terminate contract
without notice by paying indemnity.
 When an employee terminates his contract
without notice wages shall be paid not later (Sec. 13)
than the 3rd day after the termination
TERMINATION OF CONTRACT FOR

LAWFUL DEDUCTIONS SPECIAL REASONS. (SEC.14)
(a) For any overpayment made during the  An employer may, on the grounds of
preceding 3 months by the employer’s mistake misconduct inconsistent with fulfilment
(b) For indemnity due to employer-sec.13(1) of the express or implied conditions of
(c) For recovery of advance under sec.22, provided his service, after due inquiry –
no interest is charged
a) dismiss without notice
(d) Deductions authorized by any other written
law b) downgrade the employee; or
c) impose any other punishment – if the
punishment is suspension without
wages, the period shall not exceed 2
weeks
DEDUCTIONS AT THE REQUEST IN
LIMIT OF DEDUCTIONS WRITING OF THE EMPLOYEE
 The total amounts deducted shall not exceed (a) Payments to trade unions or cooperative
50% of the wages earned (b) Payments for shares of the employer’s business
 This limitation shall not apply to – purchased by the employee.
(a) Deductions from the indemnity due to the
employer
(b) Deductions from the final payment on the (Employers must keep records of the written
termination of service request for deductions)
(c) Repayment of housing loan, subject to
additional 25% with permit.
PAYMENT OF WAGES THROUGH BANK DEDUCTIONS AT THE REQUEST OF

(SEC.25) EMPLOYEE AND WITH PERMIT.
 Section 25 requires wages to be paid through (a) For any schemes for the benefit of the
payment into an account employee
 Section 25A allows wages to be paid in cash (b) For repayment of advance where
(legal tender) with employee’s written request interest is charged
 Payment of wages to a domestic servant in cash (c) For payments to a third party on behalf
must be with the approval from the Director of the employee
General of Labour.
(d) For payments of goods of the employer’s
business purchased by the employee
(e) For rental of accommodation, food,
meals provided by the employer.
SPECIAL CASE - 60A(2) HOURS OF WORK (SEC.60A)
 An employee may be required to work in  An employee shall not be required under his
excess of limit under sec. 60A(1) and to contract of service to work
work on rest day in case of: (a) more than 5 hours without a break of at least
(a) accident 30 minutes
(b) work essential to life of the community (b) more than 8 hours in one day
(c) work essential to security of Malaysia (c) in excess of a spread over period of ten hours in
one day
(d) urgent work to be done to machinery
(d) More than 48 hours in one week.
(e) unforeseen interruption of work
(f) work performed in industry essential to
economy of Malaysia /essential service
12 HOURS LIMIT & INACTIVE

EMPLOYMENT EXCEPTION TO SEC. 60A(1)
 Sec.60A(7) – Except in circumstances in  Ifwork must be carried out continuously,
subsection (2)(a)-(e) no employer shall require employee may be required to work 8
any employee under any circumstances to work
more than 12 hours in one day.
consecutive hours but with at least 45
minutes break in aggregate
 Sec.60A(8) – This section shall not apply to
employees engaged in work involves long hours of  May work more than 8 hrs in one day if
inactive or stand-by employment work on one or more days of the week is
less than 8 hrs. subject to a maximum of 9
hrs. in one day or 48 hrs per week.
 Employer may apply for permit for work
in excess of the limit under sec.60A (1)
SEC.60C. SHIFT WORK SPECIFIC MEANING
“an employee engaged under his contract of service  “hours of work” means the time during which an
in shift work may be required to work more than employee is at the disposal of the employer and is
8 hrs in any one day or more than 48 hrs in any not free…
one week but the average number of hours  “normal hours of work” means the number of
worked over any period of 3 weeks, or over any hours of work as agreed between an employer
period exceeding 3 weeks as may be approved by and an employee in the contract of service to be
the DG, shall not exceed 48 per week.” the usual hours of work per day and such hours
However the limit for one day is 12 hours. shall not exceed the limit in subsection (1)
OVERTIME WORK SPREAD OVER PERIOD OF TEN HOURS

 “overtime” means the number of hours of work  “a period of ten consecutive hours to be reckoned
carried out in excess of normal hours of work per from the time the employee commences work for
day the day, inclusive of any periods of leisure, rest or
break within such period of ten consecutive
 OT on a normal working day… 1.5
hours”
 OT on a rest day… 2.0  “the whole period beginning from the time the
 OT on a public holiday … 3.0 said spread over period ends up to the time that
the employee ceases work for the day shall be
 Payment is based on hourly rate of pay
deemed to be overtime.”
 Limit of OT in a month – 104 hours
WORK ON REST DAY REST DAY (SEC.59)
 Except as provided in sec. 60A(2), no employee  Employee shall be allowed one whole day as a
shall be compelled to work on a rest day unless rest day every week
the work is carried out continuously by 2 or more  If more than one rest day in a week, the last of
shifts such rest days shall be the rest day
 Work done in excess of normal hours of work on a  Not applicable during maternity leave, sick leave,
rest day shall be paid at least two times his temporary disablement
hourly rate of pay  Rest day for shift work – at least 30 hours
RATE FOR WORK ON REST DAY REST DAY

Condition Monthly Rate of Daily Rate of  Rest day may be given on any other day of the
month (with permit)
Pay Pay
 Schedule of rest day shall be prepared before the
Not more than Half the 1 day’s pay beginning of the month
half the normal ordinary rate of  If rest day is fixed on the same day each week, a
hours of work pay notice informing the employee is sufficient

 Record of rest day shall be kept for at least 6
More than half One day’s pay 2 days’ pay years
but does not
exceed normal
hours of work
ANNUAL LEAVE (60E) PAID PUBLIC HOLIDAYS (SEC.60D)
 At least 11 days of the gazetted public
Length of Service Minimum Entitlement holiday
for each year of  To add any day declared under section 8
service of the Holidays Act (may be substituted)
 Shall include National Day, Malaysia
Less than 2 years 8 days
Day, Agong Birthday, Sultan Birth Day &
Workers’ Day
2 years but less than 5 12 days  If fall on rest, the next day is considered
years as the public holiday
 The remaining 6 days may be substituted
5 years or more 16 days but must be with agreement by employer
and employee
CAN EMPLOYEE BE FORCED TO

TAKE LEAVE? PUBLIC HOLIDAYS
 Employees cannot be forced to take leave for the  Shall exhibit list of paid holidays before
purpose of shutdown unless this is a term in the the beginning of each calendar year
contract.  Shall grant other day if employee is on
 Employees can take annual leave as and when sick leave, annual leave, temporary
they wish to take it, however this must be with disablement
the employer’s permission.
 Employee shall not be entitled for holiday
pay if absent before or after the holiday
 Employee may be required to work on
public holiday with 2 days’ wages and
shall be entitled to travelling allowance if
payable under contract of service
MATERNITY LEAVE (SEC.37) SICK LEAVE (60F)
 Maternity leave – 60 days for every Length of Service Entitlement for each
confinement calendar year
 Maternity allowance – subject to certain
conditions Less than 2 years 14 days
 Confinement – parturition resulting after
at least 22 weeks of pregnancy..
2 years but less than 5 18 days
 If no longer entitle for maternity
years
allowance, may commence work during
eligible period with employer’s consent 5 years or more 22 days
and certified fit to work by a registered
medical practitioner
MATERNITY LEAVE SICK LEAVE

 Shall not commence earlier than 30 days  Employer shall pay for examination expenses
before confinement or later than day after  May accept MC issued by panel doctor only
confinement unless in certain circumstances
 Employer may require female employee to
 Hospitalization + sick leave = 60 days
commence maternity leave within 14 days
 Employee also entitle for paid sick leave issued
before confinement as determined by medical
officer or panel doctor by a dental surgeon
 MC must be informed within 48 hours
 Any employer who dismisses employee
during maternity leave commits an offence
 Maternity protection is applicable to all
female employee irrespective of her wages.
(sec. 44A)
EMPLOYMENT OF FOREIGN
EMPLOYEES MATERNITY ALLOWANCE
 60K – Employer who employs a foreign employee  Has been employed at any time in the four
shall, within 14 days furnish to the Labour Dept. months before confinement
particulars of the foreign employee (Form PA
 Has been employed not less than 90 days during
2/98)
the 9 months before confinement
 60M – No employer shall terminate local
employee for the purpose of employing a foreign  Has less than 5 surviving children at the time of
employee confinement
 60N – In case of retrenchment all foreign  If about to leave her employment, she has to
employee must be terminated first notify her employer of her pregnancy
EMPLOYMENT (TERMINATION AND LAY-

OFF BENEFITS) REGULATIONS 1980 PROHIBITION OF NIGHT WORK
 Shall be paid to an employee who has been  Sec.4 : Except in accordance with regulations
employed not less than 12 months made under this Act or any exemption granted
 Shall include 2 or more periods of employment under the proviso to this subsection no employer
provided that the intervening period does not shall require any female employee to work in any
exceed 30 days industrial or agricultural undertaking between
 Not applicable to part-time employee
the hours of 10.00 pm and
5.00 am (may apply for exemption)
LABOUR COURT (SECTION 69) EMPLOYEE NOT ENTITLED TO
POWER TO INQUIRE INTO COMPLAINTS TERMINATION BENEFITS
 Employee may file claim if not paid  Terminated due to retirement unless retirement
according to the Act or contract age is not stipulated in the contract
 Dismissed because of misconduct
 The Labour Court may inquire into and
 Voluntary resignation other than under section
confirm or set aside decision by employer
13(2) or section 14(3)
to dismiss an employee on the ground of
 Contract is renewed with continuous service
misconduct but order is limited to
payment of indemnity in lieu of notice and
other payments but not reinstatement
 Employer may file claim against employee
for indemnity in lieu of notice
SEXUAL HARASSMENT
INTERPRETATION: SECTION2(1) AMOUNT OF TERMINATION BENEFITS
 10 days’ wages for each year of service if
 Sexual harassment means any unwanted conduct
employed less than 2 years
of a sexual in nature, whether verbal or non-
verbal, visual, gestural or physical, directed at a  15 days’ wages for each year of service if
person which is offensive or humiliating or is a employed for 2 years but less than 5 years
threat to his well-being, arising out of and in the  20 days’ wages for each year of service if
course of his employment.
employed for 5 years or more
 Pro-rata in respect to an incomplete year,
calculated to the nearest month
 Rate per day = 12 months wages/365 days
 Paid not later than 7 days after termination

SEXUAL HARASSMENT
PART XVA
Petroleum (Safety  An employer must inquire into complaint of sexual
Measures) Act 1984 harassment
 If employer refuses to inquire into the complaint he
& must inform the complainant about the refusal and
reasons for it in writing within 30 days
Gas Supply Act 1993
 If case is proven and is against an employee, employer
must take disciplinary action.
Safety and Health Officer  If case is against an employer who is a sole proprietor,
Certificate Course the DG of Labour shall inquire into the complaint and
if proven complainant may resign without notice and
file claims as if he is terminated.
1
OBJECTIVES
• State the objectives of:

– Petroleum (Safety Measures) Act 1984
and
– Gas Supply Act 1993
• Explain at least six (6) main provisions THANK YOU

of the above Acts
PETROLEUM (SAFETY MEASURES) SCOPE
ACT 1984
Act 302;
• Gazetted on 28th June 1984 • Introduction
• Contents of the Act
Act A807 (Amendment);
• Main provisions
• Gazetted on 12th September 1991
– Repeals unnecessary provisions
• Conclusion
– Addition of new provisions
CONTENTS PETROLEUM (SAFETY

MEASURES) ACT 1984
Eleven (11) Parts
I. Preliminary Combines statutory requirements
II. Transportation of Petroleum by Road related to:
and Railway
• Transportation
III. Transportation of Petroleum by Water
• Storage
IV. Transportation of Petroleum by Air
• Use of petroleum
V. Transportation of Petroleum by Pipelines
• Other related provisions
VI. Storage and Handling of Petroleum
PART I: PRELIMINARY
CONTENTS
VII. Utilisation of Equipment, Gadgets,
• Handling: includes action of touching, Materials, Plants, Appliances, Buildings,
feeling, grasping, transferring or decanting Structures and Installations
with the hand or assisted by any means VIII. Existing Equipment, Gadgets, Materials,
Plants, Appliances, Buildings, Structures
• Storage: includes the processing, dispensing and Installations
or transfer of petroleum; the action of putting IX. General Powers for Rectification
into store, or stacking at a place or in an X. Liabilities
aircraft, motor vehicle, motor trailer or vessel XI. General
• Petroleum: Any mineral oil or relative hydro-

carbon and natural gas existing in its natural Short title, commencement and application
condition and casing head petroleum spirit
including bituminous shales and other Interpretation
stratified deposits from which oil can be
extracted, including petroleum products • Inspector: An inspector of petroleum
appointed under Section 38
PART II: TRANSPORTATION OF PART I: PRELIMINARY
PETROLEUM BY ROAD AND RAILWAY
MAIN PROVISIONS
Transportation must comply to provisions of • Classes of Petroleum: Class I to Class III
the Act and its Regulations (depending on the flash point and boiling
point)
Power of Minister to formulate regulations to
ensure the safety of people and property
• Licensed premises: premises in respect of
Workers are informed to the Act/Regulations
which there is a license to store and handle
and its provisions
petroleum
Offences - fines
PART III: TRANSPORTATION OF SCHEDULE SECTION 2(1)

PETROLEUM BY WATER Petroleum By-products
 Methane, ethane, propane, butane or
MAIN PROVISIONS
hydro-carbons which may consist of one or
Permitted loading, unloading and more of the above gases, either in the form
discharging of petroleum of gas or liquid
Entry into port of vessels carrying petroleum  Gasoline  Fuel Oil
Notification to Inspector of vessel coming  Naphta  Base Oil
into port  Reformate  Lubricating Oil
 Kerosene  Asphalt/Bitumen
Permission of port officer to unload or
 Diesel  Grease and Wax
discharge petroleum from vessel
PART VI:
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF PART IV: TRANSPORTATION OF
PETROLEUM PETROLEUM BY AIR
MAIN PROVISIONS MAIN PROVISIONS
Prohibition to store and handle petroleum There shall be no transportation of
without license petroleum other than that used to operate
Powers of the Minister to formulate the aircraft unless with prior approval of the
regulations in special conditions: Minister
 Any class of petroleum that may deem
harmful to safety and health
PART VI: PART V:

STORAGE AND HANDLING OF TRANSPORATION OF PETROLEUM BY
PETROLEUM PIPELINES
Labelling of containers or receptacles  Approval of the Minister for all pipeline
containing petroleum works
Submission of accident notice within 24  Pipeline works include:
hours to the Minister (loss of lives or serious
 Placing, inspection, maintenance, coordinate,
injury due to explosion or fire)
repair, change and upgrade pipelines
 Land works for the purpose of the above
PART VII: UTILISATION OF EQUIPMENT, PART VI:
GADGETS, MATERIALS, PLANTS, APPLIANCES, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF
BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND INSTALLATIONS PETROLEUM
Power of Minister to declare approval of Inquiry into accident by any person
equipment, plant, materials and other related
items instructed by the Minister
Offence of insulting persons conducting
Types given approval:
 Equipment that have been tested and found inquiry:
safe and suitable for use  Maximum penalty: 3 months imprisonment or
RM2 thousand or both
PART VI:
PART VII: UTILISATION OF EQUIPMENT,
GADGETS, MATERIALS, PLANTS, APPLIANCES, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF
BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND INSTALLATIONS PETROLEUM
MAIN PROVISIONS
MAIN PROVISIONS  Categories of Petroleum exempted:
Verification and testing conducted by  < 95 litre Class 1A;
authorities  <450 litre Class 1B / 1C / II or III;
 <225 litre Class 1B / 1C / II or III (mobile
Minister may change the list of approved tank)
equipment and others  1 day supply or less for industrial use
 <50 kg liquefied petroleum gas in cylinder for
domestic use
PART IX: GENERAL POWERS FOR PART VII: UTILISATION OF EQUIPMENT,
RECTIFICATION GADGETS, MATERIALS, PLANTS, APPLIANCES,
BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND INSTALLATIONS
MAIN PROVISIONS
MAIN PROVISIONS
Powers of the Minister to make Application of the Act is for the purpose of:
rectifications and there is no provision  Commerce / industry
under Part VII and Part VIII that may
revoke that power
 Domestic: persons selling, offering for sale
PART VIII: EXISTING EQUIPMENT, GADGETS,

PART X: LIABILITIES MATERIALS, PLANTS, APPLIANCES, BUILDINGS,
STRUCTURES AND INSTALLATIONS
MAIN PROVISIONS
MAIN PROVISIONS
Liability is the responsibility of the person Use in licensed premises with approval of
undertaking the verification of the plans, the Minister
buildings, installations, equipment or
apparatus that has been verified as per Rectification of equipment within the
requirements of the Act and regulations duration of three (3) years
PART XI: GENERAL PART XI: GENERAL

Powers of the Minister to: Power to delegate to any person or
 Formulate regulations authority
 Determine guidelines and code of Appointment of Inspector by the Minister
practices for the purpose of enforcement
Free and unobstructed ingress of
Collection of fees for licenses and permits Inspector or Police Officer (not lower than
in Part VI or any other Regulation is the Sergeant) into any premise
right of the respective authority
REGULATIONS UNDER THE ACT PART XI: GENERAL
MAIN PROVISIONS
 Exemptions form the Act and Regulations:
• Petroleum (Safety Measures)
(Transportation of Petroleum by Water)  Armed Forces and the Royal Malaysian Police
1985 of the Federation, and any other forces lawfully
present in the Federation
• Petroleum (Safety Measures)  Government of the Federation and any other
(Transportation of Petroleum by Government of any State
Pipeline) 1985
STIPULATES PROVISIONS FOR: CONCLUSION
• Appointment and functions of the Director Combines all legislations related to:
General • Transportation
• Licensing for supply of gas to user • Storage
• Supply of gas at acceptable rates • Handling of petroleum and
• Control of gas supply pipelines, installations • Formulation of related provisions
and apparatus related to safety
CONTENTS GAS SUPPLY ACT 1993
ELEVEN (11) PARTS

• Act 501
• Preliminary
• Appointment
• Gazetted on 4th February 1993
• Functions and duties of the Director
General
• Power of entry, enquiry and prosecution
• Licenses
PART I: PRELIMINARY CONTENTS
INTERPRETATION: • Provisions related to license holders, gas

supply, entry into land and others
City Gate station: Any station with gas • Enquiry
measurement and pressure regulating • Offences and penalties
where gas is received directly from the gas • General
transmission pipelines and subsequently
delivered through the gas pipeline • Power to make Regulations
distribution system for the supply of gas to • Miscellaneous
the consumer SCHEDULES
APPLICATION:
INTERPRETATION:
For supply to users using pipelines:
Danger: Danger to health or to human life or a) Downstream of the last flange of the city
limb due from shock, burn, or other injury and gate station ; or
includes danger to property, pipeline or b) From the tank or storage cylinder for
installation resulting from the transmission, specific use to any apparatus in any
distribution, or utilisation of gas premise
PART I: PRELIMINARY
CONTENTS
• Appointments Provisions
related to the INTERPRETATION:
• Functions and
administration
duties of Director and
General Gas: methane, ethane, propane, butane or
enforcement
• Power of entry, duties of the hydrocarbons which may consist of one or
enquiry and Gas Supply more of the aforesaid gases, either in the
prosecution Department form of gas or liquid
• Licenses
CONTENTS PART I: PRELIMINARY

• Powers to:
– Determine tariffs
– Return of expenditure Provisions related INTERPRETATION:
– Deposit to the license
– Inspect, enter land for holders, supply Competent Person: any person who holds a
construction, maintenance, of gas, entry certificate of competency issued by the
repair and upgrading of into land and
pipeline or installation
Commission or any other equivalent
others certificate issued by any government body
• Duty to supply gas to perform work in accordance with the
• Determining supply restrictions, if any, stated in the certificate
charges using appropriate
meter
MISCELLANEOUS
CONTENTS
• The Act is not applicable to factories (as
defined in the Factories and Machinery
Act 1967) • Inquiry
– procedures for inquiry
• The provisions overcome the
inconsistencies in previous legislations: • Offences and penalties
– Petroleum (Safety Measures) Act 1984 – fine or imprisonment or both
– Petroleum Development Act 1974
– Factories and Machinery Act 1967
GENERAL CONTENTS
• Works are required to be carried out by a Power of the Minister to formulate

Competent Person Regulations
• Reporting of serious accidents by the user Among them related to:
or license holder
• Protection for the Director General and • Methods of storage
Officers in any prosecution • Methods and standards for the construction
• Delegation of power to the Director and materials for pipelines and installations
General by the Yang di Pertuan Agong in • Safety measures for pipelines
an emergency
SCHEDULES
• FIRST SCHEDULE
Notice of intention to enter and do
CONCLUSION work on land
• SECOND SCHEDULE
Order of the district land
administrator in respect of objection
on the entry on land
• THIRD SCHEDULE
Assessment
PETROLEUM (SAFETY MEASURES) REGULATIONS UNDER THE ACT

ACT 1984
GAS SUPPLY REGULATIONS 1997
• License
Combines all legislations related to:
• Gas installation
• Transportation
• Operation
• Storage
• Certificate of Competency and
• Handling of petroleum and Handling
• Formulation of related provisions • Maintenance
• Miscellaneous
• Schedules
Objectives GAS SUPPLY ACT 1993
• To state the definition of Occupational

Health Stipulates provisions for:
• To explain the focus of Occupational Health • Appointment and duties of a Director
• To state the various disciplines of General
Occupational Health • Licensing of gas supply to users
• To explain the concept of prevention in • Supply of gas at reasonable prices
Occupational Health
• Control of gas supply pipelines, installation
• To explain the application of epidemiology
and apparatus to ensure safety of people
in Occupational Health
Scope
• History of Occupational Health Occupational Health
• Definition of Occupational Health
• Various disciplines
Overview
• Focus of Occupational Health
• Concept of Prevention
Certificate Course
Occupational Health History Scope
…continued
… continued
Influence from developments in Medicine • Occupational Health services

• Acricola and Paracelcus (15th Cent) • Organisations related to Occupational
Health
• Bernardino Ramazzini (1633-1714) • Introduction to anatomy and physiology
related to Occupational Health illnesses
• Percivall Pot (1713-88) • Epidemiology and statistics
• Charles Turner Thackrah (1795-1833)

Definition of Occupational Occupational Health History

Health • Early period, middle ages, and the
Promotion and maintenance of the Renaissance
physical, mental and social levels of staff
in all work sectors; Prevention from • Industrial Revolution in Great Britain
illnesses and diseases due to the • Effects of industrialisation on public health
workplace or process; Protection from
risks at work; Placement of workers in • Effects of industrialisation on worker health
environments and job tasks suitable to
their physiological and psychological • First Factory Act– 1819 (UK)
capabilities.
ILO / WHO committee on Occupational Health

Occupational Health Focus of Occupational Health
Disciplines
• Health Promotion and maintenance of
• Occupational Medicine worker optimum physical, mental and
• Industrial Hygiene social levels.
• Occupational Toxicology • Prevention from illnesses or diseases arising
• Ergonomics from the workplace or work processes.
• Epidemiology • Increase quality of work environment and
• Industrial Psychology work processes suitable to worker safety
and health conditions.
Types of Prevention & its

Focus of Occupational Health
Activities …continued
Primer Secondary Tertiary

Concept of Promotion and Prevention
Prevention Prevention Prevention
Health promotion Early detection of Limited disability
Specific protection hazards, disease Rehabilitation Promotion
Prevention Occupational Health Diseases
and provision of
early treatment Workplace Accidents
 Regulations  Health Monitoring  Disability
 Control measures  First Aid assessment
 Immunisation  Emergency  Physiotherapy Workplace Factors Lifestyle
 Universal Response Plan  Compensation
precautions  Back to Work -Hazard -Smoking
programme -Work environment -Alcohol and drug abuse
-Equipments, machinery etc -Hobbies
Occupational Health
Occupational Health
Services
Services
…continued Objective
• Suiting the work and work environment to 1. Identify and control hazards, provision of
the worker early treatment
• General medication treatment
2. Educate both Management and workers on
• First aid and Medical aid
the joint responsibility of ensuring and
• Disability assessment safeguarding safety and health at work
• Data collection, analysis and
recordkeeping 3. Promotion of healthy lifestyle programmes
Source: World Health Organisation
Occupational Health Occupational Health

Services Services
…continued …continued
Occupational Health Team • Health promotion and education
• Safety and Health Officer (SHO) • Exposure Monitoring
• Chemical Health Risk Assessor (CHRA) • Health Risk assessment
• Industrial Hygienist • Hazard Control
• Hygiene Technician • Occupational Fitness assessment
• Occupational Health Doctor (OHD) • Medical Surveillance
• Occupational Health Nurse (OHN)
Organisations Related to
Occupational Health (Malaysia) Occupational Health Services
• JKKP (DOSH) – legislation, standards, enforcement, …continued
promotion Occupational Health Team
• NIOSH – training, consultation, research,
information dissemination • First Aid Officer
• PERKESO (SOCSO) – compensation, promotion, • Ergonomist
• Ministry of Health • Toxicologist
• Others: • Safety Engineer
- Universities: UKM,UPM, UM, USM
- Occupational Health Units in the industries,
• Health Promotion Officer
e.g.: Exxon Mobil, Petronas • Industrial Psychologist
- NGOs : SOEM, MIHA, MASHO
Organisations Related to
Occupational Health Occupational Health Services
(outside Malaysia) …continued
Competent Persons
• UK : Health Safety Executive (HSE)
• US : NIOSH, ACGIH 1. Safety and Health Officer (SHO)
• International Labour Organisation (ILO) 2. Hygiene Technician
• International Agency For Research into 3. Competent Person for Noise
Cancer (IARC)
4. Chemical Health Risk Assessor (CHRA)
5. Occupational Health Doctor (OHD)
Introduction to Anatomy
Application of Epidemiology and Physiology
•Heart
•Lungs
• Clearly understand the causes of the
•Skin
various diseases
• Asses the level of harm and disease causing •Nervous system
agent/material (e.g. benzene causes •Kidney
cancer)
•Blood system
• Determine the Permissible Exposure Limit
(PEL) •Liver
• Plan occupational safety and health •Reproductive system
programmes •Musculoskeletal system
Epidemiology and Statistics

Application of Epidemiology
…continued
Concept of work related diseases
EPI + DEMOS + LOGOS
• Work is the cause
(among) (humans) (research)
• Work is a contributing factor
• Work worsens the condition of an already
present disease • Distribution and causes of disease
• Work exposes to harmful substances • How and why distribution of disease are
concentrated to certain groups or areas
Objectives
Use of Statistics at Work
• Statistics is an important concept in
1. To define Occupational Health hazard identification
Standards
2. To explain the category of Threshold • Example of statistics:
Limit Value (TLV) 1. Rate of Absence
2. Accident Rates
3. To explain the limitations of 3. Loss Time Injury
Occupational Health Standards
Scope
• Types of exposure standards
• Definition OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
• Categories of Threshold Limit Values STANDARDS
(TLV)
• Limitations
• Duration of exposure
• Biological standards
Safety and Health Officer Course
• Malaysian Occupational Exposure
Standards
Definition Introduction
Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) – Ceiling
limits or an eight-hour time-weighted average • Protection at the workplace
airborne concentration or maximum exposure
limit.
• Sources of reference
• Types of worker exposure control
Threshold Limit Value (TLV) – airborne standards
concentration of substance where there is multiple
exposure to a majority of workers, without any – Air standards
adverse health effects. – Biological limits
Ceiling limits – concentration in the air that cannot – Physical agent standards
be exceeded at any time throughout the duration of
the working day.
Categories of TLV Types of Standards

1. TLV-TWA (Threshold Limit Value
Two types of standards:
Time Weighted Average)
Eight-hour time weighted average value 1. Voluntary Standards
- American Conference of Governmental
2. TLV-STEL (Threshold Limit Value -
Industrial Hygienist (ACGIH)
Short Term Exposure Limit)
Short term permissible exposure limit value - Threshold Limit Values (TLVs)
2. Compulsory Standards
3. TLV-C (Threshold Limit Value – Ceiling)
- Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL)
Highest concentration value that may not be
exceeded throughout the duration of work
Limitations
Time Weighted Average (TWA)
• Data base on TLVs is limited
• Individual differences
• Difficulties in measuring existing • Refers to the concentration of the
exposure element in the air – average
• Difficulties in attaining samples that concentration in the air within a specified
reflects accurately the breathing zone period.
sample • TWA = C1T1+C2T2…………..CnTn
• Uncertainties on the actual quantity T1+T2……………….Tn
inhaled
Carcinogen Ceiling Limit

Categories:
• A1 - Confirmed carcinogenic
• Ceiling Limit (C) – concentration in the
• A2 - Suspected carcinogenic air that may not be exceeded at any time
• A3 - Proven on animals throughout the duration of work.
• A4 - No classification • Concentration is higher than TWA value
• A5 - No signs • Different method of sampling to be
used to identify level of exposure
Malaysian Occupational
Duration of Exposure
Exposure Standards
• Factories and Machinery Act 1967 • Time weighted average (TWA) – exposure
standards for air pollution.
– Factories and Machinery (Lead) Regulations
1984 • Variations in the exposure standards are
– Factories and Machinery (Asbestos Process) influenced by factors such as acute effects
Regulations 1986 and excretion of metabolite.
– Factories and Machinery (Mineral Dust) • Factors that require expert attention need
Regulations 1989 to be taken into consideration in changes
– Factories and Machinery (Noise Exposure)
or reviews of exposure standards.
Regulations 1989
Malaysian Occupational Biological Standards

Exposure Standards
• Analysis of elements that have no effect
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND on the body’s tissues
HEALTH ACT 1994
• Analysis for metabolite
– Occupational Safety and Health (Use and
Standards of Exposure of Chemicals • Analysis of the variations in the enzyme
Hazardous to Health) Regulations 2000 or biochemical levels
Malaysian Occupational Malaysian Occupational
Exposure Standards Exposure Standards
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ACT 1994
FACTORIES & MACHINERY ACT 1967
• Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL):
• Permissible Exposure Limits:
– Under the Occupational Safety and Health
(Use and Standards of Exposure of – LEAD: 150 microgramme/cubic meter air
Chemicals Hazardous to Health) – ASBESTOS: 1 fiber/milliliter air
Regulations 2000: – MINERAL DUST:
• Ceiling Limits • 5 mg/m3 for respirable dust
• Airborne concentration – 8-hour Time • 10 mg/m3 for total dust
Weighted Average • 0.1 mg/m3 for respirable quartz
• Maximum Exposure Limits
Malaysian Occupational Exposure Exposure Standards
Standards
FACTORIES & MACHINERY ACT 1967
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ACT 1994 • Permissible Exposure Limit:
• Permissible Exposure Limit: Unit – NOISE:
– Milligramme per cubic meter of air (mg/m3) • 90 dB(A) for 8 hours
– Parts per million (ppm) • Limits as in Schedule 1 other that the 8
– Fibre per milliter (f/ml) hours
• 115dB(A) maximum
• 140 dB peak for impulse noise
Malaysian Occupational Malaysian Occupational
Exposure Standards Exposure Standards
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ACT 1994 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ACT 1994
• 8-hour Time Weighted Average airborne • Ceiling limits: Concentration in the air that
concentration: average level of concentration may not be exceeded at any time.
in the air for an 8-hour duration • Example:
• Example – Formaldehyde : 0.3 ppm
– Acetic Acid : 10 ppm – Hydrogen bromide : 3 ppm
– Asbestos : 0.1 f/ml – Hydrogen chloride : 5 ppm
– Lead : 0.05 mg/m3
Exposure Standards
INTRODUCTION AND
BASIC TOXICOLOGY OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ACT 1994
• Maximum Exposure Limit: 15-minute Time
Weighted Average airborne concentration
that is three times the concentration of the 8-
hour Time Weighted Average of the
hazardous chemicals as stated in Schedule 1
of the USECCH Regulations 2000
SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER COURSE • Example
– Acetic Acid : 30 ppm (TWA 8-hour=10 ppm)
– Ammonia : 75 ppm (TWA 8-hour=25 ppm)
Definition Objectives
• Study of chemicals or physical agents • State the definition of toxicology
that respond with the biological • Explain the basic concepts of
system, and may cause dangerous toxicology
effects. • Explain the relationship between dose
and effect
• Explain the concept of toxicokinetics
• + =
Basic Concept of Toxicology Scope

• Relationship of dose and effect • Definition
• Toxicokinetics (method of exposure • Basic Concept
and effects of chemical) • Relationship of dose and effect
- Absorption • Toxicokinetics
- Distribution • Factors that influence toxicity
- Metabolism
• Types of toxicity
- Excretion
Relationship of Dose and
Dose
Effect
• Quantity of material that is given to an
• Elaboration of effect organism within a given time.
1. Seriousness of the effect - Quantity per body weight (mg/kg)

2. Percentage of the population that is - Concentration in the air (ppm or
affected mg/m3)
• Dose = concentration x time
Relationship of Dose and Effect Relationship of Dose and

Seriousness of the Effect Effect
Effect
• Refers to the relationship between the dose
of a chemical and its effects.
Deadly effect
• Observation
Effective effect (ED) Toxic effect (TD)
(LD) 1. Chemicals react with the biological
reversible effect
example:
example: death system causing certain effects.
Brain damage
sore eyes 2. The effect depends on the concentration
Seriousness of the effect dose of the chemical.
© 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Dose (D) © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
9 7
Relationship of dose and effect Relationship of dose and effect
Percentage of population affected
Use of the dose-effect curve
• Assessment toxicity (comparison of
Resistant
chemical toxicity with the same effects) : 100
% of individual
LD50 population
evaluate LD50 affected
DDT = 113 mg/kg 50
Ethyl alcohol = 1,400 mg/kg A majority of individual are
affected at this dosage
range
Which one is more toxic?
Source from the Permissible Exposure Limit 0
Sensitive ED50 Dose
(PEL)
individual
Relationship of dose and effect

Toxicokinetics Relative toxicity index : LD50
100
• Movement of toxic materials % of
population
affected
• Route of entry of toxic materials into the
human body 50
LD50 = 50%
- Inhalation, ingestion, absorption death
• Outcome of toxic materials 0

- Distribution, metabolism, excretion LD50 Dose
Used to show dispersion of chemical and pesticide toxicity
Fate of Chemicals Routes of Entry
Distribution • Four methods:
1. Inhalation
• Process where the chemical and its
metabolites are distributed into the body. 2. Skin Absorption
3. Ingestion – with food intake and smoking
• Assist us in identifying the target organ of a 4. Injection
chemical and potential problem areas.
• The routes of entry may give indicators on
• Facilitate medical surveillance of the specific the type of monitoring and exposure
organ functions. control measures to be taken.
Fate of Chemicals
Metabolism
• Process in which the absorbed chemical

takes another form.
• This second form is called the metabolite.
• Knowledge on the metabolite produced is

important for biological monitoring.
Types of Toxic Effects Fate of Chemicals
Excretion
Toxic effects can be defined in various
ways:
• Process of disposing the absorbed
material and its metabolite from the
• Duration of exposure (acute or chronic) body.
• Location of toxic effects (local or systemic)
• Occurrence of the effect after exposure • Different materials are excreted in a
(immediate or delayed) different manner (urine, stools and
breathing, sweating, saliva and tears).
Factors that influence

Types of Toxic Effects toxicity
Toxic effects can be defined in various
ways: Chemical Individual
• Seriousness of the effect (reversible or characteristics characteristics
irreversible)
• Age
• Method of exposure • Gender
• Organs affected (lungs, nervous system etc.) • Type of chemical • Allergies
• Physical properties • Genes
• Duration of exposure • Immunology status
• Specific effects (carcinogenesis, allergies, • Concentration of exposure • Food status
mutagenesis) • Effects of interaction • Existing diseases
between chemicals
Types of Toxic Effects Types of Toxic Effects
LOCAL SYSTEMIC Duration of Exposure

• Effect occurs at • Effect occurs at a
location of exposure location away from
the place of • Acute exposure
chemical entry
Example:
– High dosage (accidental leakage or spillage)
1. Chlorine: sore eyes Example:
2. Chromic acid: 1. Organic solvent:
narcosis effect – Acute effect
corrosive effect on
skin

IMMEDIATE EFFECT DELAYED EFFECT • Chronic exposure
• Occurs immediately • Toxic effect is only
apparent after a certain - Usually low dosage
after exposure
duration after exposure - Chronic effect
(sometimes workers are example : toluene
Example: unaware of when - Acute effect
1,1,1 - trichloroethane: exposure happened)
example: sore eyes
narcosis effect
- Chronic effect
Example:
example: toxicity in the nervous system
Asbestos – lung cancer
It is easier to identify the causing agent for • Applied in the Permissible Exposure Limit:
immediate effects compared to delayed effects STEL and TWA (8 hours)
TARGETED ORGANS REVERSIBLE IRREVERSIBLE
• Lungs : pneumoconiosis, lung cancer • Toxic effects are
• Toxic effects will lose its
Example: asbestos permanent even after
effect after exposure
• Nervous system: narcosis, neuropathy exposure
Example: Chlorine
Example: toluene Example: Cancer
• Kidney: kidney failure n-hexane : able to have both effects depending on dose
Example: cadmium and duration of exposure
• Hematology : leukemia •Short term effect : narcosis (reversible)
Example: benzene •Long term effect : neuropathic peripheries (irreversible)
Knowledge of the targeted organs is important for the purpose Irreversible effects are more dangerous than reversible
of medical surveillance effects
Conclusion Types of Toxic Effects

• Dose is the quantity of the chemical that
has been exposed or has entered into the SPECIFIC TOXIC EFFECTS
body
• Allergies to the respiratory system
(agents for asthma)
• LD50 : used in the assessment of chemical
• Allergies to the skin
toxicity
• Carcinogenic
• Mutagenic
• Main routes of entry of toxic material are: • Teratogenic
– Inhalation, ingestion and skin absorption
Objectives Conclusion
• Explain in general the historical • Many factors influence the effects of toxic
development of Industrial Hygiene in towards the human body
Malaysia
• State two roles of Industrial Hygiene • Toxicological knowledge is applied in the:
practitioners – Formulation of the Chemical Safety Data Sheet
• State the definition of Industrial Hygiene (CSDS)
– Determining the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL),
• Explain the principles of Industrial identifying correct biological monitoring controls
Hygiene and medical surveillance
Scope
INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE
OVERVIEW
• Role of Industrial Hygiene
practitioners
• Definition of Industrial Hygiene
• Principles of Industrial Hygiene
Development of Industrial
PREVENTION TREATMENT
Hygiene in Malaysia
• Industrial Hygiene activities in Malaysia
INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST
began in the 1970s when DOSH started to
conduct factory inspections to identify health
hazards.
HAZARD DISEASE • Four regulations related to the practice of
Industrial Hygiene were gazetted under the
FMA 1967.
WORKER
• Two regulations related to the practice of
Industrial Hygiene were gazetted under
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH DOCTOR OSHA 1994.
© 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
6 without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Industrial Hygiene: Role of Industrial Hygiene

AIHA Definition Practitioners
• Prevention of exposure to or contact
• American Industrial Hygiene Association with health hazards and control of
“That science and art devoted to the health risks in the workplace
anticipation, recognition, evaluation, and environment.
control of those environmental factors and
stresses arising in or from the workplace, • Address the source of problems by
which may cause sickness, impaired health identifying the hazard and method of
and well-being, or significant discomfort among contact and how to prevent or minimise
workers or among citizens of the community” exposure and/or its effects.
© 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 5 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
7 reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Chemical Hazards Principles of Industrial
Hygiene
• General • Anticipation of Hazard
– Dust, particles and smoke • Hazard Identification
– Liquid and mists • Risk Assessment
– Gas and vapour
• Risk Control
• Solvents
• Metals of chemical hazards, physical and biological
• Acids and Bases agents from work activities with the objective
• Pesticides to prevent or reduce the risks to health
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced
Physical Hazards
Health Hazards
– Noise
– Vibration PSYCHOSOCIAL
CHEMICAL
– Ionising radiation
– Non-ionising radiation
– Lighting PHYSICAL
– Extreme high/low temperature ERGONOMIC
– Extreme high/low air pressure BIOLOGICAL
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced
Information on Plant, Biological Hazards
Process and Material
• Micro organisms
– Layout plan of machinery and equipment
- Bacteria, virus
– Process flow chart
– Equipment inventory • Insects
– Chemical inventory including raw material, • Plants
end product, by-product and waste - Fungus, yeast, mold
– Process inventory including process flow,
materials used, conditions, standard
operating procedures, potential hazards
and control systems.
Employee Information Hazard Identification

 Information sources
– Number of employees  Chemical inventory, Chemical Safety Data
– Employee name list by department/unit Sheet (CSDS), product specification
• Gender  Process flow and description
• Total working hours  Factory layout plan
• Work shift
 Observation and Inspection
• Position
 Related Feedback
• Age
 Medical Records
Workplace Observation Observation and Inspection
• Identify all health hazards
– From both planned and unplanned activities Objective:
• Communication with operators or workers • Identification of hazards to health at the
who handle the process or control the workplace
equipment
• Ensure that occupational safety and
• Measurement of hazard using equipments health procedures are implemented
– Direct reading equipment
Employee Feedback Workplace Observation

3 Approaches
• Geographical approach
• Ask about symptoms/discomfort – By location or work division
– Suitable to simple processes / various processes
– Example in the same location
Headache, skin irritation, vomiting • Hazard tracking
– Track specific hazards such as noise
• Look into complaints – Used to evaluate compliance to specific
– Example Regulations.
• Process flow
No provision of Personal Protective – By following the work activity or process
Equipment – Suitable for complex work processes
Medical Records
Exposure Standards
• Poisoning cases and work related
 The limit of worker exposure to a hazard diseases
without risk of adverse health effects.
• Employee health complaints
 Useful in determining the necessity of risk
controls and measures. • Health surveillance and occupational
 Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) medicine programmes
Risk Assessment Objective of Risk

 To know the properties of the hazard Assessment
and its risk to health
• To enable decisions on the necessity of
 Characteristics of exposure
exposure controls and measures.
 Level of exposure:
 Frequency of exposure • To determine the level of exposure and
 Duration of exposure its relationship the risk of disease.
 Intensity of exposure
 Analysis of results
Risk Assessment Risk Assessment
 Characteristics of exposure
 Level of Exposure
 Who is exposed?
 Exposure intensity - Quantitative
 How many are exposed?
 Using equipment to measure the intensity or
magnitude of exposure  What are they exposed to?
 How are they exposed?
 Exposure intensity - Qualitative  Inhalation
 Using observation and professional opinion  Skin Absorption
 Ingestion
 Are there any existing control measures?

Risk Assessment
Dust and Smoke Sampling Risk Assessment
 Respirable Dust
 Level of Exposure
 May enter the lungs
 Frequency of exposure
 Less than 10 micrometer in diameter
 daily, weekly, monthly?
 Adversely affects the lungs
 Inhalable Dust  Duration of exposure
 May be inhaled into the respiratory system  by seconds, minutes, hours?
 May come up to 100 micrometer in diameter
 Adversely affects the systemic and  Intensity of exposure
respiratory systems  high, medium, low?
Risk Assessment
Risk Assessment Gas and Vapour Sampling
Heat Stress
 Gases and Vapours
 Area measurement  Are easily inhaled
 Measurement of various identified  Use reagent which can absorb gas
locations at the workplace or vapour
 Use container fill with reagent
 Measurement of worker exposure
 Use of direct reading equipments
 Measurements at location of worker
 Use of integrated sampling
equipments
Quantitative Assessment Risk Assessment

Sampling Technique Noise Sampling
• Personal Sampling  Area Measurement
– Equipment to measure the exposure level  Measurements taken at various
at the worker breathing zone locations
– Equipment is attached to the worker  Noise Mapping
• Area Sampling  Noisy zones
– Equipment to measure the level of
 Noise contours
contaminants in the work environment
– Equipment is placed at various identified  Measurement of worker exposure
locations in the workplace  Measure at worker areas
Occupational Exposure Quantitative Assessment
Standards Sampling Strategy
 Levels of controls for exposure exceeding the
permissible limits need to be monitored to • Why should sampling be conducted?
ensure the protection of worker health • What is sampled?
 Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) • Who is sampled?
 Threshold Limit Value (TLV) - ACGIH • When will sampling take place?
 Workplace Exposure Standard (WES) -
Australia • Duration of sampling?
• How many samples are required?
Assessment of Results
Permissible Exposure Limits
under FMA 1967
• LEAD : 0.15 mg/meter3 • Comparison with Exposure Standards
• ASBESTOS : 1 fibre/millilitre air Example: Permissible Exposure Limits
• NOISE
– 90 dBA for 8 hours; 115dBA maximum
• Based on the rate of hazard/agent
– 140 dB for impulse noise production, its existence in the
• MINERAL DUST: workplace, and its level of
– 5 mg/m3 for respirable dust; absorption/contact
– 10 mg/m3 for total dust
• Sufficiency of control measures
– 0.1 mg/m3 for respirable quartz
Permissible Exposure Limits under
OSHA 1994
Qualitative Assessment
LEVEL OF Level of absorption/contact • CEILING LIMIT
EXPOSURE – May not be exceeded at any time
Low Medium High • 8-HOUR TIME WEIGHTED AVERAGE (8-hour TWA)
– May not be exceeded after average for a duration of 8
Low Extremely Low Mediun hours
low • MAXIMUM EXPOSURE LIMIT (15 MINUTE AVERAGE)
Medium Low Medium High – May not be exceeded at any 15 minute average
– The value is three times the 8-hour TWA
High Medium High Extremely
Reaction level
high
© 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No
part of this document shall be reproduced
without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Principle of Risk Control Quantitative Assessment

 Prioritise the control measures at the source, not the TWA or Maximum Exposure
worker Concentration intensity
 Prioritise the elimination of hazards, not the reduction of Extremely high
 3 x PEL
exposure
 Controls should target below the permissible exposure  PEL, <3 x PEL High
limits
 0.5 x PEL, < PEL Medium
 Controls should be as low as practicable, especially in
cases where there is no data on the permissible  0.1 x PEL, <0.5 x PEL Low
exposure limit
 Use of personal protective equipment (PPE) as a last
<0.1 x PEL Extremely low
resort
Principle of Risk Control Principle of Risk Control
1. Prioritise the control measures at the
3.Controls should target below the source, not the worker
permissible exposure limits
• Controlled source means controlled exposure
 Risk is reduced if worker exposure is below
• Controlled source means a hazard free
the permissible limits
environment
 Exposure beyond the permissible limits is
• It is easier to control processes, machinery and
detrimental to worker health
equipment than to control workers
 Violation of regulations
Principle of Risk Control Principle of Risk Control

4.Controls should be as low as
practicable, especially in cases where 2.Prioritise the elimination of hazards,
there is no data on the permissible not the reduction of exposure
exposure limit  No hazard means no exposure
 The risk of cancer or allergy exists even at low  Elimination of hazards is more effective
exposure levels
 Reduction of exposure is only recommended
 Hazard free environment is still the best
where it is not possible to eliminate or isolate
working environment the hazard
 Many chemicals do not have permissible
exposure limits
Hierarchy of Risk Controls Principle of Risk Control
1.Hazard Elimination 5.Use of personal protective equipment
(PPE) as a last resort
• Prohibition of use
 Successful use of PPE depends on worker
– Prohibition of the use of benzene as a grease
remover or use of crosidolite in asbestos production cooperation
process  To be effective, PPE needs to be worn at all
• Employment of other methods times
– Benzene as grease remover is eliminated by using  Use of PPE is:
physical controls such as the use of ultrasonic  A temporary measure
technology
 An addition to other control measures
 When other methods are not practicable
46 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 44
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Hierarchy of Risk Controls

Hierarchy of Risk Controls
• Elimination
2. Substitution
• Substitution
• Substituting the hazard with a less hazardous
material/process • Isolation
– n-hexane is toxic to the nervous system and may be • Reduced exposure through
substituted with a water-based cleaning agent as a
grease remover – Engineering controls
– Safe work practices and procedures
– Sand is substituted with glass beads in the blasting – Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
and abrasive process
Methods of Risk Control Hierarchy of Risk Controls
Engineering Measures 3.Isolation
• Distance
• Chemical
– Distance the hazard from
– Ventilation, wet process
the workers
• Noise
• Cover/Guard
– Noise absorption, soundproofing, damping,
– Cover the hazard
isolating vibration
– Place guarding to prevent
• Heat stress unwanted entry/access to
– Automation, local temperature control hazard
Methods of Risk Control Hierarchy of Risk Controls

Work Practices and Procedures
4.Reduction of exposure
• Chemical
– Safe operating Procedures (SOP), limiting – Engineering controls
duration of exposure – Safe work practices and procedures
• Noise
– Shift work, scheduling of heavy machinery – Personal protective equipment (PPE)
operations
• Heat stress
– Hourly rests in cooler temperatures, increasing
water intake, acclimatisation
Methods of Risk Control Methods of Risk Control
Personal Protective Equipment Personal Protective Equipment
• Heat stress • Chemical
– Face Shield – Face shield
– Goggle
– Ventilated protective clothing
– Respirators / face masks
– Apron – Apron
– Heat resistant gloves – Gloves
– Protective shoes – Protective clothing
– Protective shoes
Other Control Measures Methods of Risk Control

 Information, orders and training Personal Protective Equipment
 Exposure monitoring • Noise
 Health surveillance – Ear muffs
 First aid and emergency facilities – Ear plugs
• Disposable
 Warning signages • Reusable
Objectives
CHEMICAL HAZARDS:
• Identify the legislations related to
asbestos, mineral dust, lead and ASBESTOS, MINERAL DUST,
organic solvents LEAD, ORGANIC SOLVENTS
• Explain the control measures for AND PESTICIDES
asbestos, mineral dust, lead and
organic solvents
• Explain health surveillance
requirements for asbestos, mineral Safety and Health Officer Course
dust, lead and organic solvents
Objectives Objectives
• State the definition of pesticides • State at least 3 specific characteristics
• Explain how pesticides can enter the of asbestos, mineral dust and lead
body • Explain the routes of entry for asbestos,
• Explain the classes of pesticides mineral dust, lead and organic solvents
• Explain at least 3 control measures for • Elaborate the harmful effects asbestos,
pesticides mineral dust, lead and organic solvents
Scope
Asbestos, mineral dust, lead and
organic solvents
• Specific characteristics
ASBESTOS • Modes of exposure
• Related legislations
• Occupations at risk
• Health effects
• Control measures
• Health surveillance
Specific Characteristics
Scope
• Asbestos – is a generic name for magnesium silica that is
formulated through the natural process Pesticides
• Introduction
• 2 groups: serpentine (Chrysotile) and amphibole (Amosite • Exposure
and Crocidolite)
• Routes of entry into the human body
• Heat resistant • Classes of pesticides
• Symptoms of poisoning
• Has high pressure and flexibility • Control measures
• A good conductor
Related Legislations Types of Asbestos
• Factories and Machinery (Asbestos
Chrysotile
Process) Regulations 1986 Amosite
– Permissible Exposure Limit, exposure monitoring,
control of exposure and control measures
• Occupational Safety and Health (Use and
Standards of Exposure of Chemicals
Hazardous to Health) 2000
– Permissible Exposure Limit, risk assessment, health Crocidolite
surveillance and control measures
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. 9 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Uses of Asbestos Methods of exposure

• Inhalation
• Construction materials - fibre: type, size, dose

• Friction material (car brakes) - duration of exposure
- biological reaction of the
• Conductors
respiratory system
• Water pipes
• Ingestion - minor
Inside a Building
Health Effects
Lungs Roofing
• Asbestosis Heating
Water tank
system
• Lung cancer Pipe and gutter
Chimney
• Mesotelioma (Cancer of the lung lining) Garage roof
Fire resistant
• Pneumonia Wall panels paint
Other systems
Car brakes
• Cancer - colon, kidney
Clutch Plates
Asbestos : Health Effects

Occupations at Risk
Lung cancer
Pleural • Factory workers for products using
mesothelioma Pleural plaque asbestos
Rounded atelectasis
Asbestosis
• Workers that are exposed to the use of
Pleurisy
asbestos materials – shipbuilding, oil
Peritoneal rigs etc.
mesothelioma
Mesothelioma in testis
© 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Health Control Measures
Surveillance • Elimination
- prohibition of crociodolite
1. Clinical examination
• Minimise exposure
- Work processes and practices
- Engineering controls
- Personal protective equipment
2. Chest X-ray
3. Lung function test 17 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Health surveillance
• Exposure Monitoring
• Medical assessments (by OHD)
- History (medical, occupational, smoking)
MINERAL DUST - Clinical examination
- Chest X-ray
- Lung function test
• Medical Removal Protection
20 18 reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Mineral Dust Exposure
Specific Characteristics
• Mineral dust
– silica, kaolin, quartz etc
• Silica (silicon dioxide)

1. Free form: quartz, cristobalite, tridymite
2. Mixture (silicate): asbestos, kaolin
Occupations at Risk Methods of Exposure

• Mining • Inhalation
• Quarry • Risk depends on:
• Works involving rocks containing silica - type of mineral dust
• Boiling works (sand preparation and - size of mineral dust
sand blasting) - exposure duration
- intensity of mineral dust in the breathing
zone
Pneumoconiosis and Cause Agent Related Legislations
Agent Specific Name • Factories and Machinery (Mineral Dust)
Crystalline silica Silicosis Regulations 1989
Coal dust Coal miners pneumoconiosis – Permissible Exposure Limit, exposure monitoring
, health surveillance, control measures
Mineral talc Talcosis
• Occupational Safety and Health (Use and
Ferum oxide Siderosis Standards of Exposure of Chemicals
Tin oxide Stannosis Hazardous to Health) Regulations 2000
– Permissible Exposure Limit, risk assessment,
health surveillance, control measures
Control Measures Health Effects

Elimination / Substitution 1. Pneumoconiosis
• Engineering controls: water spraying, local - Fibrosis of the lung due to inhalation of mineral
exhaust ventilation (LEV) dust
Work Procedures 2. Lung cancer

 Cleanliness, hygiene, changing room,
cupboard, warning signages
3. Lung failure
• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
• Respirator, clothing
• Correct type, suitable, good maintenance, hygiene 4. Risk of Whooping Cough
28 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. 26 reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Health Surveillance
• Health Surveillance (by Occupational Health

Doctor)
LEAD 1. History (medical, occupational, smoking)
3. Chest X-ray
4. Lung function testing
5. Whooping cough test
• Medical Removal Protection

Specific Characteristic Health

Surveillance
Two types
1. Non-organic lead – used as metallic
compound, alloy and chemical mixtures
2. Organic lead – used as additives for internal

combustion
2. Chest X-ray
3. Test for Whooping Cough
32 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 4. Lung function test
Methods of Exposure
Occupations at Risk
• Car battery • Inhalation
• Plastic PVC (Pb - stabiliser) – Particle size, particle dose
• Paint and printing (Pb - pigment) – Duration and frequency of exposure
• Glass making
• Lead (cable and pipes lining) • Ingestion
– Lack of personal hygiene and work
# Exposure at home: Working attire procedures
– Smoking while working
Health Surveillance Related Legislations
• Anemia • Factories and Machinery (Lead) Regulations

1984
• System reproduction -
– Permissible Exposure Limit, exposure monitoring,
impotence, miscarriage health surveillance, control measures
• Kidney failure
• High blood • Occupational Safety and Health (Use and
Standards of Exposure of Chemicals
• Nervous system – behavioural Hazardous to Health) Regulations 2000
change, neuropathy – Permissible Exposure Limit, risk assessment,
health surveillance, control measures
36 34 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Control Measures
• Elimination / Substitution
• Engineering Controls
• Water spraying: vacuum
• Administrative Controls
• Information, instruction and training
ORGANIC SOLVENT • Changing room facilities, cleaning/laundry and
personal hygiene
• Isolated eating places, drinks and smoking
• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
• Respirator, clothing
• Type, suitability, good maintenance and hygiene
Specific Characteristics Health Surveillance

• Organic solvents are chemicals in liquid

• Health surveillance (by Occupational Health
form and is capable of dissolving non- Doctor)
soluble organic compounds 1. History (occupational, medical)
2. Clinical assessment: anemia, hypertension,
• Organic solvents are fat-soluble, easily nervous system
3. Hemoglobin, kidney function
absorbed and may explode at room
4. Blood lead test
temperature.
• Medical Removal
Method of Exposure
Occupations at Risk
• Exposure usually happens through skin
• Organic solvents are widely used in contact and inhalation.
industries.
• Used in paint, ink, cleaning oil from • It enters the body via skin absorption
machines and cleaning of glue on and fume inhalation.
furniture.
• It is also widely used in the printing
process
Health Effects Related Legislations

• Inflammation of eyes, nose, throat
and lungs. • Occupational Safety and Health (Use and
• Dermatitis. Standards of Exposure of Chemicals
• Narcosis effect on the brain
(headaches, sleepy, fatigue and Hazardous to Health) Regulations 2000
unconsciousness)
• Some organic solvents are toxic to
bone marrow, liver, kidney and – Permissible Exposure Limit, risk
nervous system. assessment, health surveillance, control
• Benzene can cause blood cancer measures
such as leukemia.
Control measures
Health Surveillance  Elimination / Substitution
 Engineering Controls
Among the tests that may be conducted are:  Water spraying: vacuum
 Administrative Controls
• Organic solvent survey  Information, instruction and training
• Tests on specific organs that are the target of  Changing room facilities, cleaning/ dobby and
the toxic material such as blood test for liver and personal hygiene
kidney problems  Isolated eating places, drinks and smoking
• Test on the nervous system such as nerve  Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
conduction velocity and neurobehavioural test.
 Respirator, clothing
• Urine or blood test to detect organic solvent  Type, suitability, good maintenance and hygiene
exposure
Health Surveillance
• Health surveillance is conducted based

PESTICIDES on the type of organic solvent
exposure.
• Each organic solvent gives different

harmful effects. Details on these effects
may be obtained from the Chemical
Safety data Sheet (CSDS).
Routes of Entry into the Introduction
Human Body
Through:
• Pesticides is any solution or mixture

1. Ingestion
used to prevent, kill, or eliminate
pests.
2. Inhalation
3. Skin Absorption
Pesticides Classification Exposure

1. Classification by usage
• Poison for pests
• Poison for plants • Farmers
• Poison for rodents • Factory workers
• Health workers and researchers
2. Classification by toxicity • Public
• Numbers and letters
• By colour
Symptoms of Poisoning Classification by Toxicity
(numbers and letters)
Short term effects
• Class 1a – Very highly toxic and
• General symptoms dangerous
• Skin and nails
• Class 1b – High level of toxicity
• Eyes
• Mouth, stomach and colon • Class 2 – Medium level of toxicity
• Respiratory system • Class 3 – Low level of toxicity
• Central nervous system • Class 4 – Very low level of toxicity
• Others
Symptoms of Poisoning Classification by Toxicity

(colour)
Long term effects
• Class 1a – Black
• Allergies to skin and nails • Class 1b – Red
• Cancer • Class 2 – Yellow
• Impotency
• Class 3 – Blue
• Class 4 – White
While Using Pesticides Control Measures
• Before using pesticides

• Refrain from smoking, eating and
drinking
• Do not spray against the wind • While using pesticides
• Ensure to passers-by
• Refrain from blowing the sprayer if there • After using pesticides
is a blockage
After Using Pesticides Before Using Pesticides
• Equipment, clothing and PPE used should be • Suitable PPE

properly cleaned and stored in good condition • Read and follow instructions on label
• Shower using ample water and soap immediately
• Mix the pesticide as recommended
after use
• Record the usage in the specified log book • Use a sprayer suitable to the pesticide
• Equipments used must be stored or disposed in being used
the proper places • PPE and spraying equipment in good
• Know the first aid measures and procedures condition
SCOPE
• Principles of monitoring
• Types of sampling and monitoring
CHEMICAL
• Monitoring equipments
• Monitoring strategies MONITORING
• Sampling procedures
• Methods of chemical analysis
PRINCIPLES OF SAMPLING
OBJECTIVES
AND MONITORING
• State the principles of sampling and
monitoring
• Monitoring is conducted to monitor the • State the equipments that are used to
pollution levels in the work environment conduct sampling and monitoring activities
through measurement and sampling • Explain the strategies for sampling and
monitoring
– Monitoring of noise, heat stress, dust etc. • State 3 methods of chemical analysis
PRINCIPLES OF SAMPLING AND
TYPES OF MONITORING MONITORING
• Sampling is to collect air samples to identify the

• Area monitoring levels of airborne pollution or that may be
inhaled by workers
• Personal monitoring – Only applicable to airborne contaminants such as
dust, fume, gas and vapour
• Measurement is to measure the energy levels

existent in the environment such as noise levels
etc.
TYPES OF MONITORING TYPES OF HAZARDS MONITORED
• Particles
• AREA MONITORING
– Dust
– Fume
– Monitor hazard levels in a specific
area/work area – Fibre
• Gas
– Monitoring equipment placed in locations • Vapour
around the workplace, whether near or a
distance away from the source of hazard
TYPES OF SAMPLING
TYPES OF MONITORING
EQUIPMENT
• PERSONAL MONITORING
• Direct reading equipment
– Monitor the exposure level of a worker to a specific
• Integrated air sampling equipment hazard
– Equipment is placed on the worker where the sensor

of sample collector is positioned close to the route of
entry of the hazard. Example: for dust sampling, the
dust sampler is positioned near the worker breathing
zone
TYPES OF SAMPLING
PERSONAL SAMPLING
EQUIPMENT
• DIRECT READING EQUIPMENT
Sampling equipment
– Spontaneous results on the pollution/hazard levels
– Shows current condition of current environment
– Example: Draeger tube, Miran, Chassell respirable

dust monitor
RESPIRABLE DUST SAMPLING TYPES OF SAMPLING
EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
• INTEGRATED AIR SAMPLNG EQUIPMENT
Cassette Air flow
– Samples are collected to be analysed
– Gives a reading of the actual worker exposure
Air
– Example: pump+silicon tube+cassette, pump+silicon
tube+coal tube, pump+silicon tube+impinger
container
Cyclone
Pump
NYLON CYCLONE:10mm INHALABLE DUST SAMPLING

EQUIPMENT
Particulate
<10 micron
Air flow
Cassette
Sampling
Pump
Cyclone
METHODS OF CHEMICAL ACTIVE VAPOUR AND GAS
ANALYSIS SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
to pump
• Gravimetric
• Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry to pump
50 mg
(AAS) arang
separator
100 mg
• Gas Chromatography (GC) arang
absorbent liquid
• Infra-red Spectrophotometry
jet
• Asbestos count using the Phase Contrast
microscope ABSORBER ADSORBER
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
PASSIVE VAPOUR AND
SPECTROPHOTOMETRY (AAS) GAS SAMPLING
EQUIPMENT
atomic vapour
clip clip
source of
radiation long wave photo
spraying selector detector
area
sample Monitor badge Monitor tube
GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY
injection port
HEALTH RISK ASSESSMENT recorder

transporting gas
ARISING FROM THE USE
OF CHEMICALS
packed column detector amplifier
attenuator
Safety and Health Officer Course retention Time
AREA  AMOUNT SAMPLED

OBJECTIVES INFRA-RED
SPECTROPHOTOMETRY
sample
• State at least 2 purposes of assessment
• List at least 3 objectives of assessment dispersion
• Explain at least 2 assessment concepts
source
• Discuss briefly the assessment process recorder
Slit Slit
ABSORPTION=
K x SAMPLE THICKNESS x CONCENTRATION
CONCEPT OF ASSESSMENT SCOPE
• Purpose of Assessment
• Assessing the risk of a group of workers (work • Concept of Assessment
unit) with similar risks at the workplace should
include the following considerations: • Contents of Assessment
– Identity and form of chemical being used/released
at the workplace
• Methods of Conducting Assessment
– Health hazards
– Method and level of exposure
– Existing control measures and their effectiveness
PURPOSE OF ASSESSMENT
CONCEPT OF ASSESSMENT
• To enable decisions to be made on:
– Suitable control measures;
• Identify chemical hazards
– Worker training needs;
• Assess the level of exposure
– Monitoring; and
• Assess the adequacy of existing control – Health surveillance needs;
measures
• Summarise risk significance that are required to protect the health of workers
• Recommend suitable/additional control who are exposed to chemicals hazardous to health
measures necessary at the workplace
CONCEPT OF EXPOSURE CONCEPT OF WORK UNIT
• Exposure is when there is contact with a Should fulfill 2 basic criteria:

chemical, whether through inhalation, • Similar work task
ingestion, contact with eyes/skin, either for a – Workers in the unit are doing similar tasks
short or long duration • Potential for same type of exposure
• Same/chemical
• Example: a quarry worker is exposed to silica
– Workers in the unit are exposed to same
dust via inhalation as he is constantly inhaling
chemicals hazardous to health
stone dust
• Potential for same chemical exposure
CONCEPT OF RISK CONCEPT OF HAZARD

• Probability of injury or harm to health • HAZARD is the potential of a chemical
due to use of chemicals hazardous to to cause injury or harm to health
health
– Example: Natrium cyanide is hazardous as a
– Risk of a person contracting silicosis is high if small quantity is capable of causing death
he is constantly exposed to stone dust – Example: Nitric acid is hazardous as it is
containing high percentage of silica, and for capable of destroying parts of the body upon
long durations, without using proper contact
respiratory protection
RISK EQUATION
CONTENT OF ASSESSMENT
Regulation 9(2): • Risk = How x Severity x Quantity
An assessment should take into
– HOW refers to the route of entry of the chemical into
consideration: the body
– SEVERITY refers to the toxicity of the chemical
1) Potential risks
– QUANTITY refers to the quantity of the chemical
2) Method and steps of chemical usage entering/in contact with the body
3) Health hazard criteria
4) Level of exposure • RISK = HAZARD X EXPOSURE
5) Risk to health
RISK EQUATION:
CONTENT OF 5-SCALE VALUE
ASSESSMENT
• Defining the 5-Scale Value for Hazard
6) Control measures (HR), Exposure (ER) & Risk (RR):
7) Control measures for accidental release RR =  (HR x ER)
8) Necessity for worker exposure monitoring – Where HR : 1 - 5, ER : 1 - 5, RR : 1 - 5
9) Necessity for health surveillance
• Assessment
10) Necessity for worker training and retraining
1 2 3 4 5
Low Moderate High
CONTENT OF ASSESSMENT CONTENT OF ASSESSMENT
1) POTENTIAL RISK
3) HEALTH HAZARD CRITERIA
– Situation where there is a possibility of a
worker falling ill or sustaining injury from the
– Physical form normal use, handling, storing, transporting or
– Chemical used/produced? disposal, or accidental/abnormal release of
– Toxicity data the chemical
– Effect on health
– Example: chemical sprays, clouds of dust,
• Acute bad work practices, worker complaints of
• Chronic symptoms/diseases
HAZARD RATING
HR LOCAL SYSTEMIC
2) METHODS AND PROCEDURES FOR USE
1 No serious health effect
/ HANDLING OF CHEMICALS
2 Minor, reversible Reversible upon end of
exposure
3 Moderate, reversible Reversible, not too – Method of handling
serious - will not cause • Manual or Automatic?
serious injury or disability – Type of process
4 Life threatening, Serious disability, may • Closed or Open?
Permanent disability, cause death
– Work Procedures
reversible
• Standard Operating Procedure
5 Exposure to low dosage may cause serious
disability or death • Safe Operating Procedure
FREQUENCY RATING CONTENT OF ASSESSMENT
FREQUENCY DEFINITION 4) LEVEL OF EXPOSURE
RATING
1 < once a year – Improbable
– Route of Entry
• Inhalation, skin absorption or ingestion
2 > one time exposure per year – Remote
– Quantitative Assessment
• Sampling of airborne contaminants
3 > one time exposure per month - Occasional – Qualitative Assessment
• Job observation
4 > once a week – Probable • Measurement of frequency, duration and intensity of
exposure
5 exposure potential is once or more per shift • Professional input
or per day – Frequent
21 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced
MAGNITUDE RATING
DURATION RATING
DURATION RATING % WORKING HOURS MAGNITUDE TIME WEIGHTED AVERAGE
RATING (TWA) OR MAXIMUM
EXPOSURE LIMIT
1 < 12.5 %
1 < 0.1 x PEL
2 12.5 – 25 %
2 0.1 to < 0.5 x PEL
3 25 – 50 3 0.5 to < PEL
4 50 – 87.5 % 4 PEL to < 3.0 x PEL
5 > 87.5 % 5  3 x PEL
22 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced
EXPOSURE RATING
MAGNITUDE RATING
CONTENT OF ASSESSMENT 1 2 3 4 5
1 1 2 2 2 3
5) RISK TO HEALTH
2 2 2 3 3 4
– Significant Risk
• Situation may result in high risk to health for 3 2 3 3 4 4
workers or exposed persons. Example: may
result in irritation, corrosion, harmful or toxicity 4 2 3 4 4 5
DURATION RATING
FREQUENCY RATING /
– Insignificant Risk
• Situation does not result in high risk to health 5 3 4 4 5 5
RISK RATING & ITS SIGNIFICANCE

EXPOSURE RATING (ER)
1 2 3 4 5
1 RR=1 RR=2 RR=2 NR=2 RR=3
RR=2 5) RISK TO HEALTH

2 RR=2 RR=3 RR=3 RR=4
3 RR=2 RR=3 RR=3 RR=4 RR=4 – Take into consideration Hazard and
Exposure in both normal and emergency
4 RR=2 RR=3 RR=4 RR=4 RR=5 circumstances
HAZARD RATING (HR)

– Is the risk significant or insignificant?
5 RR=3 RR=4 RR=4 RR=5 RR=5
8) NECESSITY OF WORKER 6) CONTROL MEASURES

MONITORING PROGRAMME
– Why necessary? – Existing control measures
– What chemical, and in what form, should be – Adequacy of existing control measures
monitored? • Suitability
– Who should be monitored? • Use and Effectiveness
– Frequency of monitoring? • Maintenance
– Which sampling and analysis methods should – Additional suggestions / recommendations
be adopted?

9) NECESSITY FOR HEALTH
7) MEASURES FOR ACCIDENTAL EXPOSURE
SURVEILLANCE
– Probability of accidental exposure?
– Why necessary? • Spillage
• Leakage
– Exposure to what?
• Accident
– Who should be examined? – Control measures
– Who should conduct surveillance? • Emergency Response Plan (ERP)
– Requirements for health surveillance?

ASSESSMENT PROCESS:
10 Steps for Conducting Risk Assessment
10) NECESSITY FOR WORKER TRAINING
AND RETRAINING
1) Identify the assessor
2) Gather information about chemicals, – Who should be trained?
work and work practices – What type of training is necessary?
• Induction
3) Divide into work units • Specific / specialised
• Refresher
4) Determine degree of hazards – Frequency of training?
5) Evaluate exposure – Contents of training?
ASSESSMENT CONCLUSION
ASSESSMENT PROCESS:
10 Steps for Conducting Risk Assessment
• INSIGNIFICANT RISK……………………… C1
6) Assess adequacy of control measures • SIGNIFICANT RISK
– ADEQUATE CONTROL MEASURES………… C2
7) Conclude the assessment
– INADEQUATE CONTROL MEASURES……… C3
8) Identify actions to be taken
• INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION ………….. C4
9) Reporting the assessment • UNCOMFIRMED EXPOSURE……………… C5
10) Review assessment
ASSESSMENT PROCESS
CHEMICAL SAFETY 1.Identify assessor
DATA SHEET (CSDS) 2.Gather information C4
Insufficient
information
3.Divide into work units
4.Determine degree of hazard Non-hazardous C1

chemical
5.Evaluate exposure C5
Unconfirmed exposure
OBJECTIVES ASSESSMENT PROCESS

• State the definition of chemical safety 6.Assess adequacy of control measures
data sheet
C1
• List 4 objectives of chemical safety 7.Conclude assessment Insignificant risk
data sheet Significant risk, adequate controls C2
• Identify legislative requirements related Significant risk, inadequate controls C3
to chemical safety data sheets
8.Identify actions to be taken
• Explain at least 6 mandatory information
in the chemical safety data sheet 9.Reporting of assessment
10.Review assessment
OBJECTIVES OF CSDS SCOPE
• What is CSDS?
To enable users of hazardous chemicals to:
• Understand the safety recommendations and their • Objectives of CSDS
rationale
• Be aware of the consequences of failure to comply
• Legislative requirements
to the recommendations • Mandatory information
• Identify the symptoms of over exposure to
hazardous chemicals • Additional information
• Provide input towards the development of strategies
and recommendations for safety in the use of
hazardous chemicals
© 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced
LEGISLATIVE
REQUIREMENTS WHAT IS CSDS?
• In Regulation 13(1) of the Occupational Safety and • Chemical Safety Data Sheet (CSDS)
Health (Classification, Labeling and Safety Data is an information sheet or paper
Sheet of Hazardous Chemicals) Regulations 2013, a
supplier shall furnish a Safety Data Sheet to a
that contains updated information
chemical recipient related to chemicals hazard to
• A principal supplier is a person that supplies health and its preparations that is
chemicals including the formulator, manufacturer, essential to ensure the safe use of
importer, reformulator or recycler
• A subsidiary supplier is a person that supplies
the chemical and its preparation at
chemicals including the repacker, retailer or the workplace
distributor
LEGISLATIVE
MANDATORY INFORMATION
REQUIREMENTS
1. Chemical product identity and supplier details
2. Composition of chemicals for identification of • Supplier is required to review the CSDS
hazardous properties from time to time when new information on
3. Identification of hazard a specific hazardous chemical becomes
4. First aid measures available
5. Fire control measures • Information on the CSDS must be written
6. Measures to handle accidental exposure in both the National Language (Bahasa
7. Handling and storage Malaysia) and English
LEGISLATIVE
MANDATORY INFORMATION
REQUIREMENTS
8. Exposure control and personal protection
• Confidential information is not required to be
9. Physical and chemical characteristics displayed in the CSDS but must be provided,
10. Stability and reactivity upon written request, to:
11. Toxicological information – An Occupational Health Doctor
L2. Ecological information – Any persons using/handling the chemical
13. Disposal information • Information is only obtained for the purpose of
14. Transportation information safeguarding worker safety and health
15. Date of CSDS preparation
IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARD CHEMICAL PRODUCT IDENTITY
AND SUPPLIER DETAILS
• For review during emergencies • Product details

• List of priority risks – Product name, commercial name and chemical name
– Chemical formula, molecule weight, chemical group
• Highest risk should be listed first – Usage
• Hazards listed should include risks caused by • Company identification
– Manufacturer details
physicochemical properties, health and
– Name and address of importer and distributor
environmental effects – Emergency telephone number
• Contact point
– Name and telephone number of main informer
FIRST AID MEASURES COMPOSITION OF CHEMICAL FOR

IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS
PROPERTIES
• Instruction to exposed individuals, emergency team
members and ambulance workers
Should be clearly stated to enable identification of
• Early treatment that may be administered without hazardous chemicals for risk assessment purposes
sophisticated equipments and without complex
medication • Chemical name
– For each component and ingredient
• Focuses on the various routes of entry; eye
contact, skin absorption, inhalation, ingestion • Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) Number
etc. • Proportion
• Instruction and advice of a doctor/medical – List of ingredients in ascending order
practitioner • Exposure Limit
• Acute Toxicity Data
HANDLING AND STORAGE FIRE CONTROL MEASURES
• Safe handling and storage of chemical include:
• Fire-fighting Media
– Location – distance of isolation, type of container • Fire-fighting Instructions
– Ventilation – temperature, control from weather changes
– Segregation- Types of products that may not be • Specific Hazards
stored/handled together or in close proximity
– Fire hazard with the existence of various
– Type of flooring – store safety
– Emergency facilities
chemicals
– Explosion hazard with the existence of
• Recommended safety phrases for handling can be various chemicals
obtained on product label
– Any hazardous products/materials
EXPOSURE CONTROL AND MEASURES FOR

PERSONAL PROTECTION ACCIDENTAL EXPOSURE
• Exposure Limit • Action required if there is accidental chemical

– For the product and/or its properties release (including leakage and spillage)
– Refer Permissible Exposure Limits in the country, if there are • Minimum measures for control of leaks and spills
no other references/standards available • Safety and health control measures:
• Engineering Measures – Among others; control/stop the source of release, sufficient
– Emphasis on engineering controls ventilation, supply of PPE
– Recommend suitable engineering method and state type • Environmental control measures:
and specific requirements, where necessary – Among others; inform emergency services, cleaning of
• Personal Protection leakage and spills
– Specific information on requirements and types • WARNING: Do not take any action that may cause
further danger
STABILITY AND PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL
REACTIVITY CHARACTERISTICS
• Probability of hazardous reaction in • Appearance, odour

certain conditions, such as: • Solubility
– Avoid physical conditions • Boiling point (0C)
e.g. Avoid contact with water
• Melting point (0C)
– Avoid close proximity to chemicals
e.g. Avoid acid • Vapour pressure (mm of Hg at 25 0C)
• If a hazardous by-product is produced, • Percentage Volatiles
state the control measures
TOXICOLOGICAL PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL

INFORMATION CHARACTERISTICS
• Evaporation rate
• Information on the chemical effects on the
body through the potential routes of entry, • Vapour density
and available toxicological information • Specific gravity
• Information on the acute and chronic • Flash point
effects of over exposure
• Auto ignition temperature
• Information on possible health hazards
resulting from reaction with other • Flammability limits
chemicals e.g. use of tobacco and alcohol • Other information
TRANSPORTATION ECOLOGICAL
INFORMATION INFORMATION
• Legislative requirements – local and • Salient characteristics that may have effects on the
environment
international
• Information that is required, if relevant, includes:
• Packaging information – Potential routes for release of the chemical
– Persistence
• Any other specific transportation – Biodegradability
requirements – Bioaccumulation
– Aquatic Toxicity, and
– Hazards such as shock sensitivity should be – other ecotoxicity-related data – ecology
stated, if applicable e.g. effects from water treatment works
DATE OF CSDS
DISPOSAL INFORMATION
PREPARATION
• State the preparation or last • Specific recommendations on:
– Disposal of containers
review/amendment date of the CSDS – Method of disposal
• Preparation date: – Necessity to review authority requirements
• Display the date as day/month/year – Specific procedures for burning or burying
• Months should be written in full • Disposal into the domestic waste system is
not recommended
• Proposals for disposal of large and small
quantities should be differentiated
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Classification, Labeling
and Safety Data Sheet of • Page numbering
– Each page should be numbers clearly to
Hazardous Chemicals ensure easy identification of each page of the
(CLASS) Regulations CSDS
– Page x from y:
2013 • x- actual page number; beginning with 1
• y- total number of pages in the CSDS
Certificate Course
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Legal information
• Information on the recommended classification,

– risk and safety phrases
• Recommended classification should state the highest
– degree of risk for each Part A and B, according to
physicochemical characteristic and health effects,
respectively
–
• R-phrases should give a general picture of related
risks
–
• S-phrases should provide information and advise on
the precautionary measures required
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
– Substance
•
•
– Mixture
Exemption:
• –
• –
• –
•
–
–
–

•

 –
 –


–

•
–
•
•
“Classification not
possible”
•
– “Not applicable”
–
UN Recommendations on the Transport of solids”,
“Not applicable”
Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria.
“Not classified”
•
– flammable liquid
Oxidizing Gases
• Initial boiling
Substance Flash point Classification
– An oxidizing gas is any gas which may, generally by providing point
oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of other material Diethyl ether -450C 34.60C Category 1
more than air does. Methanol 120C 64.70C Category 2
• Ethanol 12.80C 78.40C Category 2
Category Criteria
Category 1 Any gas which may, generally by providing
oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of
other material more than air does
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
Element Category 1 Category 2 Category 3
Pictogram
Signal Word Danger Danger Warning
H-Code: H224: Extremely H225: Highly H226: Flammable

Hazard flammable liquid flammable liquid liquid and vapour
Statement and vapour and vapour
•
–
•
– Serious eye damage
– Eye irritation
–
–
•
•
– •
•
– respiratory sensitizer
•
– Acute toxicity
•
–
–
–
• Acute toxicity estimate (ATE) Respiratory Sensitization
Element Category 1
•
Pictogram
Signal Word Danger

•
H334: May cause allergic or
H-Code:
asthma symptoms or breathing
Hazard Statement
difficulties if inhaled
–
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
–
•
– Acute hazard
Hazardous to The Aquatic Environment
Acute Chronic
Element
Cat.1 Cat.1 Cat.2 Cat.3 Cat.4
No hazard No hazard
Pictogram
pictogram pictogram
Signal Word Warning Warning No signal word No signal word No signal word
H413: May
H410: Very H411: Toxic to H412: Harmful
H-Code: H400: Very cause long
toxic to aquatic aquatic life with to aquatic life
Hazard toxic to aquatic lasting harmful
life with long long lasting with long
Statement life effects to
lasting effects effects lasting effects
aquatic life

•
•
–


 


 


 If the container ≤125 ml, supplier may label with:


 

 “read SDS before use”.
 •

•

•
Content of Packaging Dimension of Labels (in mm)

Not exceeding 3 litres If practicable, at least 52 x 74
Greater than 3 litres but not At least 74 x 105
exceeding 50 litres
Greater than 50 litres but not At least 105 x 148
exceeding 500 litres
Greater than 500 litres At least 148 x 210
•
–
–
•
≤
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
• •
• •
• •
•
• •
• •
•
• •
• •
OBJECTIVES
• Explain the principles of chemical
hazard management
• Introduce the “From the Cradle to the
Grave” Concept
ICOP on CLASS
• Explain at least 3 elements of “From the
Cradle to the Grave” concept
2 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document 67 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
SCOPE
CHEMICAL HAZARD
• Chemical Hazard MANAGEMENT
• Principles of Control
• Operational Control Strategies
3 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document

shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. 1
CHEMICAL HAZARD
CHEMICAL HAZARD
• FIRE AND EXPLOSION
• Effects on Health
– Explosion in Flixborough, England • Fire and Explosion
– Bright Sparklers Tragedy in Sg. Buloh • Damage to Environment
– Fire at Shell Depot in Klang Port
6 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document 4 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document
shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
CHEMICAL HAZARD CHEMICAL HAZARD

• DAMAGE TO ENVIRONMENT • EFFECTS ON HEALTH
– Chernobyl Incident in Russia – Poisoning of Methyl Isocyanate in Bhopal,

– Depletion of the ozone layer due to CFCs India
– Toxic waste pollution in Pulau Pangkor – Minamata Disease in Japan
– Hexane Poisoning in Prai
HAZARD KNOWLEDGE
PRINCIPLES OF CONTROL
CLASSIFICATION • Employers and employees should have
– PHYSICOCHEMICAL PROPERTIES knowledge on the chemicals used/handled
• Explosive, Oxidising, Easily Flammable,, Highly • Minimise risk through avoiding contact or
Flammable, Flammable production at high/dangerous levels
– EFFECTS TO HEALTH • Consistent health surveillance and
• Highly Toxic, Toxic, Corrosive, Harmful, Irritant, environment monitoring
Carcinogenic, Teratogenic, Mutagenic
• Avoid random disposal
– THREAT TO ENVIRONMENT
• Toxic, Rough, Bioaccumulation
HAZARD KNOWLEDGE
HAZARD KNOWLEDGE
LABELING OF CONTAINERS
IDENTIFICATION
– Clear labels displaying product identity
– Hazardous properties that contribute to risk
– Highlight the chemical properties to the user
during handling or normal use
or handler
– Risks to health, property or environment
– Use of symbols, risk and safety phrases
OPERATIONAL CONTROL HAZARD KNOWLEDGE
STRATEGIES
Other control strategies: HAZARD INFORMATION
• Exposure monitoring – International Chemical Safety Card (ICSC)
• Health surveillance – Chemical Safety data Sheet (CSDS)
• Instruction and supervision
• Training and education
• Cooperation with active worker participation
• Record keeping
OPERATIONAL CONTROL
CRADLE-TO-GRAVE
STRATEGIES
CHEMICAL LIFE CYCLE – Safety and Health issues and concerns need to be
addressed throughout the life span of the chemical
 Manufacturing / production
 Transportation – “From the Cradle to the Grave “Concept
 Receiving of chemicals at • Manufacturing/ production
workplace • Transportation
 Storage • Receiving of chemicals
 Use and Handling • Storage
 Disposal • Use and Handling
• Disposal
MANUFACTURING &
TRANSPORTATION
PRODUCTION
UNITED NATIONS (UN)

PRODUCTION OF CHEMICALS
CLASSIFICATIONS
Approximately 1,000 chemicals enter the
1: Explosive materials market per year
2: Gases 100,000 chemicals are used globally
3: Flammable liquids 
4: Flammable solids Most of them are chemical mixtures
5: Oxidising materials;
1 to 2 million commercial products or
Organic peroxides commercial brands
UNITED NATIONS (UN)
CLASSIFICATIONS
6: Toxic
Toxic materials
RECEIVING OF Contagious materials
CHEMICALS 7: Radioactive materials
8: Corrosive materials
9: Other hazardous materials

shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
UN CLASSIFICATIONS
RECEIVING OF CHEMICALS Packing group
GROUP 1
 ITEM
Highly toxic products and materials
VERIFICATION
 LABELING OF GROUP 2
PACKAGE Toxic products and materials
 INFORMATION
 INTEGRITY OF GROUP 3
Low toxicity products and materials
PACKAGE
ADEQUATE INFORMATION ITEM VERIFICATION
 Chemical Safety Data Sheet

 Ensure order is the same as what
(CSDS) is required
is received
 CSDS must contain information
such as specified in the
Occupational Safety and Health  At least 2 trained and
(Classification, Packaging and experienced staff
Labelling of Hazardous Chemicals)
Regulations 1997  Correct identification of material
RELATED FACTORS LABELLING OF PACKAGE
 Related chemicals  Ensure all packages are labelled

 Containers and packages  Labels should contain:
 Storage area  Name of chemical
 Storage operations  Hazard or danger symbols
 Risk and safety phrases
 Supplier information
STORAGE AREA RELATED CHEMICALS
 Location
 Access and exit
 Layout and construction  Physicochemical properties
 Drainage and sewerage  Quantity
 Ventilation  Reactivity
 Prevention and fire control  Compatibility
 Identification of toxic releases
 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and
emergency equipments
STORAGE OPERATIONS CONTAINERS & PACKAGES

 Safety  Shape
 Store layout  Tank, drum, tin, paper
 Operations procedures bag etc
 Staffing  Integrity
 Housekeeping  Air resistant, chemical
resistant or only resistant
 Spill control and TOKSIK
to normal handling
Emergency Response
Plan (ERP)  Labelling
UNDERSTANDING RISK
 Read labels
 Hazard symbols and phrases
SAFE USE AND HANDLING
 Risk phrases OF CHEMICALS
 Read the Chemical Safety Data
Sheets (CSDS)
 Fire and explosion risk
 Health effects

SAFE OPERATING
PROCEDURES CONTROL MEASURES
 Written procedures  Understand risk
 Safe practices
 Safe Operating Procedures (SOP)
 Do’s and Don’ts
 Eliminate or substitute risk
 Instruction and
training  Minimise risk
 Closure or isolation
 Labels, CSDS
 Ventilation
 Good housekeeping
 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
and personal hygiene
ELIMINATE OR
SUBSTITUTE
 Eliminate
wherever
MAINTENANCE, possible
UPGRADING AND  Substitute with
DISPOSAL a less
hazardous
chemical
 Change process
MAINTENANCE &
UPGRADING MINIMISE RISK
 Enclosure
 SAFE WORK SYSTEM
 Isolation
“Integration or
 Guarding
harmonisation of Man,
 Distance
Machine and Materials in
the correct Environment  Ventilation
to produce safe and  General Ventilation
conducive workplace  Local Exhaust Ventilation
surroundings”  Provision of Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)
MAINTENANCE &
PERMIT TO WORK UPGRADING
 A control system designed to prevent  NECESSARY MEASURES

injury and damage while doing high risk  Job evaluation
tasks  people, equipments, materials,
 Written system - formal environment
 Detailed  Identify hazard
– Work tasks required  Develop system
– Necessary control measures  Implement system
 Monitor and review system
PERMIT USAGE SAFE WORK SYSTEM

 Confined Space
 Hazardous areas  HIERARCHY OF CONTROLS
 Hot Work Permit To Work HIGH RISK
 Disturbed supply ‘Locking off’
 Location Working Instructions
 Isolated, underground, Rules and procedures
working at height Verbal instruction LOW RISK
 Non-routine - contractor
OBJECTIVES DISPOSAL
• State the purpose of having a ventilation system
 Labelling of Waste
• List the legislative requirements related to ventilation  EQA (Scheduled Waste Reg.) 1989
systems  Temporary waste storage area
 Protected from weather changes and spill
• State the methods of ventilation systems control
 Handling of waste
• Explain two types of ventilation systems
 Safe work procedures, use of PPE
• Explain the evaluation of ventilation systems  Safe disposal
 According to DOE Guidelines
2 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 44 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
SCOPE
• Purpose of Ventilation Systems
• Usage of Ventilation Systems VENTILATION

• Methods of Ventilation
• Types of Ventilation Systems

– General
– Local Exhaust
• Legislative requirements
PURPOSE OF VENTILATION
METHODS OF VENTILATION
SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS
• NATURAL • MECHANICAL • Supply of clean air – Oxygen is necessary for human life
-effects of -positive air flow is • Contaminant dilution

wind/breeze created with the use
of electric fans
• To create air flow
-Differences in
internal and external • To control air pollution
air levels air volume
TYPES OF VENTILATION USAGE OF VENTILATION

SYSTEMS SYSTEMS
• GENERAL VENTILATION • Prevention of Fire and explosion
• LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION • Control of heat and humidity to ensure

comfort
• Control of level of air contaminants
GENERAL VENTILATION GENERAL VENTILATION
SYSTEM SYSTEM
Factors that influence the rate of • Air ventilation by means of supplying and
exhausting a large volume of air of the area
ventilation: through natural or mechanical method
• Population
• Internal physical environment • It is also known as dilution ventilation
- air temperature, radian temperature etc
• Outside weather conditions
• It allows chemicals release to mix with the air
• Level of internal activities in a room which is then diluted to an
• Level of atmospheric pollution acceptable level of exposure
DILUTION VENTILATION: GENERAL VENTILATION

ISSUES IN APPLICATION SYSTEM AND DILUTION
• Rate of generation Allows the release of chemicals to mix with

– Quantity of contaminants is not too big or the flow of air the air in the work area then
required to dissolve the contaminants is not practicable dissolves it to an acceptable level of
• Location of workers exposure
– Workers are at a distance from the source to ensure a safe
concentration in the air
• Health effects of contaminants
– Low toxicity Generate
Air flow
• Uniformed release of contaminants
SITUATIONS WHERE DILUTION DILUTION VENTILATION:
VENTILATION ARE INEFFECTIVE DECISION MAKING CRITERIA
• Highly toxic contaminants • The breathing zone is too 1. Define acceptable exposure concentration
• Hazardous concentration close to the source of – Percentage of permissible exposure limit (..10%)
of contaminants release
2. Study source of release
• Smoking is allowed in the • External air is more
contaminated than 3. Categorise area and air flow
area
• Fluctuations in the level internal air 4. Understand the effects of weather conditions
of release • Existing HVAC system is 5. Categorise worker exposure and work practices
• The source of release is incapable of treating the
air 6. Estimate volume of air required to dissolve
big
LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION DILUTION VENTILATION:

SYSTEM DESIGN & GOOD OPERATING PRACTICE
• Control of airborne contaminants through • Allow dilution of air to pass the release zone
– Movement of contaminants by collecting them at
• Circulation of additional air to increase
or near the location of generation or release
effectiveness
– Prevent dispersion to the whole building
• Admit dilution air so that employee follows the
• Level of contaminants in the worker breathing
upwind diluting zone
zone has to be below the permissible level
• Put an exhaust as close as possible to the
• Dependency on mechanical methods
source of release
• Use additional fans to increase dilution
FUNCTIONS OF EACH SYSTEM PRINCIPLES OF LEV SYSTEM
COMPONENT IN WORKER PROTECTION
• Closing of the source as tight and as practicable

• 1.HOOD • Capturing contaminants with sufficient speed
– Collect, receive and capture generated • Ensure contaminants are outside of the worker
contaminants breathing zone
• 2.DUCT • Sufficient make-up air supply
• Release contaminated air away from the point of air
– Transports air and contaminants that have entering the system
been sucked into the system
FUNCTIONS OF EACH SYSTEM COMPONENTS OF THE LOCAL

COMPONENT EXHAUST VENTILATION SYSTEM
AIR STACK
CLEANER
• 3.AIR CLEANER DUCT
– Separates contaminants from air flow
• 4.FAN
– Provide pressure different required and physically
facilitates air flow HOOD
• 5.STACK
– Disperses the contaminants to the outside air to
reduce the re-entry of the contaminant into the
plant FAN
COMPARISON:
ASSESSMENT:
GENERAL VENTILATION vs. LEV
LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION
GENERAL LOCAL EXHAUST
• High volume of hot or • Capture of contaminants at
• Controlled speed contaminated air the source
• Suction or static pressure in the duct • Dissolves • Better exposure control
• Non-toxic or low toxic • Prevents collection of
• Filter performance contaminants contaminants
• Fan speed • Cannot depend on natural • Lower rate of volume flow
ventilation • More maintenance
LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS ASSESSMENT:

FMA 1967 GENERAL VENTILATION
• Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health and Welfare)
Regulations 1970 • Measures the volume of air coming in and out of
the system
• Factories and Machinery (Lead) Regulations 1984 • Assess the air flow in the workplace and detects
areas with no ventilation
• Factories and Machinery (Asbestos Process) • Inspect the level of contaminant
Regulations 1986
• Inspect the air suction area that is close to the
• Factories and Machinery (Mineral Dust) Regulations contaminant source
1989
LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS
OBJECTIVES OSHA 1994
• List at least 4 signs of poor indoor air quality • Occupational Safety and Health (Use and
• State the problems of indoor air quality Standards of Exposure of Chemicals Hazardous
• State the ways to control problems of indoor to Health) Regulations 2000
air quality
– Design
• Explain at least 3 indoor air quality tests
– Installation and commissioning
• State the differences between air conditioner
– Inspection
and ventilation
– Testing
• State the functions of air conditioner
• Elaborate two factors of comfortability
SCOPE
• Poor Indoor Air Quality INDOOR AIR QUALITY
• Problems of Indoor Air Quality
• Overcoming Indoor Air Quality
Problems
• Indoor Air Quality tests
• Micro-Organism pollution vs Indoor Air
Quality Safety and Health Officer Course
POOR INDOOR AIR QUALITY SCOPE
• Extremely cold/hot temperature • General purpose of air conditioners and

ventilation
• Low/high humidity
• Differences between air conditioning and
• Lack of ventilation ventilation
• Uncomfortable odours • Functions of air conditioning
• Existence of dirt and organisms • Air conditioning system
• Existence of toxic chemicals • Comfortability factors
• Existence of spores, pollen etc
INDOOR AIR QUALITY INDOOR AIR QUALITY

PROBLEMS
• New phenomenon related to occupancy of
in a modern building
• Poor air quality can be related to the
poor operations and maintenance of • Diseases arising from occupancy in a
the air condition system. building with poor indoor air quality
– Sick building syndrome
– Tight building syndrome

INDOOR AIR QUALITY TEST OVERCOMING INDOOR AIR
- METHOD QUALITY PROBLEMS
• Measure the concentration of carbon • Air conditioning system is designed according
dioxide gas to indoor air quality standards (ASHRAE 62-
1989 & ASHRAE 55-1992)
• Testing of air cleaning equipments (ASHRAE
– Air outside building and within a space
52-1992)
• Regular testing and maintenance of the
• Measure temperature system
– Air outside building and within a space • Monitoring of indoor air quality indicators
INDOOR AIR QUALITY TEST INDOOR AIR QUALITY TEST

- METHOD - EQUIPMENT
• Qoa = 13,000 x no. of occupants • Thermometer
Cin - C out • Anemometer
Qoa = Rate of external air flow (cfm)
• Gas detector
(minimum 20 cfm/persons:ASHRAE 62-1989)
• %OA = Tra - Tsa x 100% • Psychrometer
Tra - Toa • Smoke tube
%OA = percentage of external air entering system • Multi-function indoor air quality
equipment
GENERAL PURPOSE OF AIR INDOOR AIR QUALITY TEST
CONDITIONING & VENTILATION - METHOD
• To maintain a certain • (minimum 20 cfm/persons:ASHRAE 62-1989)
specified level of air • %OA = Cra - Csa x 100%
cleanliness and Cra - Coa
condition inside a %OA=percentage of external air entering system
building (temperature, Cra=concentration CO2 air cycle
air flow, concentration) Csa=concentration CO2 air within area
Coa=concentration CO2 external air
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN AIR MICRO-ORGANISM

CONDITIONING & VENTILATION
POLLUTION vs. IAQ
• Air conditioning is a • Ventilation is a facility
facility, and process of air to supply sufficient • Micro-organisms in a HVAC (Heating,
treatment for the purpose external air into a room Ventilating and Air Conditioning) system may
of: or space, though natural cause certain odours and in some conditions,
– Cleaning or mechanical methods, diseases and allergic reactions
– Controlling temperature and to ensure sufficiency of
humidity air quantity for usage of
– Maintaining a sufficient supply it occupants or process • The problems arise when the quantity of
of external air for ventilation
purposes bacteria, fungi or virus increases due to
conditions that are conducive for their growth.
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM FUNCTIONS OF
External air AIR CONDITIIONING
Filter
Fan Repeated air flow
Air flow plenum
• To provide and maintain a ‘created’
Cooling cycle building environment to ensure the
Air supply
comfort and welfare of its occupants, or
the efficiency of a manufacturing
process, or the quality of products in
Air temperature storage
control
COMFORTABLE ENVIRONMENT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
• Supply of fresh air

• Free from disturbances,
enabling work or recreational
• Cooling
activities without physical or • Humidification or
mental discomfort Dehumidification
• Air flow
COMFORTABILITY FACTORS
MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE • OXIGEN SUPPLY
AND – 20-21%
BIOLOGICAL • TEMPERATURE
MONITORING – Air temperature (60-68 F)
– Radian temperature (62-68 F)
• RELATIVE HUMIDITY (30% - 70%)
• AIR FLOW
– 150 mm/s or 30 feet/min
Objectives COMFORTABILITY FACTORS

• State the definition of medical
surveillance and biological monitoring • AMOUNT OF CLOTHING
• List down five types of medical • PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
surveillance
• Explain at least three scopes of medical • OTHERS:
surveillance – Smell
• State two characteristics of workers – Airborne contaminants
who require medical surveillance – Micro-organisms
• State four main purposes of biological
monitoring – Vibration and noise
• Issues of patient confidentiality – Lighting etc
Introduction Scope
• Introduction
• Medical surveillance may only be
conducted by a registered • When is medical surveillance required?
Occupational Health Doctor • Types of medical surveillance
• Scope of medical surveillance
• Who requires medical surveillance
• Medical surveillance is suitable for • Biological monitoring
conditions where the relationship
• Importance of biological monitoring
between the occurrence of a disease
• Issues on patient confidentiality
and past exposure
When should it be conducted? Introduction

The decision to conduct medical surveillance • Medical Surveillance
may depend on various factors. Among the Surveillance of an individual is to identify
the changes in his/her health conditions
questions to be asked are: as a result of exposure to hazardous
materials.
• Are the elements being used or will be used
in Malaysia? • Biological Monitoring
• Are the elements hazardous to health? An assessment of hazardous elements
or its by-products in bodily tissues or
• Are the elements proven to be harmful to
fluids or exhaled breath.
health?
Scope of Medical
When should it be conducted?
Surveillance
• Natural properties of the element, its • Is air monitoring sufficient to properly
assess the level of exposure?
levels and duration of exposure
• Are there different surveillance
• Changes as a result of exposure techniques for the said element(s)?
• Frequency of these changes • Have those at risk been monitored or are
• Evaluation of available being monitored in a certain method?
epidemiological information and • Can the surveillance ethics be observed
toxicological data during and after surveillance?
Scope of Medical Element of Medical

Surveillance Surveillance
• Sensitivity, detailed and accuracy of • Biological Monitoring
the identification and measurement
• Biological Effect Monitoring
• Control measures to avoid future
occurrences • Medical assessment
• Sources and methods used as well • Review of work record and history
as competency levels of those • Review of exposure records and
conducting the surveillance history
Biological Monitoring Who requires Medical
Surveillance?
• Routes of entry into the human body:
– Inhalation Medical surveillance is required for workers
– Ingestion where:
– Skin absorption • There is exposure to hazardous
materials/elements
• Biological monitoring helps to ensure
the continous protection of the safety • There are recognised monitoring procedures
and health of the worker
No. Type of Exposure Tested metabolite (in urine) Sampling time

Examples of Hazardous
1 Arsenic Arsenic end shift
2 Beryllium Beryllium -
Materials (USECHH Schedule II)
3 Cadmium Cadmium anytime Acrylonitrile Inorganic Mercury
4 Chromium Total Chromium end shift
5 Nickel Nickel - Asbestos Inorganic Chromium

6 Mercury Total Inorganic Mercury pre-shift
7 Cobalt Cobalt anytime Benzene Inorganic Lead

8 Benzene Phenol -
trans, trans - acid muconic end shift

Cadmium Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH)
9 Toluene acid hippuric end shift
Creosote Vinyl Chloride Monomer (VCM)

10 Xylene Methyl end shift
acid Hippuric
11 Trichloroethylene Trichloroacetic acid end shift Crystalline Silica Organophosphate in Pesticides

12 n-Hexane 2,5-hexanedione end shift
Thalium Pentachlorophenol ( PCP )
@2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. 14 reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
No part of this document shall be Isocyanates
reproduced without written consent of
NIOSH Malaysia.
Importance of Biological Monitoring
• Comparison with available standards

• Allows individual risk assessment for
BIOLOGICAL workers
HAZARD • Acts as an additional control
measure
• Enables detection of unexpected
exposure
Issues on Patient
OBJECTIVES
Confidentiality
1. State the definition of biological agents • Medical records are confidential
2. Explain the interaction between agents,
host and environment • Information may not be disclosed without
3. State six elements of the infection chain permission of the patient (worker)
4. Elaborate briefly the concept of biological
safety cabinet classification • Information given to the employer should be
5. Elaborate briefly safety aspects of working sufficient to enable additional health
with biological agents surveillance to be conducted
DEFINITION SCOPE
• Biological agent
• Introduction
Comprises living organisms such as virus, • Definition
bacteria capable of releasing toxic • Interaction between Agent, Host and
materials that can result in disease Environment
• Factors for the spread of diseases
• Etiological agent • Infection chain
• Characteristics of biological agents
Agent that causes the actual disease
• Biological Safety Cabinet Classification
• Summary
DEFINITION INTRODUCTION
• Infection • Awareness of worker and community
Attack by a pathogenic organism, whether • Identification of biological agents that
resulting in disease or not causes Legionnaire’s disease, Hepatitis B
and HIV
• Bio-Safety • High risk industries - agriculture, healthcare,
A field of science that tries to disconnect biotechnology, research and clinical labs
the elements in the infection chain
FACTORS FOR THE ONSET OF
DEFINITION
DISEASES • Agent
Physical, radiological or chemical entity that
• Pathogenic agent
may cause certain effects upon exposure
• Existence of a reservoir
• Agent capable of retention • Host
• Agent mobility The habitat of the agent
• Entry in new host
• Susceptible host • Environment
Comprises living and non-living organisms
(includes biosphere, atmosphere,
lithosphere, hydrosphere)
INTERACTION OF THE AGENT, HOST

INFECTION CHAIN AND ENVIRONMENT
Host
 Health status
Pathogen Agent  Management
 Vector, system
carrier  Training
Retention
 Replacement  Health monitoring
Agent Host
Release of pathogens  Use of PPE
from
retention  Antibiotic  Perception
Resistance  Retention
Transmissio
n through
environme  Virulent
nt
Environment
Route of factors
Environment  Population density
entry
 Infection  Medical support services
factors  Weather
Susceptibl
e Host
 Death factors (wind,temperature,UV index)
 Social, politics and ethics
Infection control = break any one or more links in the infection chain
 Design of facilities
SAFETY WHEN WORKING WITH CHARACTERISTICS OF
BIOLOGICAL AGENTS BIOLOGICAL AGENTS
• Management of Bio-Safety Programme
• No threshold exposure limit
• Administrative controls
• Physical isolation (containment)
• Can exist in any environment
• Disinfection and sterilisation
•
• Accident, spills and emergency planning
• Effected and influenced by biological
• Transportation of biological agents competition
• Biological risk communication
BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINET

SUMMARY CLASSIFICATION
Bio-Hazard Agent Example Control
• Biological agents are capable of Potential Description
releasing toxic materials that may cause Level I Not known to Bacillus subtilis Normal
cause disease microbiological
diseases practice
Level II Able to cause Salmonella Biohazard label

• Biological agents have no threshold disease in humans Hepatitis Autoclave
exposure value, can be found in any
environment and is influenced by
biological competition Level III Indigenous agent HIV Specific design
TB Specific LEV
Level IV Dangerous agent Ebola Specific design
14 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be 12
@2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Objectives
SUMMARY
• State the definition of ergonomics
• Infection control may be successful by
• State 2 objectives of ergonomics breaking one or more of the links in the
• State the legislations related to infection chain
ergonomics in OSHA 1994
• List 5 factors in the Balance Theory • There are four levels in bio-hazard safety
• State 4 branches of ergonomics with different risk potentials
• Safety while working with biological agents

is of utmost importance to ensure there is no
significant risk of infection
2 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this 15 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Malaysia.
Scope
• History of Ergonomics
• Origin terminology
• Objectives of Ergonomics ERGONOMICS
• Third objective in OSHA 1994
• Balance theory
3 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this

document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH
Malaysia.
Origin of the term Ergonomics History of Ergonomics
Frederick W. Taylor
ERGON + NOMOS = ERGONOMICS  Seen as the Father of Modern Management
(work or effort) (rules)  Discusses the methods of increasing efficiency
of workers
 First used by Wojciech Jastrzebowski in the  Focus on work productivity issues
year 1857
Frank and Lillian Gilbreth
 A field of science that tries to harmonise  Developed the therbligs system to analyse
movements made during work tasks
the system of work with human capacities  Divided into two types of movements – efficient
and non efficient
6 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this 4 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this
document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH
Malaysia. Malaysia.
Objectives of Ergonomics
To increase levels of work efficiency and
History of Ergonomics
effectiveness or any related activity
undertaken such as through reduction of
mistakes, increase of productivity and Ralph M. Barnes
simplification of tasks.  Continuation of the Gilbreth works with the
philosophy of economic movements to
 To increase positive human values such as increase productivity and reduce over exertion
increased safety, reduced fatigue and
stress, increased work comfortability and
increased quality of work and life in
general.
Malaysia. Malaysia.
Positive Values via the
Ergonomic Approach
Third Objective of OSHA 1994

For the For the
EMPLOYER EMPLOYEE
“To promote an occupational

environment for persons at work which is
adapted to their physiological and Safety and Health, Performance –
Comfortability, Satisfaction Quality, Productivity, Flexibility
psychological needs”
Reduced worker absenteeism and

turnover, open to changes
10 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this 8 EMPLOYEE EMPLOYER
Malaysia.
welfare welfare
Balance Theory SOCSO Statistics 2009 - 2012

Location of injury 2012 2011 2010 2009
Human Factor Shoulder
Work Upper arm
Elbow
Environment
Forearm
Factor Wrist
Work Factor Hand (except
fingers alone)
Organisational Fingers
Factor Upper
limb, multiple locations
Technology Factor
Upper limb,unspecified location
Sources : SOCSO Annual Report 2009,2010, 2011 & 2012

Malaysia. Malaysia.
Approach: Fitting the Worker to the Task, or
Branches of Ergonomics the Task to the Worker?
Is it optimal?
Is it well-suited?
ERGONOMICS
Human factors Human actions Tasks done Tasks done
by humans Work by machines
Anthropometrics Biomechanics Physiology Psychology Select Redesign

Train Restructure
Not suitable Additions
Malaysia. Malaysia.
Metabolism, breathing, temperature

Purpose of Ergonomics
and heartbeat as work load
Tolerable work system
indicators
Work Load Usage of Lung Rectal Heartbeat
Assessment Oxygen Breathing Temperature (beat/min)
(liter/min) (liter/min) (ºC)
Very low (resting) 0.25 – 0.3 6-7 37.5 60 - 70

Acceptable work
Low 0.5 - 1 11 - 20 37.5 75 - 100 system
Moderate 1 - 1.5 20 - 31 37.5-38 100 – 125
High 1.5 - 2 31 – 43 38 – 38.5 125 – 150

Optimal work
Very high 2 - 2.5 43 – 56 38.5 – 39 150 – 175 system
Extreme 2.4 - 4 60 - 100 > 39 > 175
(sport)
13 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this
@2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH
15 Malaysia.
Characteristics of Sitting Works Job Analysis
 Determination of measurement criteria
 Precise hand movements
and work target
 High body stability
 Compilation of history of targeted job
 Use of exact and sensitive foot control
task
 All work components and equipments
within seating range  Identification of ergonomic risk factors
 Handling of heavy loads
 Discovery of preventive measures
 Static posture for long durations
Malaysia. Malaysia.
Job Analysis
 Selection of preventive measures
 Implementation of preventive
measures
 Monitoring of preventive measures
Malaysia. Malaysia.
Characteristics of
Characteristics of Sit/Stand Works Standing Works
 Provision of high chairs as the worker is  Frequent handling of heavy loads

required to alternate sitting and standing  Frequent stretching and movements that
and change of postures require use of energy
 Mobility of the chair  Work mobility
 Provision of footrest to reduce swelling  frequent forceful exertion that requires
and fatigue of the leg and foot high energy
Malaysia. Malaysia.
Relationship of Posture and Pressure Guidelines Standing of Works

2002
on the Backbone
Malaysia. Malaysia.
Choices of Work Postures
Normal and Maximum Range
for Selected Job Tasks
Type of Job Task Work Posture
Maximum range
First Choice Second Choice
Lifting above 5kg standing sit/stand

Normal range
Work below elbow height standing sit/stand
Horizontal reach requiring body standing sit/stand

support
Light assembly work with repetitive sitting sit/stand
movements
Precise works sitting sit/stand
Examination and monitoring using sitting sit/stand

eyes
26 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document Frequent movements sit/stand standing
shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. 24
Determination of
Working Height
ERGONOMIC RISK
FACTORS
Elbow height
25 Precise Light
@2014 NIOSH Malaysia. works
All rights Heavy
reserved. No part of this works
works
Malaysia.
Objectives
Ergonomic Risk Factors • Explain at least 3 ergonomic risks
• State the factors that contribute to MSDs
 Doing repetitive work • Explain at least 3 types of work activities
and ergonomic risk factors
 Use of excessive force • Explain at least 3 MSDs and the affected
body parts
 Awkward or static body posture • Elaborate at least 2 system approaches
to manage MSDs
• List at lease 3 early detection methods
and symptoms
Scope
Ergonomic Risk Factors
• Ergonomics risk factors
 Work in long duration • Factors that contribute to MSDs
• Types of work activities and
Vibration due to hand tools ergonomic risk factors
• List of MSDs and the affected body
 Contact stress on the blood veins, parts
muscles and tendons due to contact • Types of MSDs
stress due to use of hand • System approach to manage MSDs
tools/equipments • Early detection and reporting of
symptoms
Factors that contribute
Musculoskeletal Disorders (MSDs)
to MSDs
 Speed of work being undertaken • A situation arising by excessive use

resulting in wear and tear to muscles,
 Use of computers and its accessories in tendons, joints and surrounding tissues
the office
• In the long term, may result in incapability
 Elderly workforce to use the related body part
Types of activities and

Ergonomic risk factors
No. Activity and Physical Possible ergonomic
work situation risk factors Incapacity
Incapable Level
1. Use of excessive force to ensure Force, posture, pressure

completion of work process
Disease, injury
2. Repetition of the same Posture,force,cold temperature,
movements repetition
Clear symptoms
3. Consistent movements without Repetition, force, posture,
sufficient resting time pressure, vibration
Swelling, pain
Affecting Level
4. Work requiring long reach ability Posture, force (affecting performance)
5. Work surface that is either too Posture, force, pressure bodily aches, minor pains
high or too low
uncomfortable, fatigue
6. Static position or posture while at Posture, force
work
(normal)
Warning Level
9 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
List of MSDs related diseases and Types of activities and
affected body parts Ergonomic risk factors
No. Activity and Physical Possible ergonomic
work situation risk factors
Affected Source of Employees Types of
Symptom - 7. Sitting for long durations Posture, pressure
body part disease at risk disease
Hand, wrist Pain, swelling, Repetitive hand Poultry farm Tenocynovitis 8. Use of hand tools or power tools Posture, pressure, vibration
aches and wrist workers, meat
movement and packagers
excessive use of 9. Vibrating work surface, machinery Vibration, force
force
or vehicle
10. Movement of heavy loads Force

Fingers, Numbness, Exposure to Users of saws, Raynaud’s
hand ticklish, loss of vibration pneumatic tools syndrome
11. Horizontal reach Repetition, posture
sense of feel and and petrol
hand control powered
equipment 12. Vertical reach below the knee or Posture, pressure
above the shoulder
reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia. 10 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
List of MSDs related diseases and List of MSDs related diseases and
affected body parts affected body parts
Affected Symptom Source
-
of Employees Types of Affected Source
-
of Employees Types of
Symptom
body part disease at risk disease body part disease at risk disease
Fingers, wrist Ticklish, Repetitive work Meat and poultry Carpal Thumb Pain at the end Twisting and Animal de
numbness, severe using excessive farm workers, tunnel of the thumb clenching slaughterers, Quervain’s
pain, loss of sense force, without clothes syndrome housemaids, disease
of feel at thumb, sufficient rest manufacturers,
middle finger and VDT operators,
packagers
part of the ring cashiers
finger Fingers Difficulty to Repetition using Meat trigger
move fingers, little finger packagers, finger
interrupted poultry farm
hand workers,
Back Spinal pain, Vibration Bus, lorry, Injury to movements electronics
numbness at commuter, taxi back/spine operators
thigh and drivers,
surrounding areas warehouse Shoulder Pain, aches Working with Welders, painters, rotator
workers, nurses, hands above assembly workers, cuff
cashiers and shoulder level operators of tendonitis
baggage automatic and
handlers powered
equipments
Types of MSDs Types of MSDs
 Tendon related disease
 Neuro-vascular diseases
 Due to the pressure of nerves and veins resulting in  Happens at or close to the joints where there is
reduced blood flow to the muscles, tendons and friction between the tendons and ligaments
ligaments and/or bones
 Results in slow recovery of the muscle, and limited  Repeated contact or friction resulting in cut
duration or muscle use severe of tendons or swelling at the shield due
 Example: Thoracic outlet syndrome and to over production and gathering of the
vibration syndrome cynovial liquid
 Example: Tendonitis, trigger finger,de
Quervain’s disease tenosynovitis
Systems approach to
manage MSDs Types of MSDs
Nerve related diseases
First Phase – Before Onset
 Happens when work is done repetitively, resulting in
 Conduct comprehensive review of existing and exposure of the nerves to pressure from hard or sharp
new job tasks work surfaces and equipment edges, or even
 Purpose: to identify the ergonomic risk factors surrounding bones, ligaments and tendons
that may result in future MSDs problems  Effects of numbness and pain will be felt for a period of
 Giving priority to the critical ergonomic risk time
factors and taking necessary action  Phalen’s Test for Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
 Example: Carpal tunnel syndrome
MSDs
Systems approach to
Physiological Psychosocial
manage MSDs
 RPE
Fatigue Pressure Individual  Borg scale

factors  Behaviour Second Phase - Current
patterns
 Identify problems that may arise before serious
Ergonomic risk
Stress factors implications through the development and
 Insufficient  Repetition External factors implementation of an early detection system,
oxygen  Force  Work
 Movement  Posture
medical surveillance, and specific treatments
 Technology
 Muscles  Long durations  Environment
 Recovery  Vibration  Organisation
 The role of a medical practitioner is important to
 Pressure ensure the success of this system and success in
Cumulative
managing MSDs related diseases
effect
Local Controllable factors

20 18 @2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Symptoms
Early detection and reporting of Systems approach to

symptoms manage MSDs
 Continuous pain after weeks of involvement in Third Phase - After
new job  Review of the work system through interaction
 Sudden pain in worker that has been on the with workers such as interviews with affected
same job for a long time workers and studying their respective job tasks in
comparison with existing work procedures
 Pain that is getting worse
 Requires cooperation from various parties; the
 Pain that is centered at certain muscles respective worker, supervisors, engineers,
 Signs of numbness and aches medical practitioners in order to develop a
strategy for the prevention and reduction of
 Signs of redness and swelling ergonomic risk factors at work
Scope
• Definition of shift work

• Stress and Strain Model SHIFT WORK
• Effects of stress of shift work
• Strategies to reduce effects of shift work
• Guidelines for work during night shift
Definition Shift Work Objectives
• State the definition of shift work
Whatever type of work undertaken outside of • Explain at least 2 effects of stress from
normal daily working hours shift work
(7pm to 7am)
• Elaborate at least 2 strategies to reduce
stresses from shift work
• List at least 3 guidelines for working night

shift
Effects of Circadian Rhythm Model Stress and Strain
Stress Strain
 A daily cycle that has an adjusting work

effect on worker Potential:
and sleeping
psychology and physiology  inefficiency
times
 health problems
 Measurement of body  inactive
temperature can be taken  affect
to determine the circadian relationships
rhythm Restricting variables
 human characteristics
 work related factors
 Work environment
 domestic environment
Effects of Sleeping Problems Effects of Stresses of

Shift Work
 Stresses from lack of sleep can result  Effects circadian rhythm

in emotional disturbances, health and
work capacity and performance  Effects from sleeping problems
 Effects from social and domestic

activities
Guidelines for Working Night Shift Effects from social and domestic
activities
 Night shift workers should be selected from those over
25 years old and less than 50 years old
 Can result in lack of responsibility in the
 Workers with stomach and intestinal problems,
emotional disturbances, psychomatic symptoms and
household; towards spouses, children and
insomnia should not be resorted to working night shifts parents
 Workers who live alone, far from the workplace, or in

areas with high noise levels are not suitable for
working night shifts
Guidelines for Working Night Shift Strategies to Reduce Effects of Shift

Work
 The normal shift system where shift times rotate at
6.00 am – 2.00 pm – 10.00 pm should be changed to
 Sleeping times (routine) that accommodates the
7.00 am – 3.00 pm – 11.00 pm or at
shift requirements
8.00 am – 4.00 pm – 12.00 midnight
 Use of time indicators or zeitgebers
 Shorter work durations are better than longer ones,
 Control of noise levels
and continuous work on night shifts without rotations
should be avoided  Provision of meals for all workers on shift
 A good shift system should include night shift work at

random of at rotations of 2-2-2 or 2-2-3
OBJECTIVES Guidelines for Working Night Shift
• State 4 situations that place mental workload  Continuous working on night shifts whether for one,
on workers two or three days, should be followed by at least a 24
hour rest
• State the definition of mental workload  Any shift plan developed should include the provision
of a holiday during weekends, and at least two
continuous days of rest
• Explain 1 strategy to reduce mental workload
 Every shift work must include a rest period where hot
and fresh food is available to ensure that the body’s
energy is replenished
SCOPE
MENTAL
• Situations that place mental workload on
workers WORKLOAD
• Definition of mental workload
• Signal Identification Theory
• Strategy to reduce mental workload
• Guidelines for Design a Work System Related
to Visual and Control Equipments
SITUATIONS THAT PLACE MENTAL
DEFINITION OF MENTAL WORKLOAD
WORKLOAD ON WORKERS
 Responsibility to maintain a high level of

awareness for long durations
 Differences between the capability of
the individual to process information
 Necessity to make decisions related to the
obtained with requirements of the job
bigger responsibility of ensuring product
quality, and the safety and health of the
worker and workplace
SITUATIONS THAT PLACE MENTAL

SIGNAL IDENTIFICATION THEORY
WORKLOAD ON WORKERS
 A theory that may be used in situations where
there are two varying situations that may be
difficult to differentiate
 Intermittent l of concentration due to
 Four types of decisions may be made:
monotonous work
 Hit : state the existence of a signal when
the signal exists
 False alarm : state the existence of a signal  Reduced interaction with other workers
when the signal does not exist due to isolated work area
 Miss : state the non-existence of a signal when
the signal exists
 Correct rejection : state the non-existence of a
signal when the signal does not exist
7
STRATEGIES TO REDUCE
SIGNAL IDENTIFICATION THEORY
MENTAL WORKLOAD
MOVEMENT SUITABILITY
Refers to the relationship between the controlled

movements displayed on-screen and the feedback
system that is being displayed or controlled
STRATEGIES TO REDUCE STRATEGIES TO REDUCE

MENTAL WORKLOAD MENTAL WORKLOAD
CONCEPTUAL SUITABILITY
SPACE SUITABILITY
Refers to the individual capability to translate available
Related to the physical layout of the control equipments codes and symbols
and respective displays
STRATEGIES TO REDUCE STRATEGIES TO REDUCE
MENTAL WORKLOAD (Physical Layout) MENTAL WORKLOAD
Movement Suitability
 Functional Principle
 gives emphasis on the arrangement of components
based on their respective functions
 example: clustering of control equipments,

machinery and visual equipments related to the work
operations system
 Network Principle
 related to the physical arrangement of control equipment
and their respective displays
12
WORKER PERFORMANCE WITH STRATEGIES TO REDUCE

REGARDS 4 PRINCIPLES OF MENTAL WORKLOAD
PHYSICAL LAYOUT ARRANGEMENT Physical Layout
repeated use
most important  Important Principle

functional   stress the necessity to place essential
components within the range of reach ability
  dependent on expert assessment
network
Average duration (min)

 Principle of Repetitive Use
  refers to the relationship between the
movements on display and control equipments and
low moderate high feedback system being displayed or controlled
Levels of application of principles
GUIDELINES FOR THE DESIGN OF A
WORK SYSTEM RELATED TO VISULA
AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
First Priority : main visual task
Second Priority : control task related to main visual task
Third Priority : visual-control relationship
Fourth Priority : arrangement of components to be used

in a network
GUIDELINES FOR THE DESIGN OF A

WORK SYSTEM RELATED TO VISULA
AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
OCCUPATIONAL STRESS
Fifth Priority : placement of frequently used
components in a suitable position
Sixth Priority: consistent with internal and/or external

system layouts
Introduction Objectives
Employee perception towards stress • State definition of occupational stress
• “We do not have stress here” • Discuss the sources of stress at the
workplace
• “Stress is something that cannot be avoided in our
business. If you cannot overcome it, you will not achieve
the target” • List at least 5 effects of occupational stress
• “It’s not our fault. Employees bring their stress to the • Discuss practical methods of reducing
workplace – we cannot do anything about it. stress at the workplace
Introduction Scope
Fact
1. Stress results in mental suffering for the worker • Definition of occupational stress
• Who is at risk of occupational stress
2. Stress is detrimental to the company
• Stress reaction
• Effects of stress to the organisation
3. Stress requires money
• Sources of stress at work
4. Stress is related to heart attacks, gastritis and other
• Stress reducing methods
diseases • Action plan to reduce stress
Who are at risk of occupational Introduction
stress?
Stress requires money
1. 40 million loss man days annually are stress related
(UK)
• Everyone is susceptible to stress
2. Stress results increased alcohol intake, absenteeism
• Personality type A - 700 million pounds/year
• Those dealing with public i.e. police, nurses
etc. 3. The cost of the loss of an executive to heart attack
due to stress is equivalent to USD 600,000 (Xerox,
• Working mothers USA)
• Employees with monotonous work
4. Compensation paid out for stress related cases totals
15% of all compensation cases (USA)
8 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Occupational Stressors Definition of Stress
S – Support
T - Task • Stress is pressure that is felt by an individual
R - Role and his/her reaction as a result of it
E - Environment
S - Shift work • Increase in stress for an individual may be
S – Security and change too much for him to bear
O - Organisation
R – Rules and regulations
Effects of stress towards the Stress Model
organisation Short term Long term
reaction reaction
Primer
towards towards
• Non-harmonious working relationship assessment
Occupation stress stress
Secondary
physiology physiology
• Low morale assessment
psychology psychology
behaviour behaviour
• Reduced quality
• Reduced productivity Internal sources External sources

•Skills to contain and handle problems * Job control
•Skills to control emotions * Social support
• Increased absenteeism, late to work •Occupational skills
12 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be •Social skills
Effects of stress towards the Reaction towards stress

organisation Reaction Short term Long term
Physiology High – pulse, blood Psychosomatic

• Increased rate of accidents pressure, adrenalin and symptoms, high blood,
cortical levels gastritis
• Increased rate of diseases

Psychology Mental fatigue, Depression, nervous,
frustration, anger, bluntness, dissatisfied
• Increased turnover distracted
Behaviour Non-consistent work Increase intake of

• Increased number of workers wanting to performance, lack of nicotine, alcohol, pills,
resign concentration, absenteeism, change of
mistakes, work
11
General principles to overcome
AAAbc’s Stress Management
(Individual approach) stress
• Àlter it’ 1. Tackle the source, not the symptoms

• Àvoid it’ 2. Accept that stress is an organisational
• Àccept it’ problem and not an individual one
- Develop defense
3. Settle ‘taboo’ problems
- Change perception of stress 4. Involve everyone
5. Realistic approach, do not try too many
methods at one time
Intervention strategies for Stress intervention approach

individual stress
Organisational Individual approach
• Monitoring of stress symptoms (stress journal) approach • Eliminate the source of
• Identify stress stress
• Increase defense and analysing source of • Action
stress • Action example: counseling
- Social skills, assertive training, problem solving
example:
review management style,
work rotation
Intervention strategies for
PHYSICAL HAZARDS: individual stress
NOISE, RADIATION,
VIBRATION, PRESSURE, • Accepting stress and changing reactions
HEAT STRESS - Cognitive behaviour technique
• Lowering level of sensitivity to stress

- Healthy lifestyle, relaxation, praying, meditation
OBJECTIVES Action plan

• State the definition of 5 physical 1. Establish discussion groups
hazards 2. Evaluate current situation
 Group problems
 Identify source
• State at least 2 specific characteristics  Evaluate existing solutions
for each physical hazard 3. Establish policies and programmes
4. Implement policies and programmes
• State the legislations requirement 5. Monitor and evaluate policies and
programmes
related to each physical hazard
OBJECTIVES
• List at least 3 health effects of physical
hazards
NOISE
• Explain the control methods for each
physical hazard
• Explain the health monitoring methods

recommended for each physical hazard
SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS
SCOPE
Noise, Radiation, Vibration, Pressure,
Heat Stress
Definition
• Specific characteristics
• Sound • Related legislations
– changes of pressure in the air, water and • Occupations at risk
specific medium that is identifiable by the
• Health effects
human ear
• Prevention and control methods
• Noise
– any unwanted sound
(SOUND INTENSITY)
Amplitude = loudness of sound = sound intensity
Components of sound
• Frequency (pitch – degree of highness or
x
lowness)
A
intensity
– Hertz (Hz) or cycles per second
• Amplitude or loudness of sound

B
– Decibel (dB)
Amplitude of B > A
SOUND LEVEL AND THEIR

SOURCES
Sound level Source of sound (FREQUENCY)
(dBA)
140 Rocket launch Frequency
130 Pneumonic cutter
one hertz is one wave cycle in a minute
120 Electric saw (from 1m)
One cycle
110 Field tractor
100 Shout (from 1.5m) A
90 Train signal (from 150m)
Frequency
80 Vacuum cleaner
60 Normal sound of male voice (from 1m)

B
50 Photocopy machine (from 2m)
30 Air conditioner in and auditorium Frequency B > Frequency A
0 Sound theshold level © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
8
INTERMITTENT
SOUND SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS
Types of sound
• Continuous sound
< 3 dB
• Fluctuating sound
• Impulse sound
Sound level
< 3 dB
• Intermittent sound
time © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
13 11
FLUCTUATING
SOUND CONTINUOUS SOUND
> 3 dB
changes in
sound level < 3 dB
Sound level
Sound level
time time
RELATED LEGISLATIONS IMPULSE
Permissible Exposure Limits SOUND
• Action level (AL) - 85dB(A)
• Loud noise at high intensity within a short duration

• Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL)
a. Continuous noise > 1 second

- for 8 hours: 90 dB (A)
- ceiling limit : 115 dB (A)
Sound level
b. Impulse noise
< 0.5 second
- ceiling limit : 140 dB (A) time
OCCUPATIONS AT RISK RELATED LEGISLATIONS

• Quarrying activities Factories and Machinery (Noise
• Mining activities Exposure) Regulations 1989
• Textile industry Salient points
• Construction activities • Permissible exposure limits
• Noise exposure monitoring
• Carpentry activities • Methods of compliance such as engineering,
• Car manufacturing etc. administrative controls etc.
• Audiometric testing
• Hearing protection equipments
• Information, instructions and training
• Recordkeeping by the employer
CONTROL MEASURES HEALTH EFFECTS
• Isolation of processes with high noise • Emotional disturbances and sensitive

levels • Communication problems
• Minimise exposure • Loss of hearing and hearing related injuries
- engineering controls • Tinnitus
- modification of work process • Psychological disturbances
- use of personal protective equipments • High blood pressure
• Administrative measures and safe work

practices
HEALTH MONITORING HEALTH EFFECTS

• Exposure monitoring Hearing loss
- conducted by a competent person 1. Conduction type
• Breaking of ear drum
• Health assessment • Movement of ossicles (hammer) bones in the middle

ear
- History of previous occupations, hobbies and
medical history 2. Sensory-neural
- Ear test • Damage to hair follicles in the inner ear
- Audiometric test • Effects both ears
• Hearing loss at high frequencies
AUDIOMETRIC EQUIPMENT
Audiometric booth
RADIATION audiometer
printer
25
HEALTH MONITORING
Definition
• Emission and propagation and emission of Audiometric test requirements
energy in the form of rays or waves. • Once a year:
• Energy radiated or transmitted as rays, waves, in (1) Noise exposure is at level or above the PEL
the form of particles. (2) Basic audiometric test shows hearing injury
• A stream of particles or electromagnetic waves (3) Annual audiometric test – standard threshold shift
emitted by the atoms and molecules of a

• Once every two years
radioactive substance as a result of nuclear
(1) Exposure : 85 - 90 dB (A)
SOURCES OF RADIATION SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS
• Effects of energy transfer
Non-ionised radiation
1. Ionisation
- Ultraviolet (example: welding works)
2. Excitation
- Visible rays
- Laser
- Infra-red (example: metal manufacturing • Types of radiation: ionised and non-
workers) ionised
- Microwaves
- Radio waves
RELATED LEGISLATIONS SOURCES OF RADIATION

Ionised radiation
• Atomic Energy Licenses Act 1984
1. Natural
• Atomic Energy Licenses Act 1984 - Cosmic, photon, neutron,
Particles – alpha (), beta ()
- Radiation Protection (Licensing) Regulations - Gamma (from earth and stones)
1986 - Radon
• Atomic Energy Licenses Act 1984 2. Artificial

- Radiation Protection (Basic Safety Standards) - Medical procedures (radiology test)
Regulations 1988 - Nuclear energy test
- Radioactive waste
HEALTH EFFECTS:
TYPES OF EXPOSURE
IONISED RADIATION
• Occupation
• Cancer - Welding activities, metal manufacturing,
• Mutagenesis metal boiling/melting, diagnostic radiology test
• Central nervous system syndrome workers, printing, communication, army
• Esophagus
• Damage to eyes • Medical
• Skin burns - Patient: purpose of investigation and disease
treatment
• Loss of hair
• Infertility
• Community
• Mental retardness and disabilities among
- From natural sources
children
© 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
33 31
HEALTH EFFECTS: HEALTH EFFECTS:

NON-IONISED RADIATION IONISED RADIATION
Dependent on:
• Damage to eyes (welding works)
• Skin destruction (UV and infra-red) • Intensity of the absorbed dose
• Skin burns (laser) • Types of radiation
• Heat stress (micro waves) - Example: neutron and alpha cells are more
dangerous than photon x-rays
• Organ sensitivities
- Example: reproductive tissues as more
sensitive than thyroids
CONTROL MEASURES CONTROL MEASURES
5. Training –X-ray technician, radiation protection Three basic principles
officer • Justification
6. Maintenance and observation
• Optimum protection
7. Radiation safety audit
- ALARA Concept (As Low As Reasonably
8. Emergency plan Achievable),
time, distance, shielding
9. Risk communication
• Dosage level (and risk)
- Not exceeding the permissible exposure limit
37
HEALTH SURVEILLANCE CONTROL MEASURES

Radiation Protection Programme
• Exposure Monitoring 1. Risk assessment on new equipment
- Individual (example: film badge)
- Workplace (example: ionizing chamber) 2. Reduction of optimum exposure:
 Time, distance, shielding – isolation,
• Health Monitoring guarding, engineering controls
1. History (medical, occupational)
2. Clinical assessment 3. Monitoring of rates of radiation dose
3. Medical transfer protection
4. Written Standard Operating Procedures
Types of vibration
1. Whole-body vibration (WBV)

• Vibration is usually transferred to the body via the
buttocks or the feet
VIBRATION
2. Hand-arm vibration (HAV)
• Vibration is transferred through the hand via the use of
vibrating hand tools
• Risk factors: force of grip, force of push, duration and

frequency of use, posture and temperature
OCCUPATIONS AT RISK SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS
• Vibration - refers to the movement of solid

• Whole-body vibration objects where amplitude and frequency
- Ship workers, drivers – lorries, buses, produced causes harm to those exposed to it.
tractors
• Human organs have their own frequencies.
• Hand-arm vibration When the human body comes into contact
with vibration, and the frequency of the
- Workers who use vibrating equipments such
vibration is similar to the frequency for an
as grinder, electric saw, drills organ, the organ will also vibrate.
HEALTH EFFECTS TYPES OF VIBRATION
• Whole-body vibration
– Eye strain
– Nausea, vomiting, headache, backaches
– May cause lung damage and heart
failure
Whole-body vibration-WBV Hand-arm vibration - HAV

HAND-ARM VIBRATION RELATED LEGISLATIONS

Damages the peripheral
blood flow, periphery OSHA 1994 (General)
nerves and
musculoskeletal system • Objective 3: to promote a working
Hand-Arm Vibration environment that is conducive and suitable to
Syndrome: paleness of the worker’s psychological and physiological
fingers; aches and pain in needs
hands
Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
CONTROL MEASURES
PRESSURE
• Conduct Risk Assessment before purchasing
vibrating equipments
• Hazard elimination: automatic equipments, or
use of robot technology
• Hazard substitution: less-vibrating or anti-
vibration equipments
• Reduce exposure to vibration
– Reduce duration of time of works involving vibration
• Regular maintenance of equipments
• Training, information and working instructions
SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS HEALTH SURVEILLANCE

• Exposure monitoring
• Ocean and high places are unsuitable environments – Measurement of vibration magnitude
for humans – example: accelerometer
• Many medical problems are related to diving and
climbing activities, due to pressure
• At sea level : pressure = 1 atm
• Every 10 meter depth : pressure increase of 1 atm 1. History (medical, occupational , exposure, vibration)
• At 20 meter depth : pressure = 3 atm 2. Grading of symptoms of vascular and sensory neural
effects
• At high levels, increase in pressure is not in ratio to
height 3. Objective assessment
- Example: cold provocation test, grips strength test,
• The higher the level : the lower the pressure
vibrotactile threshold test
0.5 ATM
RELATED LEGISLATION PRESSURE
6000 m
OSHA 1994 (general)

• Objective 1: To ensure the safety, health and
welfare of people at work towards risks to
safety and health resulting from the activities
of people at work
51
OCCUPATIONS AT RISK SPECIFIC CHARACTERISTICS
• Divers 1. Boyle Theory : Negative ratio of

- Navy pressure with volume
- Scuba divers - recreational P  1/V
- Underwater loggers P1V1 = P2V2
- Pearl divers 2. Henry Theory: Total gas dissolved has a
• Mountain climbers positive relation with the gas partial
pressure (in-gassing and out-gassing
• Pilots concept)
BAROTRAUMA OCCUPATIONS AT RISK
2 situations
1. Enclosed area
containing gas
2. Pressure
change
HEALTH EFFECTS HEALTH EFFECTS

Symptoms
• Ear – pain, bleeding • Barotrauma
• Breathing difficulty Destruction of organ tissues that contain
• Choking sensation air as a result of pressure changes
• Dizziness, drowsiness (example: middle ear, sinus, lungs)
• Confusion and reduced brain ability
• Body pains, weakness of muscles, numbness
• Skin redness and irritation • Decompression sickness
• Coma Formation of bubble in the blood and
• Personality change tissues while in a low pressure
environment
HEAT STRESS CONTROL MEASURES
• Training, information and instruction

– Safety training (including understanding the
disease process)
• Standard procedures
– Safe practices
– Equipment
– Health assessment
• Equipment
– Proper method of use
– Maintenance
HEALTH SURVEILLANCE
• Worker selection (example: diver)
• Mechanism homeostatic body temperature – Pre-employment medical surveillance
– Variation of body temperature : 0.5-1.0 °C
– Normal human body temperature = 37.2 °C;
physiological low temperature range =35-41 °C. • Regular medical assessment
– Annual assessment
• Heat stress: The retention of heat in the body – Record keeping of injuries/disease
is greater than the body’s capacity to release it
• Clinical assessment
• Risk determining factors: 1. Fitness test
– worker characteristics 2. Audiometric test
– Job task
3. Lung function test
– environment
4. Neurobehavioral test
60
RISK FACTOR
HEAT BALANCE ENVIRONMENT & JOB TASK
∆ S = (M-W) + C + R - E
∆S = change in body temperature
(M-W) = total metabolism – total energy produced
C = temperature change through convection
R = temperature change through radiation
E = loss of heat through sweating
* Effects of clothing on temperature changes

RISK FACTOR
RELATED LEGISLATION
WORKER CHARACTERISTIC
OSHA 1994 (general)
• Age
• Objective 3: To promote a work
• Gender
environment that is suitable to the worker’s
• Obesity
physical and psychological needs
• Medicine consumption
• Existing disease/illness
• Food/diet
HEALTH EFFECTS OCCUPATIONS AT RISK
• Skin irritation – Metal factory

• Muscle cramps
– Metal melting process
– Painful muscle cramps, especially the lower body
• Excessive fatigue – Boiler
– fatigue, dizziness, faint, blurriness of sight, – Construction
excessive sweating
– Army
• Heat stroke
– organ damage (brain, liver, muscle,
– Professional athlete
homoeopathic system), hyperthermia (>41°C),
confusion, coma, dehydration, shock and death
PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF
COMPLICATIONS
HEAT
1. Cramps  Central nervous system
2. Excessive fatigue
Muscle activities and work capacity
3. Heat stroke
Control of blood flow
Sweating mechanisms
Changes in the balance electrolytes in the body
Endocrine change
HEALTH SURVEILLANCE CONTROL MEASURES
• Exposure monitoring • Policy and Safe Operating Procedures
– Example: Wet Ball Globe Temperature (WBGT) (SOP)
– Work according to the permissible exposure limits
• Engineering controls
• Health monitoring – Ventilation, guarding, isolation
– Identify risk groups – obesity • Personal protective clothing and equipment
– History – occupational, medical such as skin disease, • Training and education
medication, dehydration, heat stroke, obesity
– Clinical assessment - Heat stress hazard
- Signs and symptoms
• Medical removal - First aid procedures
- Effects of medication
• Recordkeeping - Worker responsibility
© 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
Report Writing and CONTROL MEASURES

Presentation for Work Place
Safe work practices
Assignment
• Reduced exposure
– Limit exposure and work duration
– Sufficient rest, hydration and cooling time
– Scheduling of work during cooler temperatures
• Reduce physical activities
• Acclimatisation programme
Safey and Health Officer Course • Implement buddy system
• Sufficient supply of cold water (10 – 15oC)
– Drink 150 – 200 ml / 15 – 20 minutes
Characteristics of Effective
Introduction
Report
• Appropriate to its purpose and audience; • Importance of communication
• Types of communication (written, oral, body
• Accurate;
language)
• Logical; • Communication is two ways
• Clear and concise; and • Topic discusses effective ways of
• Well organized with clear section and communication based on work place assignment
headings • Report writing and presentation
Report Structure What is report writing?

• Report has a standardized format (compared to other
written communication) to enable readers to find and • A report is a structured written
focus on specific pieces of information. presentation directed to interested readers
• General structure of report is as follows;
– Transmittal document
in response to some specific purpose, aim
– Title page or request.
– Table of contents
– Abstract/executive summary
• Requests?: many varieties of requests but
– Introduction generally their function is to give an
– Methods account of something, to answer a
– Results and Discussions question, or to offer a solution to a
– Conclusions
– Recommendations problem.
– Bibliography © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
3
Stage 2: Writing Procedure for Report Writing
Three stages in report writing;
• Write the report in 3 stages:
a. Write the body • Planning
b. Write the abstract/executive summary
• Writing
c. Write the supplementary materials
• Formatting, revising and proof-reading
DO NOT USE “I”, “My” ets
a. Writing the body

4 components of the of the body Stage 1: Planning
i. Introduction
 Introduction leads into the main subject matter by giving the necessary 1. Define the purpose
background of the report, its aims, premises, scope, limitations, and any
information useful for the reader. 1.1. read the brief carefully
 Introduction explains why the report is necessary 1.2. identify key words
ii. Main body 1.3. understand what is being asked
 Consists of different headings and sub-headings 2. Define the audience
 Where applicable consists of methods, results and discussion, and 2.1. determine the audience’s level of understanding
conclusions
 This section basically describes, analyses, interpret and evaluates the 2.2. determine what is needed by audience
procedures, data, findings, relationships, results etc 3. Establish parameters
iii. Conclusion 3.1. determine the scope and level of detail required
 Conclusions drawn from the evidence, analysis, interpretation and 3.2.determine the length of report and what can be covered in that
evaluation presented in the main body length
 Should give key points and main findings
iv. Recommendation 4. Gather information
 When used should present your informed opinions, suggestions, possible 4.1. gather relevant, contemporary and factually correct information
actions to be taken 4.2. transcribe facts and figures correctly
 Recommendation should be exact, and unambiguous, perceptive,
imaginative and rationale 7 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be
Stage 3: Formatting, revising and
b. Writing the abstract
proof-reading
• Best to apply checklist; • Write it after the body is written
i. Is the objectives fulfilled?
ii. Are the facts correct? • Abstract is a concise summary presentation of
iii. Are the procedure/methods clear and as required? the essential elements of the report (i.e. from
iv. Are the data/results clearly presented? introduction, methods, results, and
v. Is it comprehensive?
vi. Is the style clear, concise and professional?
recommendations)
vii. Does the abstract summarizes? • Abstract should be independent and
viii. Does the Introduction adequately introduce the subject? comprehensive
ix. Does the Conclusions interpret, analyze and evaluates?
x. Does the Table of Contents corresponds with the actual contents? • Written in full sentences and paragraphs
xi. Are the page numbers correct?
xii. Have all the sources acknowledged?
• Should include objective, scope, methods, main
xiii. Are the sentences checked for spelling, punctuations and grammar? findings, conclusions and recommendations
xiv. Is the final draft of the report proof-read? • Generally 10-15% of the length of the report
Report Writing c. Writing the supplementary

(Case Study: Work place assignment) materials
i. Transmittal document
 Not part of the report, but accompanies it
• Instructions to candidate on preparation of  It personalizes the report for specific reader and
calls attention to items/sections in the report of
workplace assignment report interest to that person
– Workplace assignment ii. Title page
– Report Format  Identifies the report with the following information:
Title, author’s name (& position), authority for
report, place of origin, date
iii. Table of contents
iv. Bibliography
Report Format -2 Work place assignment
• Methods (20 marks) • Choose a work place
• ID at least 5 safety and health hazards
– ID and explain the methods used to ID the
• Estimate the safety and health risks of the
safety and health hazards at the work place hazards
– ID and explain the risk estimation method • prioritize the hazards based on their critical
used. Explain for ALL (at least 5 ) hazards levels. Determine the most critical safety and
health hazards
– Provide the data and information used in risk
• Suggest and discuss control measures for each
estimation critical safety and health hazards
• Recommend review methods on the proposed
control measures
Report Format -3 Report Format -1

• Results & Discussions • Abstract (10 marks)
- List at least 5 hazards ID (including 1 health • Introduction (12 marks)
hazard) – Must include organizational chart, activities,
- Determine 1 critical safety and 1 health work processes, work environment, jobs and
hazards (based on the highest risk level) tasks that explain the work place activities
- Explain how these safety and health hazards and the associated hazards
affects the workers • Objectives (5 marks)
– State the objectives
Oral Presentation Report Format -4
• One aspect of competency assessment (knowledge, skill • Suggestions & Reviews
and attitude) - For each safety and health critical hazards explain the
• Knowledge (based on report and ability to answer existing or suggested hazards control methods
questions correctly) - ID and discuss review measures to ensure the control
• Skills in; methods are always accurate, effective and efficient
– Preparing presentation materials - Discuss the benefits of controlling these hazards
– Presentation using visual aids, voice, and body language (management and employees perspective)
– Time management • References
– Listening - List ALL publications either cited or referred to in the report.
– Convincing answers Use consistent referencing system
• Attitude (based on appearance, body language during • Appendices
exam, and answers given) - Label ALL appendices for easy cross references
Oral Presentation Report Format -5

• Prepare at least 4 topics on 4 transparencies • Title page (front cover)
(Introduction, Method, Results and Discussions, Identifies the report with the following
Recommendations for reviews). Make sure information: Title, author’s name (&
legible fonts size position), authority for report, place of origin,
• 10 min presentation (practice) date
• Arrange presentation to ensure nice flow
• Look at audience (practice)
• Speak clearly and confidently (practice)
• Care in displaying body language
OBJECTIVES
• State the definition and legal
interpretation of machinery
• Explain the 10 types of machinery
hazards
• Elaborate the methods for the
prevention and control of machinery
hazards
SCOPE
• Definition and legal interpretation of
machinery
• Machinery parts and functions Machinery Hazard
• Consequences of hazards machinery
• Types of machinery related accidents
• Hazard control methods Safety and Health Officer
• Conclusion Certificate Course
• Group activity
MACHINERY PARTS DEFINITION
• Operative / Functional
Machinery
 Implements the functional output such as
the blade on a chain saw “ An equipment that supplies power,
has static and movable parts, each
• Non operative / Non functional with their own respective functions ”
 Supplies power or movements to the BS 5304:1975
operational parts such as the force of the
motor
MACHINERY PARTS LEGAL INTERPRETATION

Machinery
Operational / Functional “ Includes steam boilers, unfired pressure vessels, fired
Prime Movers pressure vessels, pipelines, prime movers, gas
• Engine, motor or other appliance which cylinders, gas holders, hoisting machines and
provides mechanical energy derived from tackle, transmission machinery, driven machinery,
steam, water, wind, electricity, the combustion materials handling equipment, amusement device
or any other similar machinery and any equipment
of fuel or any other source
for the casting, cutting, welding or electro-
(Definition under FMA 1967)
deposition of materials and for the spraying by
means of compressed gas or air of materials or
other materials.. ”
FMA 1967
CUTTING MACHINERY PARTS
• Contact with sharp surfaces, Operational / Functional
such as: Transmission Machinery
– Saw Every shaft, wheel, drum, pulley, system of fast
and loose pulleys, coupling, clutch, driving belt
– Blade or other device by which the motion of a
– Disc prime mover or other source of mechanical
power is transmitted to or received by any
machine or appliance.
(Definition under FMA 1967)
CUTTING CONSEQUENCE OF
HAZARDS EXPOSURE
• Cutting • Friction and Abrasion
• Shearing • Crushing
• Stabbing and • Drawing In
Puncturing
• Ejection
• Impact
• Entanglement • Release of Potential
Energy
STABBING AND PUNCTURING SHEARING
• Puncturing of a machine part, • Take out or separate by cutting

material and flying objects into • In between two moving machines;
the body – Between machine part and material
– Between static and moving machine
parts
• Example: needle, stone blast
debris
STABBING AND SHEARING

PUNCTURING
ENTANGLEMENT IMPACT
• Object or machine part hits

the body but does not
puncture or pierce through
it
• Example: Hit by a moving

object/part
ENTANGLEMENT
FRICTION OR ABRASION
• Burns or tear on the skin’s • Clothing or hair becomes

outer layer entangled with a spinning or
moving machine part
• Example: abrasive wheel,
sanding • Example: roller machine, gear,
shaft, wheel, chain
CRUSHING FRICTION OR ABRASION
DRAWING-IN CRUSHING
• Body is pulled towards the • Crushing of the body in

machine and is trapped in between hard two objects /
between the machine’s machine parts
moving parts
• Example: stamping
• Example: Roller machine machinery, power press
RELEASE OF POTENTIAL ENERGY
DRAWING-IN
• Example:
– Release of pressure
– Falling object
– Unreleased energy in a spring
TYPES OF ACCIDENTS EJECTION

• Contact or trapped in between a machine • The material or machine part
and another object/material
is pushed out
• Entangled in a machine part
• Entangled in a material
• Reason:
• Contact with ejected/flying machine parts
– Machine failure
• Contact with ejected/flying materials
– Material failure
• Contact with release of potential energy
• Example: abrasive wheel, drill

MACHINERY HAZARDS:
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
CONTROL METHODS
List the various methods of hazard • Hazard Identification
identification
• Risk Assessment
Answers:  Legislature review • Risk Control
 Observation  Information from – Engineering
 Inspection manufacturer – Administrative
 Complaints  Review of other reference
sources These methods are discussed in detail in a separate lesson
 Accident statistics
RISK ASSESSMENT MACHINERY HAZARDS:

CONTROL METHODS
Use of Table 2-D Matrix
Factors to be taken into
Hazard Identification
consideration:
– Design characteristics
– Work method List the various methods of hazard
– Work environment identification
– Individual characteristics
– Operational factors
RISK ASSESSMENT: RISK ASSESSMENT:
CONSIDERATIONS CONSIDERATIONS
Work environment
Design characteristics
• Lighting
• Noise
– Identify the machinery hazard
• Dust
• Access routes
• Temperature
• Condition of work floor
RISK ASSESSMENT: RISK ASSESSMENT:

CONSIDERATIONS CONSIDERATIONS
Individual factors Work method
• Incompetent operators • Input and output material
• Psychological and physiological factors • Actual operations
• Maintenance works
Operational factors • Waste disposal
• Unplanned movement / starting of • Coordination and measurement of work
machines
materials
• Mechanical failure
• Duration of operations
CONCLUSION
• Working with machinery results in various
hazards that can lead to accidents
Machinery Safety • In controlling these hazards, various
methods need to be employed. They
are:
– Risk Identification
Safety and Health Officer – Risk Assessment
Certificate Course – Risk Control
• Engineering and Administrative measures
OBJECTIVES GROUP ACTIVITY

• List 6 types of machinery related Company AC Sdn Bhd is a manufacturer of type
ACX bicycles. The company recently purchased
accidents some new machinery and equipments with the
• Explain 3 main safety concerns in aim to increase its production capacity. They
included:
the handling of machinery
• List 14 prevention and control – Two (2) units machine saw - permanent steel type
– One (1) unit drill – permanent type
measures while handling – Four (4) units power press
machinery – One (1) unit air compressor – mobile type
• Identify statutory requirements
related to machinery safety Q: Based on the above, list the hazards for each of
the new machines.
State the accidents that may happen in
the use of the below machinery SCOPE
• Accidents related to the

handling of machinery
• Statutory requirements
• Important factors for
consideration
• Prevention and control measures
• Conclusion
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS TYPES OF ACCIDENTS

Dependent on the type of
1) Factories and Machinery
machinery:
(Fencing of Machinery and
• Stuck in between two objects
Safety) Regulations 1970
• Cuts
• Entanglement/drawing in
• Provisions & fencing methods for
• Crushing
hazardous machine parts
• Friction and abrasion
• Stabbing and puncturing
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
2) Factories and Machinery

(Safety, Health and Welfare)
Regulations 1970
• Provisions for:
– access to workplace
State the factors that need to be – Work clothes and personal protection
considered in the safe handling of – Machinery handling
machinery
9 7
MAIN CONSIDERATIONS STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
3) Occupational Safety and

• Human Health Act 1994 (OSHA 1994)
• Environment • Section 15(2) (a) Employer

responsibility to provide and
maintain plant and safe system of
• Machinery
work
MACHINERY FACTORS HUMAN FACTORS
• Stability of machine
• Use of machine guards • Experienced
• Ergonomically designed control • Trained
button • Physical and mentally fit
• Control of speed • Competent
• Free from vibration hazard • Age: 16 years and above
• Sturdy machine structure
• Safe design
PREVENTION AND
CONTROL METHODS ENVIRONMENT FACTORS
• Formulate a Safety and Health • Sufficient work space around

Policy the machines
• Proper supervision • Sufficient lighting
• Provide training on safe • Proper ventilation
handling for workers
• Sturdy and clean work floor
• Install safety warning signages
• No disturbing noise
PREVENTION AND PREVENTION AND
CONTROL METHODS CONTROL METHODS
• Implement maintenance • Prepare Safe Operating
prevention programme Procedures (SOP)
• Provide screen guard for • Inspect machinery before use
machines • Prepare inspection checklist
• Conduct regular inspections • Formulate safety regulations
on workplace environment
• Change work methods, if
necessary (example: use of push
block)
17 15
USE OF SCREEN GUARD USE OF PUSH BLOCK
PREVENTION AND
CONTROL METHODS
Machinery • Make it compulsory for workers
to report any hazardous
Protection incident
Safety and Health Officer • Prohibit wearing loose clothing

Certificate Course and long hair
OBJECTIVES CONCLUSION
• Safe handling of machinery is important
• State the importance of machinery
to prevent accidents and injuries
protection
• List 2 identification methods for safe • Statutory provisions on machinery safety
are in the FMA 1967 and OSHA 1994
machinery
• Explain 5 categories of machinery • In accident prevention, various factors
protection have to be taken into consideration
before selecting and implementing the
• Identify statutory requirements related necessary prevention and control
to machinery protection measures.
MACHINERY PROTECTION SCOPE
• Machinery protection
• Acts as a barrier to injuries in cases of
failure of other preventive methods • Statutory requirements
• Methods of protection
• Strategically positioned so as to prevent
contact with hazardous machinery • Categories and types of protection
parts/processes
• Conclusion
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS MACHINERY PROTECTION

Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994 IMPORTANCE:
• Employer Responsibility 15(2): 1) To protect workers from the hazardous
parts of a machine that may have not
(a) The provision and maintenance of plant and systems been manufactured or positioned in a
of work that are, so far as practicable, safe and
without risks to health safe manner
2) Prevent machinery related
(b) The making of arrangements for ensuring, so far as accidents
practicable, safety and absence of risks to health in
connection with the use or operation, handling,
storage and transport of plant and substances
MACHINERY PROTECTION STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
Identification of Safety in terms of:
Factories and Machinery Act 1967
• Factories and Machinery (Fencing of
• Manufacturing (design) Machinery and Safety) Regulations 1970:
– For each hazardous machine part
• Position
MACHINERY PROTECTION STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

• Factories and Machinery (Fencing of Machinery and
Safety) Regulations 1970:
Manufacturing: – First Schedule (Regulation 3), Guards – General Specification
i. Guards shall be so designed, constructed and used that
• Hazardous parts are specifically designed they will –
to reduce the hazard a) Provide positive protection;
b) Prevent access to the danger zone during operation;
c) Cause the operator no discomfort or inconvenience;
d) Withstand long use with minimum maintenance;
Example: e) Resist normal wear and shock;
Shaft with a large diameter is designed to f) Not constitute a hazard by themselves, that is to say without
splinters, sharp corners, rough edges, and other sources of
spin at a lower speed accidents.
ii. Every guard shall be securely fastened to the machine or
to the floor, wall or ceiling and shall be kept in place
whenever the machine is operating
CATEGORIES OF PROTECTION MACHINERY PROTECTION
Protection can be categorised into: Minimum requirements in protecting
• Guards workers from mechanical hazards
are:
• Devices
• Isolation
• Prevention of contact
• Operations
• Prevent objects from falling into machines
• Other protection methods
• Does not generate new hazards
• Does not produce obstruction/discomfort
• Offers safety features
PRINCIPLES IN USE OF GUARDS MACHINERY PROTECTION

METHODS
• Designed and fabricated according to
Selection is based on practicality
engineering practices
and effectiveness:
• Sturdy
• Type of operation / machine
• Able to provide required protection
• Size or shape of material
• Protects the hazardous part as close as
possible • Operating procedures
• Does not interfere with work/process • Physical arrangement of the workplace
• Can be used safely • Type of material
• Production requirements
FIXED GUARD PROTECTION USING GUARDS
TYPES OF GUARDS
• Fixed guard
• Interlock guard
• Adjustable guard
• Self-adjusting guard
• Distance guard
• Automatic guard
INTERLOCK GUARD FIXED GUARD
• Has inbuilt tripping mechanism that stops

• Permanently fixed to the machinery
the machine when guard is open
• Functions are not dependent on moving
parts
• Runs on power, either electrical,
• Does not have any moving parts
mechanical, hydraulic or pneumatic
ADJUSTABLE GUARD INTERLOCK GUARD
SELF-ADJUSTING GUARD ADJUSTABLE GUARD

• Opening of the guard is determined by • Guard that combines the elements of
movement of work material adjustability which, after adjusting, stays in
• Prevents entry of persons into the the same position during operations
hazardous area/part, but allows entry of
work materials
• Work materials act as part of the guard
• The guard returns to original position
when operations are stopped
SELF-ADJUSTING GUARD
DISTANCE GUARD
AUTOMATIC GUARD DISTANCE GUARD

• Guard that is related to, and dependent on, • Guard that does not fully cover the
the machine’s mechanism. It operates to hazardous area/part but is positioned away
physically guard any individual body part from normal range of reach ability
from exposure to the hazardous area
(BS 5304: 1975)
ADVANTAGES & WEAKNESSES OF
MACHINE GUARDING
AUTOMATIC GUARD
TYPE OF PROTECTION ADVANTAGES WEAKNESSES
GUARD PROVIDED
Interlock  Shuts down  Maximum  Required regular
Guard and prevents protection and maintenance
machine from  Provides access and coordination
operating when for machine to  Easily bypassed
guard is open output material or disengaged
 Machine is without
stopped before removing guard
the worker
reaches hazard
zone
ADVANTAGES & WEAKNESSES OF ADVANTAGES & WEAKNESSES OF

MACHINE GUARDING MACHINE GUARDING
GUARD PROVIDED TYPE OF PROTECTION ADVANTAGES WEAKNESSES
Adjustable  Provides barrier  May be  Incomplete GUARD PROVIDED
Guard that is adjustable constructed to protection may Fixed Provides  For specific use  May obstruct
to meet the suit specific uses cause hazard to Guard barrier  Maximum protection vision
operational  May be adjusted operators if  Minimal maintenance  Limited to specific
requirements of to allow various allowed to enter  Suitable for high operations

various material sizes danger zone production, repetitive  Has to be removed
production  Regular operations during machinery

outputs maintenance/  Can be constructed coordination and
in the plan repair works
coordination
 May obstruct vision
 Effectiveness may
be controlled by
operator
ADVANTAGES & WEAKNESSES OF
PROTECTION USING DEVICES MACHINE GUARDING
Uses of Equipments (devices): GUARD PROVIDED
Self-  Provides  Easily  May not
• Handling of machinery with control of adjusting flexible attainable provide
both hands Guards barriers (Off-the-shelf) maximum
• Acts as a barrier that may be according to protection
incorporated with the machine the size of  May obstruct
materials vision
operations
entering the  Requires
hazard zone regular
maintenance
and
coordination
TYPES OF DEVICES PROTECTION USING DEVICES

Uses of Equipments (devices):
• Presence-Sensing Device • May stop machine if hand or body part
accidentally enters the danger zone
• Pullback Device
• Releases the operator’s hand from the
• Stop Device
danger zone
• Safety Control Device
• Act as a barrier for the operator’s hand
from entering danger zone
RADIO-FREQUENCY PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICE
• Stops machine, or disrupts work cycle or
operations if worker is in danger zone
• Types
– photoelectric
– radio-frequency
– electro-mechanical
ELECTROMECHANICAL PHOTOELECTRIC
STOP DEVICE PULLBACK DEVICE
• Uses a cable that is attached to the
• Uses a cable connected to a fixed worker’s hand or arm
machine part that is attached to the • Usually used for machinery with tripping
worker’s hand or arm action features
• When blades are in top position, the
• Weakness: May be easily bypassed by operator may access the control panel
the operator
• The operators hand will be pulled when
blades start to descend
SAFETY CONTROL DEVICE PULLBACK DEVICE

• Manually activated and needs to be
manually reset to start machine
SAFETY TRIP-ROD DEVICE SAFETY CONTROL DEVICE
TYPES:
• Safety Trip Control
• Pressure Sensitive Body Bar
• Safety Trip-Rod Device
• Safety Trip Wire Cable
• Two-Hand Control
• Two-Hand Trip
• Fencing
SAFETY TRIP WIRE CABLE PRESSURE SENSITIVE

BODY BAR
TWO-HAND CONTROL
PROTECTION USING ISOLATION
Position:
Hazardous parts are positioned in hard to

reach areas so as to prevent injuries to the
body
PROTECTION USING ISOLATION PROTECTION USING ISOLATION
Implemented using:
Use of protection using isolation • Position
principles • Distance
• Feeding
• Position of control operator
PROTECTION IN OPERATIONS PROTECTION USING ISOLATION
OTHER PROTECTION METHODS PROTECTION IN OPERATIONS

Other protection methods may not
Protection in operations
provide comprehensive protection
from machinery hazards. (feeding and output of materials):
• Automatic feeder
Among the available methods are: • Semi-automatic feeder
• Warning guard • Automatic output
• Shield • Semi-automatic output
• Handheld tools • Robotics
• Pushing stick
CONCLUSION WARNING GUARD
• Machinery protection is aimed at ensuring
that worker is safe from contact with
hazardous machine parts
Material and Safety) Regulations 1970 and
OSHA 1994 contains statutory requirements
related to machinery protection
• The methods of protection that may be
employed are use of guards, equipments,
through isolation, operations and other
protection methods
HANDHELD TOOLS
Maintenance of
Machinery, Guards &
Equipment
Certificate Course
SCOPE OBJECTIVES
• Definition
• Necessity for maintenance • State the definition of maintenance
• Types of maintenance
• Selection and frequency • List 3 maintenance requirements
• Common accidents during
maintenance works • Explain 4 types of maintenance
• Safety measures
• Conclusion
DEFINITION OBJECTIVES
MAINTENANCE
• List 4 hazards during maintenance
activities
“Work that is carried out to ensure plant
remains at acceptable standards”
• List 12 safety measures related to
“Maintain” means maintain in an efficient maintenance works
state, in efficient working order and in good
repair – FMA 1967
• List 6 factors that influence the
* plant – as defined in the Occupational Safety frequency of maintenance
and Health Act 1994
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
NECESSITY FOR MAINTENANCE
• Conduct maintenance regularly
according to set schedules • To ensure smooth-running of plant
operations
• Replace and restore faulty
equipments according to schedule • To ensure safety of plant operations
• Keep maintenance and repair • To increase workplace cleanliness for

records safety purposes
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TYPES OF MAINTENANCE
Conducted to prevent faulty • Preventive Maintenance

equipment or equipment failures
that may result in: • Statutory Preventive Maintenance
• Work disruption • Breakdown Maintenance
• Accidents • Online Maintenance
METHODS OF STATUTORY STATUTORY PREVENTIVE
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE
As per regulatory requirements,
• Conducted in compliance with
such as: provisions of the Factories and
Machinery Act 1967
• Keeping maintenance records
• Appointing registered firms • Machinery inspection as per FMA 1967
(lifts, boilers, cranes) provisions
BREAKDOWN MAINTENANCE STATUTORY PREVENTIVE

MAINTENANCE
Types of Machinery
Conducted when machinery
encounters a problem or is damaged, • Steam generating machinery
and is unable to operate – boilers, autoclaves, steam generators
• Pressure vessels
• Lifting machinery
– Lifts, cranes and machinery that requires
certification of fitness
• Prime movers
ONLINE MAINTENANCE BREAKDOWN MAINTENANCE
Why?
• Not practical to stop machine Why?
operations • Company policy
• Some maintenance works/processes • Reduces cost
requires machine to be in operations • Machinery does not have to be
for the purpose of: regularly stopped
– Cleaning
• Allows the option of repairing or
– Repair works
disposing of the machinery
– Coordination
– Trouble shooting
SELECTION OF METHOD ONLINE MAINTENANCE
The selection of which Conducted while machine is in

operations
maintenance method to adopt
is dependent on the:
• Type of process
• Type of machinery
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
FREQUENCY OF MAINTENANCE
Measures to be Taken
Frequency is dependent on:
• Age of machinery
• Safety training for relevant workers
and personnel • Machinery damage records
• Formulate safe work procedures • Conditions of machine operations
• Implement safe system of work • Manufacturer instruction/suggestion/
• Supervision of work to be undertaken recommendation
• Formulate rules and guidelines for • Statutory requirements
maintenance works • Company policy
MAINTENANCE SAFETY COMMON ACCIDENTS

DURING MAINTENANCE
Measures to be taken
• Exposure to hazardous materials
• Implement permit to work system • Contact with moving elements/
• Implement proper worker selection materials/parts
• Use of safety signages • Falls
• Provide uniforms and appropriate PPE – from same level
• Use of suitable tools/equipments – from higher level
• Crushed by falling object
• Purpose of maintenance is to:
– Ensure smooth-running and safety of plant,
• State the definition of hand and workplace and equipment operations
portable power tools – Prevent accidents with improved workplace
cleanliness and housekeeping
• There are four types of maintenance
• List 10 hazards associated with the
methods that may be adopted. Selection
use of hand and portable power of method is based on the machinery,
tools equipment or process used in operations
OBJECTIVES
• List 11 safety measures that should

be taken in the use of hand and
Safety of Hand and
portable power tools use Portable Power Tools
• State 3 selection criteria for hand
and portable power tools
• Identify the statutory requirements
Certificate Course
related to the use of hand and
portable power tools
DEFINITION SCOPE
Power tools • Definition

• Types of equipment/tools
Tools that require the use of other
• Hazards and accidents related to use
forces of energy to start, work or
of equipment/tools
coordinate it with work materials
• Selection of tools
• Safety measures during use of tools
• Conclusion
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS DEFINITION

• Factories and Machinery (Building Operations Hand tools
and Works of Engineering Construction) (Safety)
Regulations 1986;
– Part XVI- Hand and Power Tools Tools that require the use of
• Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994 (OSHA
1994);
human energy to manually
– General responsibilities of Employers and Self-employed start, work or coordinate it with
• “provide and maintain a safe plant and systems of
work…” work materials
• “make arrangements for the safe use, operations,
handling, storage and transport of plant and
substances…”
HAND TOOLS HAND TOOLS
Some examples of hand tools are: Consists of 2 parts:
• Knife • Sledge hammer • Head

• Hammer • Screwdriver
• Spanner
• Saw • Handle (shaft / body)
• Wrench
• Pliers
HAND TOOLS EXAMPLE
HANDLE
HEAD
PORTABLE POWER TOOLS PORTABLE POWER TOOLS
Power tools are categorised based
on source of power:
– Electric
– Pneumatic
– Hydraulic
– Fuel
– Steam
HAZARDS IN THE USE OF PORTABLE POWER TOOLS

POWER TOOLS
Some examples are:
• Electric (mobile power tools)
• Cuts/incisions (mobile power tools) • Circular saw • Spray gun
• Entanglement/drawing in • Chain saw • Sander
(mobile power tools) • Pneumatically • Grinder
driven nailers • Pneumatic stapler
• Flying objects/equipment (parts,
equipment heads)
• Lodged between equipment
SAFETY MEASURES HAZARDS IN THE USE OF
POWER TOOLS
• Select equipment that is suitable to
the work at hand
• Vibration
• Provide safety training to users
• Hit by equipments
• Formulate Safe Operating
Procedures for use of • Noise exposure
equipment/tool • Dust/vapour exposure from work
• Inspect tool before use activities
SAFETY MEASURES ACCIDENT CAUSING FACTORS
• Use of wrong method

• Follow manufacturer recommended
procedures in handling tool • Improper storage of
equipments/tools
• Improper maintenance of
• Structure a regular maintenance
equipments/tools
schedule for tools/equipments as per
requirements • Use of faulty equipments/tools
• Tools are not suited to job task
SAFETY MEASURES
• Allocate designated area for storage of
equipment
List 6 safety measures
when using hand tools • Provide suitable and sufficient
equipment/tools
• Select and use appropriate personal

protective equipment
• Install guards for power tools

CONCLUSION SELECTION CRITERIA

1) Hand tools can be divided into two: those General design and fabrication of
using manual human energy, and those using tools should take into consideration
other energy sources such as electricity,
pneumatic force and others the following factors:
2) Statutory requirements regarding the safe use • Quality of material used
of hand tools are outlined in FMA 1967 and • Ergonomic factors
OSHA 1994 • Use of suitable material
3) Various safety measures can be implemented • Safety features
to prevent accidents and injuries while using (example: guards for portable power tools)
hand and portable power tools
SCOPE
• Definition
• Statutory requirements General Area
• Requirement for fencing
• Types of fencing
Fencing
• Fence characteristics
• Method of fencing
• Conclusion
Certificate Course
GENERAL AREA FENCING OBJECTIVES

Definition • State the definitions of general area
“ Protect a hazardous area from unauthorized fencing
entry by the erection or installation of a wire or • List 8 reasons for general area fencing
rail ” • List 3 types of general area fencing
FMA 1967 – “Fence” means any form of • List 6 features of general area fencing
protective device designed to prevent serious • List 5 methods of general area fencing
bodily injury or bodily injury to any person and • Explain the statutory requirements related
includes a guard and a guard rail. to general area fencing
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (FENCING OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
OF MACHINERY AND SAFETY) HEALTH ACT 1994
REGULATIONS1970
• Duty of employer and self-employed
Provisions for: (Section 15 (2)(a)(b))
• Installation of fencing for hazardous a) The provision and maintenance of plant and
machinery systems of work that are, so far as practicable,
safe and without risks to health
• Types and construction of railings: b) The making of arrangements for ensuring, so
– Wood, pipe, metal, metal structure far as practicable, safety and absence of risks
to health in connection with the use or
• Specifications and dimensions for railings operation, handling, storage and transport of
plant and substances
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (SAFETY, FACTORIES AND MACHINERY

HEALTH AND WELFARE) REGULATIONS ACT 1967
1970
Provisions for: Machinery and Safety) Regulations 1970
• Employer responsibility and compliance • Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health

and Welfare) Regulations 1970
• Responsibility of workers to use fencing
SITUATIONS REQUIRING FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (SAFETY,
FENCING HEALTH AND WELFARE) REGULATIONS
1970
• Floor openings
• Exposed edges Outlines situations where fencing is
• Catwalk necessary:
• Manhole
• Hazardous activities • Floor openings
• Hazardous processes • Holes
• Ramps • Pipes
• Stairs
TYPES OF FENCING NECESSITY FOR FENCING

To prevent accidents caused by:
• Railings o Falling into holes
• Screens o Falling to lower level platforms/areas
• Wire nettings o Entanglement with a moving machine
part
• Toe board
o Struck by falling object
o Struck by moving object (robotic
machinery)
o Exposed to hazardous
materials/substances
METHODS OF FENCING
• Identify area to be fenced
• Select suitable type of fencing
• Ensure temporary controls
• Install suitable fencing
• Observe administrative controls
such as signages, inspections etc.
Rails Toe board

CONCLUSION FEATURES OF FENCING

• Fencing is required to:
• Sturdy
– Prevent unauthorised entry
• Resistant to harsh environmental
– Prevent accidents, unwanted incidents
factors such as acidic
environment
• Statutory requirements related to fencing • Suitable and safe design
are outlined in OSHA 1994 and FMA 1967 • Requires minimal maintenance
• Provides required protection
• Selection of fencing is dependent on the • Fencing construction materials
type of activity or process, as well as are not hazardous to workers
characteristics of the fencing itself
OBJECTIVES
• List 4 components of mechanical
equipments Mechanical
Handling
• List hazards related to mechanical
equipments such as lifts, conveyor
belts, forklift, crane and escalators
Certificate Course
• List 5 types of injuries related to
mechanical handling
OBJECTIVES OBJECTIVES
• Explain the safety
measures related • State the definition of mechanical
to mechanical handling handling
• Explain the accident prevention • List 5 types of mechanical handling

and control measures related to
mechanical handling
• List the advantages and
• Identify statutory requirements disadvantages of mechanical
related to mechanical handling handling
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS SCOPE
Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994 • Statutory requirements
• Mechanical handling - definition, type, necessity
• General duties of:
• Advantages and limitations
– Employer and self employed persons
• Main components of mechanical equipment
• Hazards and accidents related to mechanical
Section 15 (2) (b) handling
The making of arrangements for ensuring, so far as • Safety arrangements and planning
practicable, safety and absence of risks to health in • Accident prevention and control
connection with the use or operation, handling,
• Conclusion
storage and transport of plant and substances
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994
– Manufacturer, designer, supplier
Section 20 – Employer and self employed persons
to carry out or arrange for the carrying out of
testing and examination as may be necessary to – Manufacturer, designers and supplier
ensure the safe condition and without risk to health – Workers
REGISTRATION OF LIFT STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
MACHINES WITH DOSH Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994
REQUIREMENTS • General duties of:
– Worker
• Approval of design
Section 24(d)
• Inspection and testing of load and handling
To comply with any instruction or measure on
• Registration and issuance of Certificate of occupational safety and health instituted by his
Registration (upon passing of test) employer or any other person by or under the
Act or any regulation made thereunder
LIFT MACHINES THAT REQUIRE

CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
 Lift  Passenger Hoist
 Passenger  Material Hoist
 Goods  Skip Hoist Factories and Machinery

 Dumbwaiter  Goods Hoist
(Electric Passenger and Goods Lift)
 Gondola
Regulations 1970
 Escalator  Electric Chain Hoist
 Walkalator  Pneumatic Hoist
 Travellator
 Truck mounted  Mobile Crane

crane  Crawler Crane
 Tower Crane
LIFT MACHINES THAT REQUIRE
MECHANICAL HANDLING CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION
 Overhead Traveling Crane
Types of equipment
 Gantry Crane
• Lifts, dumbwaiters  Portal Crane
• Escalators, travellators, walkalators  Container Crane
• Cranes and hoists  Sky Lifter
 Cherry picker
• Conveyors
 Two & Four Post Lift
• Forklifts
 Table Lifter
 Mechanical parking lift
MECHANICAL HANDLING
Definition
• Use of any powered equipment (hydraulic,
pneumatic, electric or mechanical) to:
 Move
 Lift
 Shift
 Transfer
Loads or goods including human loads
MECHANICAL HANDLING
Advantages
• Simplifies work task
• Reduces work time
• Reduces worker ergonomic risks
• Equipment capacity to reach awkward and high
places
• Increases productivity
• Saves storage space as goods can be stored
upwards
MECHANICAL HANDLING MECHANICAL HANDLING

Limitations why is it necessary?
• Requires competent operators – cranes,
forklifts • Heavy loads
• Certain equipment require Certificate of
Fitness • Big sized load
• Equipment need regular maintenance • Loads are of various shapes and sizes
• High initial costs
• Accelerates the work process
• Equipment may increase occupational safety
and health risks
MAIN COMPONENTS OF
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
• Wire rope
• Chain
• Lifting motor
• Counterweight
MAIN COMPONENTS OF
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
• Lifting Tackle
– Sling
– Hook
– Grip
– Eyebolts
– Spreader bar
– Shackle
MECHANICAL HANDLING HAZARDS MECHANICAL HANDLING HAZARDS
MACHINE HAZARD MACHINE HAZARD

 Lift (For maintenance workers)
 Escalator (For users)
 Stuck in between the lift and wall (shaft)
 Stuck
 Tangled in moving parts
 Fall
 Fall from lift roof
(For maintenance workers)
 Ergonomic related injuries
 Stuck in between rolls or chains
 Electric hazards
 Ergonomic related injuries
 Conveyor  Stuck in between rolls
 Electrical hazards
 Tangled in moving parts
SOURCES OF HAZARDS MECHANICAL HANDLING HAZARDS

Common Mechanical Defects MACHINE HAZARD
 Truck  Hit
 Forklift  Crushed by load
1. Rope wire reduces in size  Crushed between vehicle
and objects
2. Rope wire or chain becomes  Crane  Hit
longer  Crawler Crane  Stuck
 Mobile Crane  Crushed by load

3. Surface of chain becomes worn  Tower Crane
out  Overhead Traveling Crane
REASONS FOR DEFECTS SOURCES OF HAZARDS
Common Mechanical Defects
1. Lack of, or no maintenance
4. Lifting equipment becomes worn out
2. Overloading 5. Hook becomes loose

6. Brake failure
3. Faulty design of equipment and 7. Rope wire breaks/is severed
structure
REASONS FOR DEFECTS SOURCES OF HAZARDS

Common Mechanical Defects
4. Environmental factors
6. Girder or structure changes shape
7. Boom becomes bent
5. Equipment does not fulfill standard
requirements 8. Failure of equipment limitation
system
6. No regular inspection 9. Missing safety latch for hooks
TYPES OF ACCIDENTS TYPES OF ACCIDENTS
Struck by falling objects • Stuck in between objects
• Struck by falling objects
Causes: • Lifting machine overturn
• Bad housekeeping
• Boom / crane structure breaks /
• No toe-board on work platform
• No installation of safety nets
collapses
• Unsafe lifting methods • Contact with other objects
• Improper position of slings and hooks while lifting • Lifting machine collapses
• Mechanical failure
• Electric shock

Lifting machine overturn Stuck in between objects
Causes: Can happen while lifting a load, or doing

• Mistake in assessing weight of load maintenance works on a machine chain
• Soft area surface
• Wrong lifting technique Causes:
• Unsuitable land topography – uneven, slopes • Limited work space
• No machine guards
Lifting machine collapses Boom/crane structure breaks/collapses
Causes: Causes:
• Faulty design • Overloading
• Overloading • Use of faulty/damaged boom
• Instable building structure • Faulty design
• Mechanical system failure • Improper installation – not according to set
procedures
• Improper installation

Electric shock Contact with other objects
Causes:
Causes: • Environmental factors
• Contact with electricity (faulty conductor) – Crowded
• Faulty electrical equipment – damaged or – Insufficient lighting
modified – Slippery floor
• No earthing • Vehicle mechanical failure
• No/insufficient personal protective equipment • Operator fault
• Unsuitable load – too big, too heavy
PLANNING FOR SAFETY PLANNING FOR SAFETY
Considerations – Before & During Work Steps to Take
• Physical condition of the work area ▄ Identify hazards related to the job task
• Type of lifting tackle to be used ▄ Assess the risks of each hazard that has
been identified
• Selection of operators
▄ Determine preventive and control
• Type of activity to be carried out
measures
– lifting, moving, shifting etc.
▄ Monitor the implementation of the
measures
PLANNING FOR SAFETY PLANNING FOR SAFETY

Considerations – Before & During Work Considerations – Before & During Work
• Stability of load • Type of load – solid, liquid, gas

• Capacity of lifting machine • Weight of load to be handled
• Handling/lifting techniques and • Size of load to be handled
procedures • Shape of load to be handled
• Environmental factors • Type of lifting machine
• Access of area/route for lifting
activities
HAZARD PREVENTION HAZARD PREVENTION
AND CONTROL METHODS AND CONTROL METHODS
1. Conduct regular inspection of machinery and
9. Display warning signages – to show other its components
workers of existing hazards in the work area
2. Formulate a regular maintenance schedule for
lifting machines
10. Install safety devices on the machinery used
3. Formulate safe operating procedures for
mechanical handling activities
11. Develop and use an effective system of
communication 4. Select suitable and competent workers
CONCLUSION HAZARD PREVENTION

AND CONTROL METHODS
• Mechanical handling simplifies work
processes and increases work efficiency
5. Provide training for selected workers
• Statutory provisions outline the
requirements related to mechanical
6. Select and use machinery based on
handling suitability and safety
• Mechanical handling hazards can be
prevented by proper safety planning for 7. Supervise ongoing works
works before and during handling
8. Fence work area
SCOPE
• Definition
• Classifications and uses
• Hazardous conditions
Pressure Vessels
• Factors that cause hazards and
accidents
• Preventive and control measures Safety and Health Officer
• Conclusion
Certificate Course
OBJECTIVES
DEFINITION • State 2 classifications of pressure vessels
• State the definitions of steam boiler and
unfired pressure vessel
Fired pressure vessel • State 4 applications of pressure vessels
• State 5 hazardous conditions in the use of
• Vessel that receives heat from external fuel pressure vessels
sources and generates energy for specific • Explain the preventive and control measures
uses. as per statutory requirements
CLASSIFICATION OF UNFIRED CLASSIFICATION OF FIRED
PRESSURE VESSEL PRESSURE VESSEL
• Any closed vessel
• Any closed vessel
• Above atmospheric pressure
• Contains gas (oxygen), gas mixture • Generates heat from certain external sources
(propane and ethane), steam (from boiler),
• Produces steam (under pressure)
liquid (water or chemical) or solid (cement,
• Energy heats the medium [liquid fuel] in the
sugar, fertilizer or flour)
installation system
• May be below or above atmospheric For (boilers) steam, this includes economiser, super
pressure heater and other equipments that may be attached
• Example: air compacter, water softener • Example: thermal oil heater, autoclave
APPLICATIONS AND USES OF DEFINITION

PRESSURE VESSELS Unfired pressure vessel
Item Uses/Application
• Vessel that requires no heat from external heat
 Steam boilers  Food processing
sources to operate.
Generate steam  Medical processes
• FMA 1967 – any enclosed vessel under pressure
 Manufacturing processes
greater than atmospheric pressure by any gas or
 Utilities (Generate electricity) mixture or combination of gases and includes any
 Air compactor  Manufacturing processes vessel under pressure of steam external to the steam
 Storage of  Water treatment plant boiler and any vessel which is under pressure of a
compact air, gas, liquid or gas or both, and any vessel subject
 Food processing
liquid internally to a pressure less than atmospheric
pressure but does not include gas cylinders.
PREVENTIVE AND CONTROL HAZARDOUS SITUATIONS RELATED
MEASURES TO PRESSURE VESSELS
SAFETY DEVICES FOR PRESSURE VESSELS 1. Mechanical blasts
Safety equipment/device STEAM UNFIRED
BOILER PRESSURE
VESSEL 2. Leakage in wall or tube
 Water indicator / /
 Safety Release Valve / / 3. Toxic releases into the air
 Pressure indicator /
 Detector and alarm for high or low / - 4. Cracks in wall or tube
water levels
 Blow down valves / /
5. Structural changes
 Feed check valve / /
PREVENTIVE AND CONTROL CAUSES OF

MEASURES HAZARDOUS SITUATIONS
 Design should follow specifications in
code of practice • Excess pressure in vessel
• Faulty design
 Vessel should be equipped with safety devices • Thinning of wall due to erosion
such as safety valve • Failure of automatic system
• Excess heat - overheating for steam
 Regular maintenance for vessel and its boilers
accessories • Failure of safety valve device
 Scheduled inspection of pressure vessel
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM PREVENTIVE AND CONTROL
BOILERS AND UNFIRED PRESSURE MEASURES
 Controls on maintenance and repair works
6) Certificate of Fitness 
 Provide training for operators
7) Scheduled inspection
 Select suitable pressure vessel according to
8) Installation method process requirements
 Appoint competent operator responsible for

9) Pressure allocation for operations system
handling steam boiler
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM

10) Maintenance requirements 1) Approval of design

2) Approval for construction
11) Notification of hazardous incident 3) Hydrostatic / Steam tests
4) Important requirements
12) Approval for restoration and modification
5) Person in charge (boiler)
13) Control of welder, contractor
GUIDELINES FOR
CONCLUSION INSTALLATION AND USE
• Pressure vessels may be classified into two: • Ensure that approval of design has been
fired pressure vessels and unfired pressure received from DOSH Malaysia
vessels
• Pressure vessel operations have the potential • Schedule for Hydrostatic and Steam tests
to cause hazardous situations and incidences for steam boiler with DOSH
(Attach JKJ 105/106 and JKJ 127)
CONCLUSION GUIDELINES FOR

INSTALLATION AND USE
• There are statutory provisions in the FMA
1967 and OSHA 1994 regulating the use of • Apply for permission to install and register
pressure vessels with DOSH
(attach JKJ 105/106 and JKJ 127)
• The user/owner of the pressure vessel is
responsible to ensure the safety of the vessel • Obtain the Certificate of Fitness (CF) for the
using various methods discussed in the registration
lesson
• The vessel may only be used after CF has
been obtained
In an incident that occurred on 2nd December
2001 at approximately 10.30pm, an air
Welding Safety compactor registration number PMT 1245 broke
and caused leakage at the bottom part of the
wall. The unfired pressure vessel is the vertical
type and has been placed outside the building
since its installation 6 years ago. The employer
Safety and Health Officer intends to repair the leak by welding another
piece of metal above it. Your observation of
Certificate Course the vessel has revealed that the pressure
indicator needle is not functioning and the
release valve has signs of corrosion.
OBJECTIVES
1. State the definition of welding 1) List 3 (three) factors that caused the
2. Explain three categories of welding failure.
2) Recommend 4 (four) prevention and
3. State at least five hazards related to control methods that may be taken by
welding works the employer to avoid a recurrence of
4. List the considerations in safety of the incident.
3) State whether the repair works
welding equipments intended by the employer can be
5. Discuss the safety measure, before done successfully. What is your advice
and during welding works as the Safety and Health Officer to the
employer?
SCOPE
• Introduction / definition of welding
• Types of welding and equipments
• Welding hazards
• Considerations for welding equipments
• Safety measures for welding equipments
• Safety measures for welding activities
• Conclusion
TYPES OF WELDING DEFINITION OF WELDING
 Gas welding
Fusion of two pieces of metals through
 Electric arc welding the melting of the metals using heat,
 Current welding pressure or both.
GAS WELDING
Melting of metals using fire that is
produced by gas mixtures using
torch or blowpipes at high
temperatures.
Gases: Oxygen and flammable
gasses such as acetylene or LPG
ELECTRIC ARCH WELDING

ELECTRIC ARC WELDING

RESISTANCE WELDING
Electrodes and high voltage produces an
Electricity currents are flowed arch where the electrode is in a position
through the part to be welded close to the steel work material
Heat is generated to melt the metal The electrode is moved along the part to
be welded
Use of physical force to weld the
The temperature reached for welding is
metals
4000°C
Limited to thin materials The metal pieces will melt and fuse at that
Least hazardous temperature
EQUIPMENT - GAS WELDING
WELDING EQUIPMENT
• Identify Cylinder
Cylinder Colour Thread valve • Oxygen cylinder and acetylene
outlet
• Hose
Oxygen Black Right • Regulator
Flammable • Blowpipe or torch
1- LPG Red Left
2- Acetylene Maroon
• Identify Hose
Gas Colour
 Acetylene  Red
 LPG  Orange
 Oxygen  Blue
BLOWPIPE FOR GAS WELDING
EQUIPMENT - ELECTRIC ARC
WELDING EQUIPMENT - GAS WELDING
The equipment:
Regulator
• Electric generator  Attached to cylinder
• Electric cables and coupling  Controls gas pressure inside the cylinder and
blowpipe
• Electrode holder
EQUIPMENT - RESISTANCE
WELDING
The equipment: Torch or Blowpipe
 Electric generator
• Part where the mixture of gases occur
 Electric cables and coupling
 Holder for metal / material to be • Has a nozzle to release gas that is
welded ignited/produced
 Electricity conductor
WELDING HAZARDS WELDING HAZARDS
Skin Burns • Fire and explosion
• Skin burns
Source:
• Flying objects
• Contact with hot work materials
• Heat stress
• Metal sparks
• Exposure to chemicals
• Continuous exposure to welding heat can
result redness of skin • Electric shock
• Radiation

Flying Objects Fire and Explosion
Source:
Source:
• Sparks
• Gas cylinder
• Metals
• Other materials
• Arch and fire from welding equipment
Electric shock Heat Stress
Source:
• Contact with arch welding equipment Source:
• Electric arch welding what uses voltages • Exposure to excessive heat from the
up to 100v welding process
• Electricity direct currents (DC) or
alternating current (AC)

Radiation Exposure to chemicals
Source:
Source: • Inhalation of generated gas and fumes
 Ultra violet and ozone Example: Gas-CO, fume-ferum oxide,
nitrous
 Conjunctivitis
 Damage to retina
• Respiratory disease
• Systematic poisoning
 Infra-red and bright lights – Inhalation of fumes from galvanised
metal (lead or toxic metals)
 Dryness and irritant to eyes
SAFETY MEASURES OF EQUIPMENT SAFETY MEASURES OF EQUIPMENT
Considerations
1. Storage of gas cylinder
Gas welding
2. Handling of gas cylinder
4. Clean nozzle
3. Gas leakage from regulator
5. Proper storage procedures for cylinders
4. Damage to hose
6. Proper handling procedures for cylinders
5. Mixture of oxygen and flammable gas in
the hose
6. Obstruction at mouth of nozzle and
blowpipe
SAFETY MEASURES OF EQUIPMENT SAFETY MEASURES OF EQUIPMENT

Gas welding
Electric arc and resistance welding 1. Isolate oxygen cylinder and acetylene or
considerations: LPG cylinder (at least 3m distance)
• Generator
• Damage to transformer 2. Inspect hose, regulator and nozzle
• Damage to the electrode holder and
electric cables 3. Install non return valve and flashback
arrestor at blowpipe
SAFETY MEASURES
DURING WELDING WORKS SAFETY MEASURES OF EQUIPMENT
• Local exhaust ventilation system for
welding process Electric arc and resistance welding
• Prepare safe operating procedures for 1. Inspect generator, transformer cable and
welding activities electrode holder
2. Maintenance of welding equipment
• Provide safety and health training for
welders 3. Earthing of equipment/electric cables
4. Selection of suitable equipment to job task
• Proper selection of workers
• Supervision of welding works
SAFETY MEASURES
CONCLUSION
DURING WELDING WORKS
• All the welding processes – gas, electric arc
and resistance – have multiple hazards • Fencing welding work area
• To prevent hazards, welding safety • Provision of fire prevention and control
measures for equipment have to be taken, equipments in welding area
followed by safety measures for actual
• Isolate flammables from work area
welding activities
• Provision and proper use of suitable
• There are various statutory provisions in personal protective equipment and
OSHA 1994 and FMA 1967 related to
clothing for welders
welding safety.
SCOPE
• Definition
• Statutory Requirements Housekeeping &
• Housekeeping and Physical Workplace Physical
Arrangements
Arrangements
• Types and Causes of Accidents
• Types and Causes of Diseases Safety and Health Officer
Certificate Course
SCOPE OBJECTIVES
• Planning and Scheduling of • State the definitions of housekeeping and
Housekeeping and Physical physical arrangements of the workplace
Arrangements • List 5 types of accidents related to untidy
• Factors for the Prevention of Accidents workplaces
and Diseases • Explain 5 factors to be considered in good
housekeeping and workplace physical
• Steps to Improve Housekeeping and
arrangements
Physical Arrangements
• Identify statutory requirements related to
• Conclusion good housekeeping and workplace
physical arrangements
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS DEFINITION
• Ensure the building, plant, equipment
– General Responsibilities of the Employer and and machinery are properly maintained
Self-Employed (Section 15 (a) and (d)) and are in good and clean conditions
• “provision and maintenance of plant and systems of
work that are safe and without risk to health……”
• Ensure the arrangements of the plant,
equipment and materials are in the
• “maintenance of a workplace and provision and
maintenance of the means of access to and egress
proper order and poses no occupational
from that are safe and without such risks……” safety and health risk
UNSAFE CONDITIONS STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health
Among the situations that can cause
and Welfare) Regulations 1970: Sect 6 - 24
accidents or diseases are:
• Slippery floors (oily, wet, dusty)
• Hand tools, materials and electric cables in • Comprehensive guideline to housekeeping and
walkways physical arrangements
• Improper physical arrangement of machinery
• Crowded work areas • Access to workplace
• Balance or waste materials on the work floor
• Storage methods of various materials including
hazardous liquids
State the unsafe conditions and
accidents or incidents that may occur
UNSAFE CONDITION
CAUSES OF ACCIDENTS TYPES OF ACCIDENTS

• Equipment that are not properly kept
• Improper arrangement of machinery • Falls resulting from stepping on
• Dark working conditions materials/equipments
• No designated place for waste disposal • Slips and falls – slippery floors
• Insufficient ventilation • Collisions with materials/machinery
• Limited space between machine and • Slipping over equipment/material
worker • Fire incidents
• No designated areas for finished or semi-
finished products
PLANNING AND SCHEDULING TYPES OF DISEASES
Among diseases arising from untidy
Planning is dependent on:
workplaces are those related to:
• The variety of activities in one work area
• Whether the process generates dust, vapours • Lung and skin diseases
or other waste materials – Inhalation of dust/chemical vapours
• Workplace environment that may contribute
to unsafe conditions (dusty, untidy) • Eye diseases
• Availability of equipments/machinery – Insufficient lighting
CAUSES OF DISEASES
PLANNING AND SCHEDULING
• Chemical spillages that are not cleaned
Housekeeping schedule is dependent on
whether work is done:
• Collection of dust/vapour particles on
lights and walls that are not cleaned
• Daily
• Weekly
• Monthly • Lack of provision of equipments to clean
• Yearly chemical spillages
• After incident/chemical spillage
FACTORS TO PREVENT FACTORS TO PREVENT
ACCIDENTS/DISEASES ACCIDENTS/DISEASES
Human - Worker and Employer
Equipment
• Training
• Facilities to store equipment • Supervision
• Provision of equipment for cleaning purposes • Preparation of Standard
• Provision of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Operating Procedures
• Proper competencies
• Suitability to job task
• Experience
FACTORS TO PREVENT FACTORS TO PREVENT

ACCIDENTS/DISEASES ACCIDENTS/DISEASES
Material Machinery
• Designated area for material storage • Proper arrangement of machinery

• Proper material waste disposal facilities • Sufficient space in between machines
• Use of correct material quantities (daily/weekly) • Sufficient space around machinery
• Provision of proper access for materials • Arrangement of machinery according to
process requirements
FACTORS TO PREVENT
MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT
ACCIDENTS/DISEASES
• Provide training
Work Environment
• Formulate Safe Operating Procedures
• Formulate Housekeeping rules
• Condition of the work floor
• Conduct regular workplace inspections • Condition of walls
• Prepare housekeeping schedule/ • Proper ventilation
programme • Sufficient lighting
• Supervise housekeeping activities • Waste disposal
MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT MEASURES FOR IMPROVEMENT

• Strategically position warning signages • Formulate a policy for Good Housekeeping
• Provide sufficient facilities for material/ and Physical Arrangements
equipment storage • Ensure early planning, even before starting
• Provide proper waste disposal facilities operations
• Make floor markings to indicate access • Accountability on the Head of Department
routes and storage areas respectively • Include responsibility of housekeeping in the
individual job description
Electrical Safety

Certificate Course
• State the definition of current, volt • Housekeeping and physical arrangements of
and ohm the workplace is very important in the
prevention of accidents and diseases
• FMA 1967 and OSHA 1994 outlines the related
• Explain 4 hazards related to statutory requirements
electricity • Other than planning and scheduling, various
other factors need to be considered in the
prevention of accidents and diseases
• Explain 2 basic preventive • Various measures for improvement have also
measures in electrical safety been discussed
ELECTRICITY OBJECTIVES
• A form of energy that is efficient

and simple • State at least 4 considerations in the
safe use of electricity
• Usages:
 Lighting • Identify statutory requirements
 Heating related to electrical safety
 Energy use (oven etc)
TERMINOLOGY SCOPE
1. Definition
• Electric is a form of energy that is
produced from the flow of electrons 2. Electrical installation
3. Hazard and effects of electric
• It is a general term that includes currents
energy related to electricity 4. Principles of electrical safety
charges, whether static or dynamic 5. Safe use of electricity
6. Electrical safety controls
7. Conclusion
CHARACTERISTICS OF FACTORS THAT INFLUENCE
ELECTRICITY ELECTRICITY
• Volt
• Cannot be seen The force of electric energy
• Ampere
• Cannot be heard Actual flow of electricity
• Ohm
• Cannot be smelt Characteristic for the circuit or route of which
electricity flows and offers resistance to the
current
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS ADVANTAGES OF ELECTRICITY
Includes: • Cost effective

• Clean
• Circuit
• Conductor • Easy to use
• Main switch, local and distributing board
• Circuit breakers • Does not require storage
• Fuse
• Socket and plug
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS -
MAIN SWITCH, LOCAL & CIRCUIT
DISTIBUTION BOARD • Where electric current flows
• Main switch functions as a source of electric
current and distributes it to other parts
according to requirements • Provides the source of energy
• Functions to stop the flow of electricity current in
the circuit • Is complemented by use of a
• Distribution board comprises of main switch,
conductor to allow control of
circuit breaker and other switches. It receives current
electric current externally before distribution

CIRCUIT BREAKERS CONDUCTOR
• Functions when there is overload of electricity
Comprises of:
• Prevents overload of excess heat that may
cause combustion
• Internally: Metal which allows the flow of electricity
• Closed switch
• Externally: Rubber – for insulation
• It has an automatic switch which retracts from
the ‘on’ position to ‘off’ position when there is
an overload of electricity flow in the circuit
PLUG FUSE
Is connected to a flexible cable that • A piece of thin metal that will
supplies electricity to the melt at a level below
equipment, and is inserted into the overload level to break the
external socket to complete another circuit
circuit
• Stops the flow of electricity
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS -

EXTERNAL SOCKET
• Electric shock
Entry to the circuit and allows
tapping to let electricity flow to the
• Lighting equipment requiring it.
• Fire
• Electrostatic
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS -
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS - ELECTRIC SHOCK
FIRE
• Usually from a live wire to earth
From contact with electric arc • Makes the muscles shorten and
caused by short circuit conductor spasm
or overload of equipment or
release of electrostatic charges. • May affect heart reactions
• May result in respiratory failure
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS -
ELECTROSTATIC
LIGHTING
• Results that is produced by electricity charges
trapped in isolators. The charges may be Arc Eyes
distributed inside or outside objects that have
been isolated or it may concentrate on
conductors that have been earthed • From ultraviolet lights when looking at electric
arc or welding flash
• High voltage, low current • Symptoms similar to conjunctivitis
• Situation may continue for 3 to 4 days
• Effect of electric shock and ignition sources in a
highly flammable environment, if charges are • Does not affect contact lens
high
EFFECTS OF ELECTRICITY ELECTRICAL SAFETY
Depends on:
The effects of electric current differ
according to:
• The amount of current and voltage
• Body resistance
• Age
• Severity of electric shock • Gender
• Duration of current flow • Body resistance
• Health level
HOW ELECTRICITY FLOWS

OHM LAW IN THE BODY
High pain
Current (I) : Volt (V) Moderate pain
HAND TO FEET HAND TO HAND
Resistance (R )
Or use the actual measurement:
Amperes : Volt
Ohm
To earth To earth
26 24 reproduced without written consent of NIOSH Malaysia.
HUMAN BODY RESISTANCE TO
EXAMPLE OF OHM LAW
ELECTRICITY FLOW
TYPES OF RESISTANCE VALUE

For electric shock effects
Dry human skin 100,000 - 600,000 ohms
Wet human skin Approx. 1,000 Ohm

Volt : 240 volt
Average body resistance : 100 ohm
Internal body 400 - 800 ohms Ampere : 240/100 = 2.4 amps
-Hand to feet
Internal body Approx. 100 ohms
value of danger
- Ear to ear
VOLTAGE SHOCK THRESHOLD EFFECTS OF ELECTRICITY

AT 50 Hz National Safety Council -Indus. Safety & Health Management book
Current (mAmps) Effects to human
Minimum Threshold for Feel 10 -12 Volt 3 milliamps Mild shock
Minimum Threshold for Pain 15 Volt 7 milliamps Painful electric shock
Minimum Threshold for Excessive 20 volt

Pain 20 milliamps Difficulty breathing
Minimum Threshold for Voltage 20 - 25 Volt 70 milliamps Risk of death
Grip
700 milliamps Burning of body tissues
Vibration 50/60 - 2000 Volt
3000milliamps Heart stops
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL
SAFETY PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL
SAFETY
• Protection from direct contact
– Provides isolation to parts of equipment Main objective:
that has potential to release charges
Protect people from electric shock, fire and

• Protection from indirect contact effects of burns due to contact with electricity
– Provides effective earthing to isolate
metals that can charge electricity in case
of failure of the main isolator
SAFE USE OF ELECTRICITY PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL

SAFETY
Considerations:
• Circuit protector
Two basic prevention steps:
• Isolating switch
• Protection from direct contact

• Equipment maintenance and repair
• Earthing • Protection from indirect contact
• Protection
SAFE USE OF ELECTRICITY SAFE USE OF ELECTRICITY
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE & CIRCUIT PROTECTOR
REPAIR
• Prepare safe work procedures for
maintenance works
• All electric equipments used
• Prepare rules and conduct must have a fuse and circuit
inspection / monitoring breaker that is suitable to
• Prepare a maintenance prevent it from overloading.
programme / schedule
SAFE USE OF ELECTRICITY

EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE SAFE USE OF ELECTRICITY -
& REPAIR ISOLATING SWITCH
• Labeled
• Prepare access around the equipment
to allow easy maintenance and repair • Easy reachable from the floor
• Is attached to each individual
• Works done by a competent
machinery
technician
• Possess safety lock when in ‘off’
• Ensure suitable replacement of position
components such as fuse, capacitors
ELECTRICAL SAFETY SAFE USE OF ELECTRICITY -
CONTROLS EARTHING
Government controls:
Provision of Regulations and
• For all electrical items
enforcement
• Electricity Supply Act 1990
• Electricity Supply Regulations 1994 • Circuit is connected direct, not
• SIRIM Standards
• Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994
through a switch
(OSHA 1994)
ELECTRICAL SAFETY SAFE USE OF ELECTRICITY -

CONTROLS PROTECTION
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH • Provide for earth leakage protection
ACT 1994 such as Residual Current Devices
• Have an emergency stop switch,
Employers: interlock switch
• Have safe system of work (SOP)
• Provide training, information and instruction • Isolate the conductor
• Provide prevention measures and protection to
workers and contractors • Display appropriate warning
signages
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
CONTROLS
ACT 1994
Confined Space Manufacturers, suppliers, designers:
• Conduct testing and inspection to ensure user
safety
Safety and Health Officer Workers:

Certificate Course • Comply to all rules and regulations issued by the
employer
CONCLUSION
OBJECTIVES
• Electricity may result in multiple hazards that may
affect worker safety and health
1. State the definition of confined
• There are two basic prevention measures that
space may be taken to protect against electrical
hazards
2. List at least 4 activities involving • These are followed electrical safety measures as
confined space discussed
• The government also regulates the safe use of
electricity through the formulation and
3. List at least 4 hazards associated enforcement of various regulations
with confined space
DEFINITION OF CONFINED
SPACE OBJECTIVES
• An enclosed or partially enclosed space
• Is at atmospheric pressure during occupancy, and 4. State 4 strategies to prevent
• Is not intended or designed primarily as a place of accidents in confined spaces
work, and
• Is liable at any time to : 5. Prepare a safety plan for works
– Have an atmosphere which contains harmful levels of involving confined space
contaminants
– Have an oxygen deficiency or excess
– Cause engulfment; and 6. State the statutory requirements
• Could have restricted means for entry and exit related to work in confined space
(From Industry Code Of Practice For Safe Working In Confined Space 2010)
CONFINED SPACE
SCOPE
• Examples:
1. Definition and examples
2. Statutory requirements
3. Work and hazards
4. Accidents in confined space
5. Safety measures
6. Conclusion
WORKS IN CONFINED SPACE
• Clearing and cleaning works

• Welding works
• Painting of tank walls
• Inspection works
• Replacement of equipments
• Repair works
• Measurement/sampling works
CONFINED SPACE HAZARDS • Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health and
Welfare) Regulations 1970 Regulation 13:
• Oxygen deficiency and enrichment Provision on works in confined space
• Presence of Toxic gasses • Industry Code of Practice for Safe Working in a
• Presence of Flammable gases Confined Space 2010 under the Occupational
Safety and Health Act 1994
• Engulfment (solid or fluid)
• Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994
• Biological hazards – Section 15: General duties of employers and self-
employed persons
•Insects
– “ making of arrangements for ensuring the safety
•Animals such as snakes and absence of risks to health in connection with
the use or operation, handling, storage and
• Insufficient lighting transport of plant and substances ”
• Ergonomic hazards
CONFINED SPACE HAZARDS CONFINED SPACE HAZARDS
• Fire or explosion • Presence of liquids/water

• Slippery floors
– Oxygen content is more than 23.5% • Fire or explosion
– Presence of easily flammable • Mechanical equipment
gas/liquid
• Noise hazards (generated from
– Use of electricity work activities)
CONFINED SPACE ACCIDENTS CONFINED SPACE HAZARDS

• Drowning
• Lack of oxygen, where oxygen
• Lack of oxygen content in the air is less than 19.5%
• Inhalation of toxic gases – Oxygen is replaced by other gases such
• Electric shock as nitrogen
– Oxygen is used for:
• Crushed by falling object
• Welding works
• Falls • Chemical reactions
• Contact with objects/structures • Person at work
• Biological reactions
• Fire
PLANNING AND SAFETY ACCIDENT PREVENTION
STRATEGIES
MEASURES BEFORE starting work:
5. Purge hazardous gas/pollutants and • Identify confined spaces at the
ensure sufficient ventilation workplace
6. Display warning signages and • Identify and assess probable hazards that
fencing around work area may exist
7. Ensure availability of fire prevention • Plan before carrying out any kind of work
equipment within close proximity of
the confined space entrance • Monitor from time to time the
implementation of the plan
PLANNING AND SAFETY PLANNING AND SAFETY MEASURES

MEASURES BEFORE starting work: BEFORE STARTING WORKS
9. Establish an emergency response team, 1. Have system of permit to enter and

first aiders and emergency equipment work in confined space
10. Must have a entry supervisor (ES) and 2. Prepare safe operating procedures
stand-by person (SP) to monitor activities 3. Conduct training of the SOP for the
and record the authorised entrant (AE) related workers
name and type of job
4. Conduct a gas test of the atmosphere
11. Prepare and provide suitable personal
protective equipment for the use of condition in the confined space by an
worker and emergency team Authorised Gas Tester (AGT)
PLANNING AND SAFETY PLANNING AND
.
SAFETY
MEASURES DURING work: MEASURES BEFORE starting work:
• The entry supervisor (ES) 12. Isolate/close all valves and connections
continuously monitor the works to the tank using the lock out/tag out
system
being done
13. Prepare an exhaust system, if applicable
• Direct measurement of the for the suction of dust and welding
oxygen/gas content in the activities
vessel/confined space 14. Ensure the suitability of hand and electric
• Continuously suck out dust that is tools with the task at hand
generated from works 15. Ensure safety of all electric equipment
PLANNING AND SAFETY PLANNING AND

.
SAFETY
MEASURES DURING works: MEASURES BEFORE starting work:
• Ensure a good communication system
between stand-by person (SP) and 16. Ensure the safety of entrance and
authorised entrant (AE) exit points of the tank
• Ensure sufficient and continuous
ventilation 17. Select workers who are physically
• Immediately take the necessary and mentally fit, and are properly
emergency responses in cases of trained in confined space works
accidents/emergency situations and record their names
(explosion, fire, air pollution etc)
CONCLUSION PLANNING AND SAFETY
MEASURES AFTER completion of works:
• Confined space is a small area with limited entry
and exit routes
• Ensure and record that all workers
• Confined space works involve various hazards
that may cause accidents have exited the confined space
• There are various statutory provisions related to • Inspect the work area to ensure
confined space safety in the FMA 1967, ICOP
2010 and OSHA 1994
that all work equipment have
• Accidents can be prevented through proper been removed (mobile exhaust
planning and implementation, as well as system, lights, fire extinguishers etc)
prevention measure before, during and after
works. • Stop the electricity supply
PLANNING AND SAFETY

MEASURES AFTER completion of work:
• Cancel/close the work permit issued by
Manual Handling the entry supervisor (ES) on duty
• Report problems, if any, related to the
works carried out
• Handover the responsibility of handling
Safety and Health Officer the confined space to the respective
persons and record the handover details
Certificate Course
MANUAL HANDLING OBJECTIVES
At the end of the session, participants
Definition: should be able to:
• State the definition of manual handling
“Any lifting, lowering, pushing, pulling, • List at least 4 accidents that can occur
during manual handling works
moving, shifting, holding or supporting a
load that is done manually” • State 4 factors that influence manual
handling
• Discuss safety measures before and
during manual handling works
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS SCOPE

• Definition
• General responsibility of the employer and
• Manual handling injuries
self-employed • Considerations
• “The making of arrangements for ensuring, • Manual handling strategies and
so far as practicable, safety and absence of techniques
risks to health in connection with the use or
operation, handling, storage and transport • Safety measures before and during
of plant and substances”. (Section 15 (2)(b)) works
• Conclusion
MANUAL HANDLING
Types of Injuries
Factories and Machinery Act 1967
(1) External injuries
– Cuts • Section 12
– Scratches “ No person shall be employed to lift, carry or
– Tears move any load so heavy as to be likely to
cause bodily injury to him.”
MANUAL HANDLING
MANUAL HANDLING
Types of Injuries
Accidents related to manual handling
(2) Internal injuries works
– Muscle or ligament tear
– Damage to joints • Accidentally letting go of load
– knee, ankle, shoulder, arm • Crushed by load
– Slipped disc • Fall while carrying load
– Hernia
• Contact with sharp edges of load
– Rheumatism
MANUAL HANDLING MANUAL HANDLING
Considerations Considerations
1) Size of load Factors that need to be considered in
manual handling works include:
• Big or small 1. Size of load
• Example: 2. Condition of load
• 50 kg cement 3. Physical shape of load
• 50 kg cotton 4. Weight load
5. Level of sturdiness
• Although they have the same weight, 6. External surface of load
the size is different 7. Position of load

8. Condition of floor surface
2) Condition of load 9. Head room
10. Temperature
• Liquid 11. Lighting
• Solid 12. Physical and mental fitness
• Gas of worker
13. Lifting equipment
14. Worker clothing
3) Physical Shape of Load
5)Level of sturdiness
Examples:
• Round
• The load may change shape
• Square / triangular
upon handling • Oval
• Flat
• Long
• This will cause difficulties in
holding and gripping the load
When lifting, load has to be balanced

6) External surface of load 4) Weight of load
• Rough The weight of the load has to be known

• Smooth before
• Uneven handling
Example:
• Purpose - to identify
Plastic bag, sack, paper, metals all have different
surfaces – Method of handling
– Worker capability
9) Head room 7) Position of load
• Sufficient head room to avoid Position of load that needs to be

bumping head onto surface handled
• Most manual handling works • Load is on the floor

involve limited head room • Load is located above head level

10) Temperature 8) Condition of floor
• Temperature influences the method • Slippery

and speed of a worker’s movements: • Soft
• Uneven
• Cold – muscles are tensed
• Hot – body loses a lot of water Stability and condition of the floor is
important for balancing purposes
13) Lifting equipment
11) Lighting
Equipment used to assist in manual
handling activities such as trolleys and
pulleys Dark work environments can lead to
accidents. This is because workers are
• Equipment design is suitable to the
not able to decipher the route and
activity and load
any obstructions on the floor/along
• Equipment is properly the way
maintained

14) Worker clothing 12) Worker physical and mental fitness
• Suitable to individual work task • Physical capability

• Comfortable • Age
• Protects worker from manual handling • Health and fitness level
hazards – this includes the provision and use
of PPE
MANUAL HANDLING
ILLUSTRATION PM1
Strategies
• Identify load / material to be handled
• Identify the location and destination of
the load
• Assess the potential risks
• Select suitable manual handling method
• Conduct safety assessment before
starting work
• Monitor work activities
MANUAL HANDLING
ILLUSTRATION PM2
Techniques
(1) Illustration PM1

• Handling of sack / bag
• Grip / hold from bottom. Grip using palm
and fingers
SAFETY MEASURES
ILLUSTRATION PM3
Before Handling
• Identify the best method to handle load
- push, pull, lift, support etc…
• Study the proper lifting techniques. Use the
suitable posture and physical capabilities
• Adjust the work method to accommodate
supporting equipments such as wedges,
hooks and crow bars
• Provide training to the worker on respective
job tasks - SOP and other requirements
SAFETY MEASURES SAFETY MEASURES

During Handling Before Handling
• Use the proper methods • Study whether the weight of the load can be
distributed
and techniques
• Adjust the shape of a big load for easier
• Ensure compliance to handling
work plan • Adjust the layout of work area or work station
• Continuously monitor that to accommodate manual handling work
proper methods and Example:
techniques are being Provision of a work table of suitable height
practiced by workers for drawing works
• State 3 factors that cause • Manual handling can cause internal and
transportation accidents external injuries to the worker
• Various statutory requirements outline
provisions related to manual handling
• Explain 4 methods of preventing • Manual handling programme has to take
transportation accidents into consideration various factors such as
size, shape and weight of load to be
handled
• Identify statutory requirements related • Safety measures have to be followed before
to transportation safety and during handling to avoid unwanted
incidences
SCOPE
• Purpose of transportation
• Types of transportation
Transportation Safety
• Accidents related to transportation
• Factors that cause accidents
• Accident prevention measures Certificate Course
• Conclusion
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS PURPOSE OF TRANSPORTATION
• Inside the premise: • To move and shift goods, including
Occupational Safety and Health Act 1994 humans, from one place to another
General provisions on the responsibility of with the use of vehicles
the employer to ensure transportation safety
• Outside the premise (On the road):

Road Transport Act 1987 (Amendment) 1999
TRANSPORTATION RELATED
TYPES OF TRANSPORTATION
ACCIDENTS
• Land - Lorry, forklift
• Water - Ship, boat
• Overturn vehicles • Air - Airplane
• Vehicles hitting building
• Vehicles hitting humans “.. the lesson will only focus on land
• Vehicles hitting other vehicles transportation at the workplace – forklift ..”
ACCIDENT STATISTICS CAUSES
ACCIDENT STATISTICS FORKLIFT
OF ACCIDENTS Percentages of Forklift Accidents
Causes of Accidents - OSHA Investigations Summary
60 30 25.3
59
25 18.8
50 53
20 14.4
40 45 12.2
15
37 7 6.1
30 10 4.4 4.4 4.4
Percentage
3.1 3.1 3.1
2.6 1
5
No. of Reports
20 26 15
19 14 8 0
10 10 9 9 8 6 6 5
10 Types of Fatalities
Operator Inattention Overturn Tip Over Struck by Powered Indus. Truck
Unstable Load Operator Struck by Load Struck by Falling Load Elevated Employee on Truck
Elevated Employee No Training
Overload, Improper Use Accident During Maintenance Ran Off Dock/Other Surface Improper Maintenance Procedures
Obstructed View Improper Equipment Lost Control of Truck Truck Struck Material
Falling from Platform/Curb Not Powered Indus. Truck Accident Employees Overcome by CO/Propane Fuel Faulty Powered Indus. Truck
Other Employee Struck by Load Carrying Excess Passenger Unloading Unchocked Trailer Employee Fell from Vehicle
Vehicle Left in Gear Falling from Trailer Improper Use of Vehicle Electrocutions
Speeding
FACTORS CAUSING ACCIDENTS ACCIDENT STATISTICS FORKLIFT

- FATALITIES Classifications of Forklift Fatalities
HUMAN FACTORS 25
20 24
15
• Mental and emotional stresses 17
10 14 14
11
Percentage
• Lack of knowledge and experience 5 8 8

6
0
• No training and skills development Types of Fatalities
• Lack of physical capacity Forklift Overturned Worker Struck by Material

Worker Struck by Forklift Worker Fell from Forlkift
Worker Pinned between Objects Forklift Struck Something/Off Dock
Worker Died During Forklift Repair Other Accidents
ACCIDENT PREVENTION METHODS FACTORS CAUSING ACCIDENTS
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
(A)CONTROLS - ON THE DRIVER:
• Slippery floor/walkway
• Selection of competent driver
• Dark
• Noisy
• Provide safety training (including external
drivers) • Narrow walkway/area
• Uneven floor
• Dusty work area
ACCIDENT PREVENTION METHODS FACTORS CAUSING ACCIDENTS

VEHICLE FACTORS
(A)CONTROLS - ON THE DRIVER:
• Only allowing those with permission to • Overloading
drive • Mechanical failure – braking system failure
• Encourage feedback/reports on any • Insufficient safety equipment
vehicle damage/unsafe • Faulty design
conditions/incidents
• Not suitable for purpose of use
• Annual medical test for all drivers
ACCIDENT PREVENTION METHODS ACCIDENT PREVENTION METHODS
(C) CONTROLS - ON THE ENVIRONMENT:

(B) CONTROLS - ON THE VEHICLE:
• Marking floors with yellow lines

• Implement proper vehicle maintenance
• Ensure the floor structure is capable of programme
handling
• Conduct vehicle inspection
• heavy load – weight of vehicle and goods
• Install reverse censors and alarms
• Provide unloading and parking areas
ACCIDENT PREVENTION METHODS ACCIDENT PREVENTION METHODS

(C) CONTROLS - ON THE ENVIRONMENT:
(B) CONTROLS - ON THE VEHICLE:
• Install mirrors at awkward angles/ corners
• Install device to control vehicle speed
• Install warning lamps at vehicle alleys
• Proper selection of vehicle as per job
• Provide separate routes for pedestrians and requirements
vehicles
• Use of vehicles is limited to one driver at
• Provide sufficient lighting for dark areas all times
CONCLUSION ACCIDENT PREVENTION METHODS
• Three main factors that cause accidents are (D) CONTROLS - ADMINISTRATIVE:
human, vehicle and environment
• Install warning signages - speed limit, no
entry, etc.
• The most effective method of accident
prevention is by controlling the causes • Supervise critical transportation tasks
• Monitor adherence to procedures/safe work
systems that have been introduced
• Formulate and enforce transportation rules in
the work premise
CONCLUSION
• Transportation safety, whether goods or

human, needs to be given due attention to
Office Safety avoid accidents and unwanted incidences
• Statutory requirements related to

transportation safety is outlined in the OSHA
Safety and Health Officer 1994 and Road Transport Act 1987
Certificate Course Amendment 1999
HAZARDS AT THE OFFICE OBJECTIVES
List hazards according to the
categories below:
• List 4 categories of office hazards
• Physical
• Chemical • List at least 7 measures related to
• Biological office safety
• Ergonomic
HAZARDS AT THE OFFICE SCOPE

PHYSICAL • Hazards at the office
• Electrical
• Accidents and diseases
• Equipment/machinery
• Ventilation • Safety and health measures
• Lighting • Statutory requirements
• Radiation • Conclusion
• Temperature
• Fire
HAZARDS AT THE OFFICE HAZARDS AT THE OFFICE
CHEMICAL
ERGONOMIC
• Dust – from furniture, carpets
• Physical stress
• Mental stress • Gas and vapours
Use of equipment such as computers, – Generation of ozone gas from photocopiers

and laser printers
work tables, chairs that are unsuitable – Cigarette smoke
Lifting loads – New equipment
ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES HAZARDS AT THE OFFICE

BIOLOGICAL
1. Falling from height
 Falling while arranging or taking files • From the air-conditioning system
from high storage racks
• Bacteria/virus
2. Falls
 Trip or entangled with obstructions on
the floor such as cables or carpet
ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES
3. Fire
7. Exposure to radiation  Short circuit, cigarette butt
 Ultra violet rays, excessive sunlight and
radiation from Video Display Units
4. Hitting obstructions
 Hitting obstructions such as open
8. Contact with sharp object cabinet drawers, boxes on the floor
 Knives, scissors, paper cutters
ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES

ACCIDENTS AND DISEASES
9. Repetitive Strain Injuries
 Use of computers, manual handling or
5. Contact with hot surfaces or
use of handling aids
electrical currents
10. Biological related diseases
 Exposed wires
 Sick building syndrome, virus, bacteria,
insects or animals such as cockroaches
and rodents, decorative plants 6. Exposure to chemicals
11. Problems related to senses  Glue, solvents
 Eyesight due to glare, sense of smell,
hearing, vibration
SAFETY & HEALTH MEASURES
7. Inspect and monitor workplace environment
from time to time using a checklist 1. Formulate a written Safety and Health Policy
8. Formulate an Emergency Response Plan

(ERP) 2. Establish a Safety and Health Committee
comprising management and worker
representatives
9. Establish and train an emergency response
team (ERT)
3. Train workers in aspects of safety and health
10. Improve workplace housekeeping (example: fire drill, proper manual handling
methods)
11. Ensure proper office arrangements
SAFETY & HEALTH MEASURES SAFETY & HEALTH MEASURES

11. Allocate sufficient access routes 4. Prepare a safety and health handbook or
manual for worker safekeeping and
12. Use mechanical equipments/aids lifting reference
works
5. Prepare and implement safety and health
13. Properly maintain equipments and procedures (example: prohibit smoking)
machines
14. Allocate designated areas for storage of 6. Prepare safe work procedures for high risk
hazardous materials and ensure proper work activities (example: arrangement of
labeling of containers files in high places)
• Occupational Safety and Health Act
15. Prepare emergency equipments
1994 (example: fire extinguishers, hose reels,
– Section 15, General Duties of Employer alarms, first aid kits)
• Office Safety Guidelines published by
DOSH 16. Send workers for medical checkups and
counseling if and when necessary
• Electricity Supply Act 1990
• Fire Services Act 1988
• Uniform Building By-Laws 1984

CONCLUSION
• The office may habour various hazards that 17. Conduct induction course for new staff
may cause accidents and diseases.
18. Strive to get full commitment of staff and
• These accidents and diseases my be prevented workers
by taking multiple and relevant safety and
health measures. 19. Organise occupational safety and health
campaigns and activities
• There are various regulatory requirements and
• State the definition of fire guidelines, of specific and general nature, that
highlight provisions related to safety and health
• State 3 element of the fire triangle in the office and building.
• Explain 3 characteristics of flammables

that influences fire
• Explain 2 ignition phenomena
OBJECTIVES
• Identify the classes of fire

Fire Safety
• Discuss safety in the context of controlling
fire hazards
• Identify the statutory requirements related
to fire safety
Certificate Course
INTRODUCTION SCOPE
1. Introduction
• Location of Fire 2. Basics of Fire
3. Classes of Fire
– Process
4. Control of Fire Hazards
– In confined spaces – Plant Safety Plan
– In buildings – Fire Control Methods
– Equipment in buildings – Fire Protection Methods
– Fire Prevention and Protection Equipment
– External equipments
5. Statutory requirements
– Storage areas / warehouses
6. Conclusion
INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION
• Causes of Fire
– Short circuit
• The incidence of fire involves:
– Equipment failure
– Welding and metal cutting activities – Equipment
– Spill/overflow of flammable liquid/gas
– Overheating – Raw materials
– Contact with hot surfaces
– Process
– Pipe leakages/damage
– Intentional burning
BASICS OF FIRE INTRODUCTION
FIRE TRIANGLE
• Contributing Factors
– Failure/damage of sprinkler system
– Insufficient water supply for spray
system
– No spray system
HEAT
– Human/operator error
 Fire will not occur in the absence of one element
– Existence of flammable materials
 Fire will cease to exist if one of the elements is
eliminated – Breakage of equipment or container
BASICS OF FIRE BASICS OF FIRE
• Gas or vapours Definition

– May ignite by sparks or small flames
• A chemical reaction that occurs when
a flammable material and oxygen
• Liquids or solids comes into contact with a heat source
– Requires more heat to ignite or ignition
– Requires more oxygen to ignite (2–5%)
BASICS OF FIRE BASICS OF FIRE
• Fire spreads through: • Ignition of flammables
– Direct burning – Small spark/flames or

– Transfer of heat – Heated to self-ignition temperature
– Movement of flammables
SPREADING OF FIRE BASICS OF FIRE

Characteristics of fire
• Transfer of heat happens through:
– Flow
• Will continue with positive heat*
• Spreads through solid barriers
• The edges of the fire are the weakest points
– Convection • Elimination requires reducing a small
• Spreads upwards percentage of oxygen content
– Radiation – Example: In the burning of liquid or gas,
evaporation of oxygen content is less than 12-
• Spreads directly to other objects
16%
• Spreads through open spaces
* Clean heat content
BASICS OF FIRE SPREADING OF FIRE
• Flammability limit of gas and
vapour • Movement of burning materials
– Levels at which gas and vapour may
ignite and burn in an environment – Burning liquid
within the range of its flammable limit
• Lower Flammability Limit – LFL – Flammable vapour that is produced by

the heat of burning solid materials.
• Upper Flammability Limit – UFL
FLAMMABILITY LIMIT FOR

BASICS OF FIRE
GAS AND VAPOUR
• Flammable Limit (FL) of gas and Upper Flammability Limit
Saturated Vapour-
Air Mixture Line
vapour
– FL is the mid concentration required for Flammable mixture
Self ignition
stoichiometry reaction
Concentration of
flammable vapour
– A mixture is too diluted if its Lower Flammability Limit

concentration is below the Lower
Flammability Limit (LFL) Flash Point Self-ignition temperature
Temperature
FLAMMABILITY LIMIT FOR
FLAMMABILITY LIMITS GAS AND VAPOUR
LFL and UFL of selected flammables
FLAMMABLES LFL (%ip/ip) UFL (%ip/ip)
• UFL is two times the concentration
Ammonia 15 28 that is required for stoichiometry
Acetylene 2.6 100 reaction:
Benzene 1.4 8.0
Butane 1.8 8.4
– The mixture is too concentrated if is
Ethanol 3.0 12.4 concentration is above the Upper
Methane 5.0 15.0 Flammable Limit (UFL)
Toluene 1.3 7.0
SELF-IGNITION FLAMMABILITY LIMIT FOR

TEMPERATURE GAS AND VAPOUR
• The minimum temperature at which Factors that influence LFL and UFL
the self-heating properties of a • Environmental factors
material lead to ignition. • Temperature
• Gravity
• Pressure
• Direction of fire
FIRE BASICS SELF-IGNITION TEMPERATURE
SPEED OF FIRE FOR SELECTED FLAMMABLES Self Ignition Temperature for selected flammables
Flammable Maximum Speed of Fire (cm/s)
Flammables Self Ignition Flammables Self Ignition
Hydrogen 320 Temperature Temperature
Acetylene 173 ( C) ( C)
Ethylene 68.8 Methane 537 n-Hexane 223
Propane 45 Ethanol 515 n-Heptane 223
Benzene 40.7
Propane 466 n-Octane 220
Butane 40.5
Ethane 40.1 n-Butane 405 n-Nonane 206
Methane 36.4 n-Pentane 258 n-Decane 208
FIRE BASICS SPEED OF FIRE

• Ignition Phenomena
• Fire is directed back towards the
– Self-ignition
material or source
– Local ignition
• Ignition due to sparks
– Depending on the pressure and
temperature
• Ignition due to hot surfaces
• Ignition due to abrasion and force • The maximum speed of fire is
• Ignition due to hot gas jets determined by the pressure and
• Ignition due to hot particles
ambient temperature is called
• Ignition due to jet fire
• Ignition due to compression
maximum speed of fire
SOURCES OF IGNITION SOURCES OF IGNITION
• Chemical energy – Fire
– Thermal reaction • Open burning
• Fire in oven, boiler, and fire tower
• Instable and receptive materials
• Small fires
– Instrumentations that have stimulants
– Hot works
• Hot gas and material • Welding, cutting
• Diesel engines – high exhaust – Hot surfaces
temperature • Oven
• Vehicle • Machines with excessive workings such as
• Lightning motors and pumps
SOURCES OF IGNITION SOURCES OF IGNITION
• Radio frequency signals • Hot particles

• Abrasion and force
• Smoking
– Generation of sparks due to hotspots
• Intentional burning or arson on the surface
• Self ignition
– Example:
• Ignition compression (compression
• Falling of objects on the floor
of mixtures to reach self ignition • Abrasion of steel and aluminum, concrete
temperature) and steel
ELECTROSTATIC SOURCES OF IGNITION
• Electrostatic hazards exist in: • Self heating

– Human body – Due to slow heat oxidisation reactions
– Spraying equipment/activities – Materials in processes, storage or
– Transport machinery transportation
– Handling of liquids – Example:
• Charcoal loads, waste from nuts
– Handling of materials in powder form
ELECTROSTATIC ELECTROSTATIC
• Spraying activities • Liquid handling
– Steam – Filling of tanks • Generated when there is abrasion of
– Steam leakage – Flows in pipes two surfaces that when separated,
• Transport machinery – Mixing of materials will produce two surfaces of
– Lifting vehicles in container different charges
• Handling of – Charges will remain if the surface is not
powder a conductor
– Grinding activities
– Charges will disintegrate if surfaces are
– Sifting activities
good conductors
– Pneumatic
processes • Low current, high voltage
CLASSES OF FIRE ELECTROSTATIC
• NFPA 10: 1984 Code
CLASS TYPE OF FIRE
Flow of liquid Charges generated
A Wood, material, paper, rubber
(non-conductive) in 10-9-10-6 A
and plastic
pipes
B Flammable liquid, oil, grease, tar,
paint and gas Powder from grinder Electric charges at
C Electrical equipments with the rate of 10-8-10-4 A
connected electrical supply
D Metals
CLASSES OF FIRE CLASSES OF FIRE

• Requirements for Fire Fighting Equipment
• Code BS EN2 : 1992
TYPE OF FIRE NO OF EQUIPMENT
Extremely big > 20 jet CLASS TYPE OF FIRE
Big 8-19 jet A Solids that cause fire
Moderate 3-7 jet B Liquid or solid that becomes liquid
Small 1-2 jet/3 hose C Gas / vapour
Extremely small 1-2 hose/ fire extinguisher
D Metals
FIRE HAZARD CONTROLS CLASSES OF FIRE
• According to industrial processes
• Fire Prevention – Pool fire (liquid) / moving liquid
– Fireball
– Avoid release of flammable into the – Steam cloud fire
atmosphere • Type 1 Fire without explosion
– Release of heat • Type 2 Fire due to explosion
– Control of heat sources (ref: fire • Type 3 Fire causing explosion
triangle) – Jet fire (steam)
FIRE HAZARD CONTROLS CLASSES OF FIRE
• Fire Prevention (during incidence of

– Burning of solids
fire)
•Burning of solid materials
•Burning of powders
– Release heat
– Warehouse fire
– Close/stop supply of flammable
– Fire involving oxygen
– Close/stop supply of oxygen
ACTION TO REDUCE
HAZARD
SAFETY PLAN IDENTIFIED HAZARD
NATURALLY SAFE
TECHNOLOGY
• Safety Plan SELECTION OF
TECHNOLOGY
SAFETY PREVENTION
– Selection of safe technology SYSTEM
– Safety prevention system at starting and INITIAL HAZARDOUS
INCIDENT SAFETY PROTECTION
ending points
SYSTEM
– Safety protection system HAZARDOUS INCIDENT
– Emergency response plan EMERGENCY RESPONSE
PLAN
– Medical treatment EXPOSURE OF HAZARD
TO HUMAN
MEDICAL TREATMENT
46 © 2014 NIOSH Malaysia. All rights reserved. No part of this document shall be RESULT OF EXPOSURE
SAFETY PLAN SAFETY PLAN

SELECTION OF SAFE TECHNOLOGY
• Hazards identification through:
• Usage
– HAZOP – Hazards and Operability
• Equipment/machinery Studies
– Hazard checklist
– Fire and explosion index (Dow Index)
• Process/material – Chemical exposure index
SAFETY PLAN
SAFETY PLAN SELECTION OF SAFE TECHNOLOGY
ENVIRONMENTALLY SAFE TECHNOLOGY
USER-FRIENDLY PLANT
Safe storage Characteristic User-friendly
Substitution of chemicals Avoid fire
Fire wall Storage tank
Weakening of hazardous De-fridge rate atmospheric
Hump chemicals temperature dilution
Design of equipment Reaction may be handled and

controlled strong and suitable
Slope to hole
Plant layout Breaks spread of fire and isolate
between equipment
Fire hole

SAFETY PREVENTION SYSTEM
ENVIRONMENTALLY SAFE TECHNOLOGY
• Prevent initial incident • Safe storage
– System for detection and control

HUMP HUMP
Storage tank
– Safe handling methods
– Use of engineering controls
SAFETY PLAN
SAFETY PLAN ADMINISTRATIVE & ENGINEERING CONTROLS
SAFETY PREVENTION SYSTEM Administrative controls Engineering controls
On the job training programme Better equipment
• Eliminate fire through: Instructions and written procedures Improved layout to minimise work
Signages hazards
– Cooling Labeling of equipment Location of valve, switch and instruments
Suitability of person to job Design of equipment – more user-friendly
– Reduce flammables through cooling, Better manual handling methods
Testing
dilution, emulsion and liquid Classroom teaching Decentralised computer controls
Warning Design of equipment – able to
– Reduce oxygen content prevent/control mistakes
Incentive and punishments
Persuasion methods to promote safe Online analysis
– Disrupt fire reactions
work practices Online parameter assessment
Inspection
Review

SAFETY PREVENTION SYSTEM SAFETY PREVENTION SYSTEM
FIRE FIGHTING AGENTS
Fire class Material type Example Agent
• Stop/control the source of the
A Normal Wood, paper, Water, dry
flammable fabric, plastic chemical, foam
hazard as soon as the incident
happens
B Flammable liquid Gasoline, oil, CO2, foam, dry
and gas grease, LPG chemical, halon
C Working electrical Electric motor CO2, dry – Eliminate fire

item chemical, halon
D Flammable metal Magnesium, Dry chemical

sodium, powder
potassium
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
SAFETY PROTECTION SYSTEM
• Hazard identification and risk
assessment • Protection during fire
• Control methods
• Communications – Incident – Stop spread of fire
Command System (ICS)
• Announce and update emergency
• Cooperation of external parties
• Public relations

MEDICAL TREATMENT SAFETY PROTECTION SYSTEM
• Medical surveillance and treatment
system • Stop spread of fire
• Sending victims to medical center if
exposed to: – Fire wall / barrier to air flow
– Toxic materials from fire – Fire resistant isolator – isolate fire
– Heat – Trap fire to prevent explosion
• Ensure procedures for: – Layout of tank and equipment
– Transportation of victims
– Appointment of officer in charge
FIRE SAFETY
FIRE SERVICES ACT 1988
Construction Safety • Provisions for administrative controls and
elimination of fire hazards
ACT 1994
Safety and Health Officer • Provisions on duty of employers
Certificate Course UNIFORM BUILDING BY-LAWS 1984
• Detailed provisions on construction of
buildings, roads and drains
1. Fire basics
• State the definition of building
2. Classes of fire
operations according to the FMA 1967
3. Fire hazard controls
– Safety planning
• List at least 6 hazards existent on
– Fire prevention methods
construction sites
– Fire protection methods
– Fire prevention and protection
• Explain the types of accidents at equipment
construction sites 4. Statutory requirements related to
Fire Safety
DEFINITION OBJECTIVES
Factories and Machinery Act 1967 • Elaborate the employer strategy in site
safety management
Building Operations:
• Construction, structural alteration, repair or • Explain the statutory requirements as
maintenance of a building (including re-
pointing, re-decoration and external cleaning of stated in FMA 1967 and OSH Act 1994
the structure), the demolition of a building, and
the preparation for and the laying of foundation
of an intended building
SCOPE
• Definition and statutory requirements
• On site activities
• Machinery commonly used on site
• Equipments commonly used on site
• Hazards at construction sites
• Types of accidents at construction sites
• Safety and health management
• Conclusion
STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
2) Factories and Machinery Act 1967 1) Occupational Safety and Health
General provisions related to the certification of
Act 1994
fitness for machinery, installations and workers
• Factories and Machinery (Building
Operations and Works of Engineering • Responsibility of the Employer
Construction) (Safety) Regulations 1986 – Employ a Safety and Health Officer
– Provisions related to the safety and health
– Formulate a Policy and Safe
involving work activities and equipment and
workers Operating Procedures (SOP)
– Employer to employ Site Safety Supervisor (SSS) – Establish a Safety and Health
and Contractor Safety Supervisor (CSS) Committee
ON SITE ACTIVITIES STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
Occupational Safety and Health (Safety

and Health Officer) Order 1996
List the activities at the – Requirement to employ a Safety and
construction site Health Officer at the workplace for projects
of over RM20 million whether for works of:
a) Building operations
b) Engineering construction
ON SITE ACTIVITIES ON SITE ACTIVITIES
• Installation and • Transportation of • Excavation • Installation of

collapse of raw materials • Piling wires/electric
scaffolding • Clearing and • Concrete works cables and pipes
• Form works cleaning works • Demolition • Handling/
• Painting works transportation of
• Brick laying construction
• Installation and • Welding works
operationalisation materials
of machinery
MACHINERY/EQUIPMENTS ON SITE
MACHINERY/EQUIPMENT APPLICATIONS/USE
Crane (Tower/Crawler) Lifting material
Hoist (Skip hoist)
Passenger hoist Lifting workers
Gondola
Bending machine Cutting and shaping piles
Cutting machine Cutting metals, wood and plywood
Excavator Earth excavation
Piling and structure Laying columns/building structure
Lorry Transport construction materials

Batching plant Mixing and delivering cement
HAZARDS ON SITE MACHINERY/EQUIPMENTS ON SITE
• Heat stress • Ergonomic hazards • Hand tools and mobile power tools -
• Noise • Biological hazards hammer, sledge, drill
• Mineral dust • Working at height • Stairs
exposure • Confined space • Scaffold – fixed and mobile
• Mechanical • Lighting
hazards • Air Compressor
• Drowning
• Electrical hazards • Hammer Drill
• Radiation • Generator Set
• Chemicals • Welding equipment
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY MACHINERY/EQUIPMENTS

TYPES OF ACCIDENTS CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS - DOSH
• Falling from height  Crane (Tower/Crawler)
• Falling at same level  Passenger hoist
• Hit by falling object  Gondola
• Buried under falling earth /structure  Air compressor
• Electric shock
 Lift
• Drowning
 Piling and Structure machine
• Hit by vehicle
 Skip Hoist
• Inhalation of toxic chemicals
 Material Hoist
• Contact with moving machinery
• Crushed/stuck between objects  Aerial Platform
FALLING FROM HEIGHT
CAUSES OF FALL
FALLING FROM HEIGHT
• No provision of safety harness
This includes falling from:
• Faulty design of structure / stairs • Stairs
• Use of damaged stairs / scaffold • Work platforms
• Use of unsuitable stairs / scaffold • Roofs or peaks
• Improper position of stairs / scaffold • Through floor openings
• Open sides
• Scaffolding
FALLING FROM SAME LEVEL FALLING FROM HEIGHT

CAUSES OF FALL
• Tripping over wires and objects on floor
• No fencing of hazardous work area
• Slips due to slippery floor
• Lack of workplace/equipment
CAUSES OF FALL: maintenance
• Poor housekeeping • No prior inspection of
• Lack of proper housekeeping workplace/equipment
programme • Installation of equipment by
• No designated area for storage of incompetent persons
equipment
BURIED UNDER FALLING
HIT BY FALLING OBJECT
EARTH/STRUCTURE
CAUSES OF ACCIDENT: CAUSES OF ACCIDENT:
• Use of unsuitable/damaged scaffolding • Poor housekeeping

• Position of scaffold is unsuitable
• No toe-board on work
• No proper maintenance of work
platform
area/scaffold
• No prior inspection of work are/scaffold • No overhead protection
• Erection of scaffold by incompetent persons • No installation of safety net
• Improper lifting techniques
BURIED UNDER FALLING

ELECTRIC SHOCK
EARTH/STRUCTURE
CAUSES OF ACCIDENT: • May occur during excavation works,
erection of scaffolding and formwork
• Contact with electricity current due to
faulty conductor CAUSES OF ACCIDENT:
• Use of electrical equipments that are • No installation of earth support
damaged or modified • No guidelines and safe work procedures
• No earthing • Overloading
• No provision of suitable PPE • Faulty design of structure
INHALATION OF TOXIC DROWNING
CHEMICALS • In confined space – tanks, sewerage pipes
IN PAINTING AND WELDING ACTIVITIES – Lack of oxygen
• In pools – retention pools
CAUSES OF ACCIDENT: – Swallowing of water
• Failure to wear proper respiratory protection CAUSES OF ACCIDENT:
• Lack of proper ventilation
• Insufficient ventilation
• No exhaust system
• No exhaust system • Lack of guidelines and SOPs
• Untrained and inexperienced workers • Presence of excessive water
• Untrained, unknowledgeable and inexperienced
workers
CONTACT WITH MOVING OBJECTS

HIT BY VEHICLE
CRUSHED IN BETWEEN OBJECTS
CAUSES OF ACCIDENT:
CAUSES OF ACCIDENT: • No designated passage for
pedestrians/workers
• No guards • No guards/fencing to separate vehicle
• Use of damaged/faulty guards routes
• Lack of training for workers • No traffic related rules and enforcement in
• Unsuitable design of guards the premises
• Guards placed in ineffective • No inspection of vehicles
positions • No proper vehicle maintenance
• Inexperienced and untrained drivers
SAFETY AND HEALTH SAFETY AND HEALTH
MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT
EMPLOYER CONTROL MEASURES: STRATEGIES:
• Establish a Safety and Health Committee
• Establish system for issuance of work
permits for high risk activities • Identify hazards at the workplace
• Increase supervision on high risk activities • Conduct risk assessment
• Provide safety and health induction • Plan and implement safety and health
measures
training for all workers
SAFETY AND HEALTH SAFETY AND HEALTH

MANAGEMENT MANAGEMENT
EMPLOYER CONTROL MEASURES: EMPLOYER CONTROL MEASURES:
• Provide personal protective equipment • Formulate a Safety and Health Policy

for all workers and ensure proper use • Employ a Safety and Health Personnel
• Prepare safe work procedures for all (requirement based on total project
activities value) SHO, SSS and CSS
• Provide suitable and safe equipment for • Formulate and enforce safety and
health rules at the workplace
all work activities
SAFETY AND HEALTH
CONCLUSION
• The various activities at construction sites
MANAGEMENT
may produce hazards that may cause EMPLOYER CONTROL MEASURES:
accidents
• There are specific statutory requirements • Select and appoint competent and trained
persons for high risk activities such as handling
regarding construction safety in the FMA cranes and working at height
1967 and OSHA 1994
• Notify, report and investigate all accidents,
• The employer is responsible for proper safety dangerous occurrences, occupational
management to ensure that the protection poisoning and occupational diseases
of worker safety and health as well as to fulfill
• Conduct workplace inspections
regulatory requirements
SAFETY AND HEALTH

MANAGEMENT
EMPLOYER CONTROL MEASURES:
• Provide effective communication system

to enable and encourage worker
feedback
• Formulate scheduled preventive
maintenance programme for all
machinery and equipment
• Display safety warning signages at
appropriate locations

Nota Sho

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nota Sho

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Scope

• OSH before and during the industrial

• Development of self-regulation legislation

Emergence of Safety Emergence of

• It provide compensation for accidents

A Self-Regulation Legislation A Self-Regulation Legislation

Legislation follow major accidents and • Similar legislation was enacted in

Summary Quality Management Approach

– Lord Robens in 1972 recommended self-

– Outcome of accidents in the 1970s and

Learning Objectives Summary

5. Must have organisation and • Causes of incidents

6. Best available knowledge and • Approach to loss prevention

What Is An Incident? Principles of

Early Theory of Accidents

Accident Causation Model

– Was the employee reminded not to Cause B Accident

Trip Although Warned in

– Could the wood have been

Accepted Accident Theory The Accident Pyramid

• Heinrich’s theory is weak and negative 1 Fatal / Serious injury

400 Near misses

1. Product and 7. Investigation time

Incident Prevention Costs Direct Vs. Indirect

• Deficiencies must be corrected promptly

• All unsafe practices, incidents and injury

Du Pont Ten Principles of Safety Du Pont Ten Principles of Safety

• Incident prevention is cost-effective; the • Management is directly responsible for

• Employees must be actively involved • Safety is a condition of employment

• Introduction to concept of “system”

Why Do You Need a System What is a System

Existing OSH Management

• Allocating the necessary resources Implementation

Organising OSH Objectives

• Participation and Consultation • Communicate objectives to all relevant

Monitoring and Measurement Implementing

• Performance measurement • Ongoing hazards identification and

Planning and Implementation Organizing

• There must be procedures for • Employees are informed of hazards

• In an OSH Management System the • Investigate work-related injuries, ill

• Management must review its activities

What is an OSH Policy Learning Objectives

4 Steps in Implementing Legal Requirements –

Formulating the OSH Policy Formulating the OSH Policy

3. Provide resources and assign

Reviewing and Revising the

– Management reporting of Incidents on notice • Employee involvement

Use of Rewards Recognition

• Objectives and Targets setting

Communications • Enforcement of high quality

• Hazards can be introduced when changes • Job of SHO to communicate to workers,

When Coaching or Instructing Communication Process

Information Sources Toolbox Meeting

• Management has to carry out risk

Dealing with Conflicts Active Listening

• SETTLEMENT - compromise without Avoid these common mistakes:

Legal Requirements Why Train and Retrain?

Training Documentation Assessing Training Needs

• There are four levels of documentation

The Documentation Pyramid

• Scope of OSHMS, OSH policy and

What Are OSH Procedures? Contents of OSH Manual

When Procedures are